DYN-2014.12.31

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

ý ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014

o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ________ to ________

DYNEGY INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)



Commission File Number	State of Incorporation	I.R.S. Employer Identification No.
001-33443	Delaware	20-5653152

601 Travis, Suite 1400
Houston, Texas		77002
(Address of principal executive offices)		(Zip Code)

(713) 507-6400

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section12(b) of the Act:



Title of each class		Name of each exchange on which registered
Dynegy’s common stock, $0.01 par value		New York Stock Exchange
Dynegy's 5.375% Series A Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value		New York Stock Exchange
Dynegy’s warrants, exercisable for common stock at an exercise price of $40 per share		New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section12(g) of the Act:



		None
		(Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ý No o

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes o No ý

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨

Table of Contents

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.



Large accelerated filer ý		Accelerated filer o
Non-accelerated filer o		Smaller reporting company o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨

No x

As of June 30, 2014, the aggregate market value of the Dynegy Inc. common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $2,828,298,103 based on the closing sale price as reported on the New York Stock Exchange.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court. Yes x No ¨

Number of shares outstanding of Dynegy Inc.’s class of common stock, as of the latest practicable date: Common stock, $0.01 par value per share, 124,438,722 shares outstanding as of February 10, 2015.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Part III (Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14) incorporates by reference portions of the Notice and Proxy Statement for the registrant’s 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which the registrant intends to file no later than 120 days after December 31, 2014. However, if such proxy statement is not filed within such 120-day period, Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 will be filed as part of an amendment to this Form 10-K no later than the end of the 120-day period.

Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC.

FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS



		Page
PART I

Definitions		1
Item 1.	Business	3
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	23
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	31
Item 2.	Properties	32
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	32
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	32
PART II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	32
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	36
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	39
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	80
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	81
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	81
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	82
Item 9B.	Other Information	82
PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	83
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	83
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	83
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	84
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	84
PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	85
Signatures		93

PART I

DEFINITIONS

Unless the context indicates otherwise, throughout this report, the terms “Dynegy,” “the Company,” “we,” “us,” “our,” and “ours” are used to refer to Dynegy Inc. and its direct and indirect subsidiaries. Discussions or areas of this report that apply only to Dynegy, Legacy Dynegy or Dynegy Holdings, LLC (“DH”) are clearly noted in such sections or areas and specific defined terms may be introduced for use only in those sections or areas. Further, as used in this Form 10-K, the abbreviations contained herein have the meanings set forth below.



CAISO		California Independent System Operator
CPUC		California Public Utility Commission
EGU		Electric Generating Units
ELG		Effluent Limitation Guidelines
EPA		Environmental Protection Agency
FCA		Forward Capacity Auction
FERC		Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
FTR		Financial Transmission Rights
GW		Gigawatt
HAPs		Hazardous Air Pollutants, as defined by the Clean Air Act
IBEW		International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers
ICAP		Installed Capacity
ICC		Illinois Commerce Commission
ICR		Installed Capacity Requirement
IGCC		Integrated Gasification Combined Cycle
IMA		In Market Availability
IUOE		International Union of Operating Engineers
IPCB		Illinois Pollution Control Board
ISO		Independent System Operator
ISO-NE		Independent System Operator New England
kW		Kilowatt
LIBOR		London Interbank Offered Rate
LMP		Locational Marginal Pricing
MISO		Midcontinent Independent System Operator, Inc.
MMBtu		One Million British Thermal Units
Moody’s		Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
MSCI		Morgan Stanley Capital International
MW		Megawatts
MWh		Megawatt Hour
NERC		North American Electric Reliability Corporation
NM		Not Meaningful
NYISO		New York Independent System Operator
NYMEX		New York Mercantile Exchange
NYSE		New York Stock Exchange
OTC		Over-The-Counter
PJM		PJM Interconnection, LLC
PRIDE		Producing Results through Innovation by Dynegy Employees
RCRA		Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976
RGGI		Regional Greenhouse Gas Initiative
RMR		Reliability Must Run
RPM		Reliability Pricing Model
RTO		Regional Transmission Organization
S&P		Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services
SEC		U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
TVA		Tennessee Valley Authority
VaR		Value at Risk

Item 1. Business

THE COMPANY

Dynegy began operations in 1984 and became incorporated in the State of Delaware in 2007. We are a holding company and conduct substantially all of our business operations through our subsidiaries. Our primary business is the production and sale of electric energy, capacity and ancillary services from our fleet of 15 power plants in five states totaling approximately 13,000 MW of generating capacity.

We operate a portfolio of generation assets that is diversified in terms of dispatch profile, fuel type and geography. Our Coal and Illinois Power Holdings, LLC (“IPH”) segments are fleets of baseload coal facilities, located in Illinois, which dispatch around the clock throughout the year. Our Gas segment operates both intermediate and peaking natural gas plants, located in the Midwest, Northeast and California. The inherent cycling and dispatch characteristics of our intermediate combined cycle units allow us to take advantage of the volatility in market pricing in the day-ahead and hourly markets. This flexibility allows us to optimize our assets and provide incremental value. Peaking facilities are generally dispatched to serve load only during the highest periods of power demand, such as hot summer and cold winter days, or for local reliability needs. Currently our peaking facilities are contracted through either tolling or RMR agreements. In addition to generating power, our generating facilities also receive capacity revenues through structured markets or bilateral tolling agreements, as local utilities and ISOs seek to ensure sufficient generation capacity is available to meet future market demands.

We sell electric energy, capacity and ancillary services primarily on a wholesale basis from our power generation facilities. We also serve residential, municipal, commercial and industrial customers primarily in MISO and PJM through our Homefield Energy and Dynegy Energy Services retail businesses. Wholesale electricity customers will, for reliability reasons and to meet regulatory requirements, contract for rights to capacity from generating units. Ancillary services are the products of a power generation facility that support the transmission grid operation, follow real-time changes in load and provide emergency reserves for major changes to the balance of generation and load. Retail electricity customers purchase energy and these related services in the deregulated retail energy market. We sell these products individually or in combination to our customers for various lengths of time from hourly to multi-year transactions.

We do business with a wide range of customers, including RTOs and ISOs, integrated utilities, municipalities, electric cooperatives, transmission and distribution utilities, power marketers, financial participants such as banks and hedge funds and residential, commercial and industrial end-users. Some of our customers, such as municipalities or integrated utilities, purchase our products for resale in order to serve their retail, commercial and industrial customers. Other customers, such as some power marketers, may buy from us to serve their own wholesale or retail customers or as a hedge against power sales they have made.

Our principal executive office is located at 601 Travis Street, Suite 1400, Houston, Texas 77002, and our telephone number is (713) 507-6400. We file annual, quarterly and current reports, and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any document we file at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the SEC’s Public Reference Room. Our SEC filings are also available to the public at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. No information from such website is incorporated by reference herein. Our SEC filings are also available free of charge on our website at www.dynegy.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports are filed with or furnished to the SEC. The contents of our website are not intended to be, and should not be considered to be, incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K.

Our Power Generation Portfolio

Our generating facilities are as follows:



Facility	Total Net Generating Capacity (MW)(1)	Primary Fuel Type	Dispatch Type	Location	Region
Baldwin	1,815	Coal	Baseload	Baldwin, IL	MISO
Havana	434	Coal	Baseload	Havana, IL	MISO
Hennepin	294	Coal	Baseload	Hennepin, IL	MISO
Wood River	465	Coal	Baseload	Alton, IL	MISO
Total Coal Segment	3,008
Coffeen	915	Coal	Baseload	Montgomery County, IL	MISO
Joppa/EEI (2)	802	Coal	Baseload	Joppa, IL	MISO
Newton	1,230	Coal	Baseload	Jasper County, IL	MISO
Duck Creek	425	Coal	Baseload	Canton, IL	MISO
E.D. Edwards	685	Coal	Baseload	Bartonville, IL	MISO
Total IPH Segment (3)	4,057
Moss Landing Units 1-2	1,020	Gas	Intermediate	Monterey County, CA	CAISO
Units 6-7	1,509	Gas	Peaking	Monterey County, CA	CAISO
Kendall	1,209	Gas	Intermediate	Minooka, IL	PJM
Ontelaunee	560	Gas	Intermediate	Ontelaunee Township, PA	PJM
Oakland	165	Oil	Peaking	Oakland, CA	CAISO
Casco Bay	538	Gas	Intermediate	Veazie, ME	ISO-NE
Independence	1,108	Gas	Intermediate	Scriba, NY	NYISO
Total Gas Segment	6,109
Total Fleet Capacity	13,174

__________________________________________


(1)	Unit capabilities are based on winter capacity. We have not included units that have been retired or are out of operation.


(2)	We indirectly own an 80 percent interest in this facility.


(3)	We have transmission rights into PJM for certain of our IPH plants and, therefore, also offer power and capacity into PJM.

Business Strategies

Our business strategy is to create value through the optimization of our generation facilities, cost structure and financial resources.

Customer Focus. Our commercial outreach focuses on the needs of the customers and constituents we serve, including the end-use and wholesale customer, our market channel partners and the government agencies and regulatory bodies that represent the public interest. The insight provided through these relationships will influence our decisions aimed at meeting customer needs while optimizing the value of our business.

Currently, our commercial strategy seeks to optimize the value of our assets by locking in near-term cash flow while preserving the ability to capture higher values long-term as power markets improve. We may hedge portions of the expected output from our facilities with the goal of stabilizing near-term earnings and cash flow while preserving upside potential should commodity prices or market factors improve. Our wholesale organization and retail marketing teams are responsible for implementation of this strategy. These teams provide access to a broad portfolio of customers with varying energy and capacity requirements. There is a significant risk reduction from linking our generation to our customer load which reduces the need to transact additional financial hedging products in the market.

Our wholesale origination efforts focus on marketing energy and capacity and providing certain associated services through structured transactions that are designed to meet our customers' operating, financial and risk requirements while simultaneously compensating Dynegy appropriately. Additionally, we seek to capture the intrinsic and extrinsic value of our

generation portfolios. We use a wide range of products and contracts such as tolling agreements, fuel supply contracts, capacity auctions, bilateral capacity contracts, power and natural gas swap agreements and other financial instruments to meet this objective.

Our retail marketing efforts focus on offering end-use customers energy products that range from fixed price and full requirements to flexible price and volume structures. Our goal is to deliver value beyond price by leveraging our experience in the energy markets to help customers make sound energy decisions. Establishing and maintaining strong relationships with retail energy channel partners is another key focus where personal service and transparent communication further build our retail brands as trusted suppliers. Our objective is to maximize the benefit to both Dynegy and our customers.

Dynegy operates in a complex and highly-regulated environment with multiple federal, state and local stakeholders, such as legislators, government agencies, industry groups, consumers and environmental advocates. Dynegy works with these stakeholders to encourage reasonable regulations, constructive market designs and balanced environmental policies. Our regulatory strategy includes a continuous process of advocacy, visibility, education and engagement. The ultimate goal is to find solutions that provide adequate cost recovery and incentivize investment, while providing safe, reliable, cost-effective and environmentally-compliant generation for the communities we serve.

Continuous Improvement. We are committed to operating all of our facilities in a safe, reliable, cost-efficient and environmentally compliant manner. We have dedicated significant resources toward these priorities with approximately $1 billion invested since 2005 in our Coal segment for environmental compliance initiatives to meet contractual obligations and state and federal environmental standards. Additionally in the IPH segment, we continue to invest in flue gas desulfurization systems at the Newton facility. We will continue to invest across all segments to maintain and improve the safety, reliability and efficiency of the fleet. The Pending Acquisitions (as defined below) are consistent with our commitment to operating safe, reliable, cost efficient and environmentally compliant power generation facilities, as these facilities have benefited from ongoing capital investment, preventative maintenance and rigorous inspection programs.

We continue to employ our cost and performance improvement initiative, known as PRIDE, which is designed to drive recurring cash flow benefits by optimizing our cost structure, implementing company-wide process and operating improvements, and improving balance sheet efficiency. We launched our PRIDE program a year ago with a three-year target of $135 million in operating improvements and $165 million in balance sheet efficiencies. In 2014, we exceeded our $60 million EBITDA improvement target and $65 million balance sheet efficiency target and based on performance to date, we plan to accelerate and achieve our original three-year target by the end of 2015, a full year ahead of schedule. After the close of the Pending Acquisitions, new consolidated targets for 2016 will be set.

Capital Allocation. The power industry is a capital intensive, cyclical commodity business with significant commodity price volatility. As such, it is imperative to build and maintain a balance sheet with manageable debt levels supported by a flexible and diverse liquidity program. Our ongoing capital allocation priorities, first and foremost, are to maintain an appropriate leverage and liquidity profile and to make the necessary capital investments to maintain the safety and reliability of our fleet and to comply with environmental rules and regulations. Additional capital allocation options that are evaluated include investments in our existing portfolio, potential acquisitions and returning capital to shareholders. Capital allocation decisions are generally based on alternatives that provide the highest risk adjusted rates of return. In 2014, we allocated a substantial portion of our balance sheet to the Pending Acquisitions.

We continue to focus on maintaining a diverse liquidity program to support our ongoing operations and commercial activities. This includes maintaining adequate cash balances, expanding our first lien collateral program to include additional hedging counterparties and having in place sufficient committed lines of credit to support our ongoing liquidity needs. We will continue to evaluate other measures to best manage our balance sheet and liquidity.

Recent Developments

Acquisitions. In August 2014, we entered into agreements with Duke Energy to purchase certain of its facilities located in the Midwest and its retail energy business for a purchase price of $2.8 billion in cash, subject to certain adjustments (the “Duke Midwest Acquisition”), and with the ECP Sellers (as defined herein) to purchase EquiPower Resources Corp. (“ERC”) and Brayton Point Holdings, LLC (“Brayton”) for a purchase price of approximately $3.25 billion in cash in the aggregate and $200 million of our common stock, subject to certain adjustments (collectively, the “EquiPower Acquisition” and, the EquiPower Acquisition together with the Duke Midwest Acquisition, the “Pending Acquisitions”). The Pending Acquisitions will expand our fleet to 35 power plants in eight states and increase our generation capacity by approximately 12,500 MW to nearly 26,000 MW.

Consummation of the Pending Acquisitions is subject to conditions and governmental approvals, including FERC approval. On February 6, 2015, we responded to a letter from FERC requesting additional information to process the applications filed with FERC on September 11, 2014. Please read Note 3—Merger and Acquisitions for further discussion.

Acquisition Financing. On August 21, 2014, to ensure the financing of the Pending Acquisitions, we obtained commitments for incremental revolving credit facilities (the “Revolvers”) and bridge loan commitments (the “Bridge Loan Facilities”). The Bridge Loan Facilities were terminated on October 27, 2014 as we completed our permanent financings for the acquisitions as discussed below. The Revolvers expand the credit available to us by an aggregate of $950 million ($600 million for the Duke Midwest Acquisition and $350 million for the EquiPower Acquisition) which will be used to support the collateral and liquidity requirements of the acquired businesses. Each Revolver is conditional on the closing of the applicable acquisition. We expect to have at least $800 million available, net of expected letters of credit outstanding, for future borrowings under our current and incremental revolving credit facilities immediately following the completion of the Pending Acquisitions.

On October 14, 2014, pursuant to registered public offerings, we issued 22.5 million shares of our common stock at $31.00 per share for gross proceeds of approximately $698 million, before underwriting discounts and commissions (the “Common Stock Offering”), and 4 million shares of our mandatory convertible preferred stock at $100 per share, for gross proceeds of approximately $400 million, before underwriting discounts and commissions (the “Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock Offering”). Please read Note 16—Capital Stock for further discussion.

On October 27, 2014, we completed the private placement of $5.1 billion in aggregate principal amount of unsecured senior notes at a weighted average interest rate of 7.18 percent in tranches with maturities ranging from 2019 to 2024 (the “Notes”). The gross proceeds from the issuance of the Notes, less initial purchasers’ discounts and expenses, were placed into escrow pending the consummation of the Pending Acquisitions. Under our escrow agreement related to the Notes, the applicable borrowings for each Pending Acquisition are subject to mandatory redemption, at par, if the acquisitions are not consummated by May 11, 2015, in the case of the EquiPower Acquisition, and August 24, 2015, in the case of the Duke Midwest Acquisition. Please read Note 11—Debt for further discussion.

On November 13, 2014, pursuant to the partial exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in connection with the previously announced public offering on October 14, 2014, we issued 1.5 million shares of our common stock at $31.00 per share for gross proceeds of approximately $46 million, before underwriting discounts and commissions. Please read Note 16—Capital Stock for further discussion.

MARKET DISCUSSION

Our business operations are focused primarily on the wholesale power generation sector of the energy industry. We manage and report the results of our power generation business within three segments on a consolidated basis: (i) Coal, (ii) IPH and (iii) Gas. Please read Note 24—Segment Information for further information regarding revenues from external customers, operating income (loss) and total assets by segment. We continue to expect that, over the longer-term, power and capacity pricing will improve as natural gas prices increase, marginal generating units retire, and more stringent environmental regulations force the retirement of power generation units that have not invested in environmental upgrades. As a result, we believe our coal-fired baseload fleets are well positioned to benefit from higher power and capacity prices in the Midwest. We also expect these same factors will benefit our combined cycle units throughout the country through increased run-times and/or higher power prices as heat rates expand resulting in improved margins and cash flows.

NERC Regions, RTOs and ISOs. In discussing our business, we often refer to NERC regions. The NERC and its regional reliability entities were formed to ensure the reliability and security of the electricity system. The regional reliability entities set standards for reliable operation and maintenance of power generation facilities and transmission systems. For example, each NERC region establishes a minimum operating reserve requirement to ensure there is sufficient generating capacity to meet expected demand within its region. Each NERC region reports seasonally and annually on the status of generation and transmission in such region.

Separately, RTOs and ISOs administer the transmission infrastructure and markets across a regional footprint in most of the markets in which we operate. They are responsible for dispatching all generation facilities in their respective footprints and are responsible for both maximum utilization and reliable and efficient operation of the transmission system. RTOs and ISOs administer energy and ancillary service markets in the short term, usually day-ahead and real-time markets. Several RTOs and ISOs also ensure long-term planning reserves through monthly, semi-annual, annual and multi-year capacity markets. The RTOs and ISOs that oversee most of the wholesale power markets in which we operate currently impose, and will likely continue to impose, both bid and price limits. They may also enforce caps and other mechanisms to guard against the exercise of market dominance in these markets. NERC regions and RTOs/ISOs often have different geographic footprints, and while there may be geographic overlap between NERC regions and RTOs/ISOs, their respective roles and responsibilities do not generally overlap.

In RTO and ISO regions with centrally dispatched market structures, all generators selling into the centralized market receive the same price for energy sold based on the bid price associated with the production of the last MWh that is needed to balance supply with demand within a designated zone or at a given location. Different zones or locations within the same RTO/ISO may produce different prices respective to other zones within the same RTO/ISO due to transmission losses and congestion. For example, a less efficient and/or less economical natural gas-fired unit may be needed in some hours to meet demand. If this unit’s production is required to meet demand on the margin, its bid price will set the market clearing price that will be paid for all dispatched generation in the same zone or location (although the price paid at other zones or locations may vary because of transmission losses and congestion), regardless of the price that any other unit may have offered into the market. In RTO and ISO regions with centrally dispatched market structures and location-based marginal price clearing structures (e.g. PJM, NYISO, MISO, CAISO and ISO-NE), generators will receive the location-based marginal price for their output. The location-based marginal price, absent congestion, would be the marginal price of the most expensive unit needed to meet demand. In regions that are outside the footprint of RTOs/ISOs, prices are determined on a bilateral basis between buyers and sellers.

Reserve Margins. RTOs and ISOs are required to meet NERC planning and resource adequacy standards. The reserve margin, which is the amount of generation resources in excess of peak load, is a measure of resource adequacy and is also used to assess the supply-demand balance of a region. RTOs and ISOs use various mechanisms to help market participants meet their planning reserve margin requirements. Mechanisms range from centralized capacity markets administered by the ISO to unstructured markets where entities fulfill their requirements through a combination of long and short-term bilateral contracts between individual counterparties and self-generation.

Coal and IPH Segments

Our Coal segment is comprised of four coal-fired power generation facilities located in Illinois with a total generating capacity of 3,008 MW. Our IPH segment is comprised of five coal-fired power generation facilities located in Illinois with a total owned generating capacity of 4,057 MW. All of these facilities, with the exception of Joppa, operate in MISO. Joppa, which is within the Electric Energy, Inc. (“EEI”) control area, also sells power and capacity into MISO. We offer a portion of our IPH segment generating capacity into the PJM market.

RTO/ISO Discussion

MISO. The MISO market includes all of Iowa, Minnesota, North Dakota and Wisconsin and portions of Michigan, Kentucky, Indiana, Illinois, Missouri, Arkansas, Mississippi, Texas, Louisiana, Montana, South Dakota and Manitoba, Canada.

The MISO energy market is designed to ensure that all market participants have open-access to the transmission system on a non-discriminatory basis. MISO, as an independent RTO, maintains functional control over the use of the transmission system to ensure transmission circuits do not exceed their secure operating limits and become overloaded. MISO operates day-ahead and real-time energy markets using a LMP system which calculates a price for every generator and load point within MISO. This market is transparent, allowing generators and load serving entities to see real-time price effects of transmission constraints and the impacts of congestion at each pricing point. An independent market monitor is responsible for evaluating the performance of the markets and identifying conduct by market participants or MISO that may compromise the efficiency or distort the outcome of the markets.

The MISO’s tariff provisions provide for a full planning year capacity product (June 1 - May 31) and recognize zonal deliverability capacity requirements. We anticipate that the potential retirement of marginal MISO coal capacity due to poor economics or expected environmental mandates and confirmed future capacity exports from MISO to PJM will affect MISO capacity and energy pricing for future planning years.

We participate in the MISO’s annual and monthly FTR auctions to manage the cost of our transmission congestion, as measured by the congestion component of the LMP price differential between two points on the transmission grid across the market area.

Contracted Capacity and Energy

We commercialize our Coal and IPH segment assets through a combination of physical participation in the MISO markets (as described above), bilateral physical and financial power sales and fuel and capacity contracts. Capacity revenues consist of revenues billed to a third party at either the market or a negotiated contract price for making installed generation capacity available in order to satisfy system integrity and reliability requirements.

Reserve Margins

The MISO Planning Reserve Margin was 14 percent for Planning Year 2013-2014. The actual Reserve Margin was 22.4 percent. MISO has forecasted reserve margins of 16.6 percent for Planning Year 2015-2016, 11.5 percent for Planning Year

2016-2017, 12.3 percent for Planning Year 2017-2018, 10.6 percent for Planning Year 2018-2019 and 9.0 percent for Planning Year 2019-2020.

Gas Segment

Our Gas segment is comprised of five natural gas-fired power generation facilities located in California, Illinois, Pennsylvania, New York and Maine and one fuel-oil fired power generation facility located in California, totaling 6,109 MW of electric generating capacity.

RTO/ISO Discussion

PJM. The PJM market includes all or parts of Delaware, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Maryland, Michigan, New Jersey, North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, Virginia, West Virginia and the District of Columbia. Our Kendall and Ontelaunee facilities, located in Illinois and Pennsylvania, respectively, operate in PJM with an aggregate net generating capacity of 1,769 MW.

PJM administers markets for wholesale electricity and provides transmission planning for the region, utilizing a similar LMP system as described in MISO above. PJM operates day-ahead and real-time markets into which generators can bid to provide energy and ancillary services. PJM also administers a forward capacity auction, the RPM, which establishes long-term markets for capacity. We have participated in RPM base residual auctions for years up to and including PJM’s Planning Year 2017-2018, which ends May 31, 2018. We also enter into bilateral capacity transactions. PJM may offer incremental auctions through Planning Year 2017-2018 to fill incremental capacity needs. An independent market monitor continually monitors PJM markets to ensure a robust, competitive market and to identify any improper behavior by any entity.

PJM, like MISO, dispatches power plants to meet system energy and reliability needs, and settles physical power deliveries at LMPs. This value is determined by an ISO-administered auction process. The ISO-administered LMP energy markets consist of two separate and characteristically distinct settlement time frames, both of which are financially settled. The first is a day-ahead market and the second is a real-time dispatch and balancing market. Prices paid in these LMP energy markets, however, are affected by, among other things, (i) market mitigation measures, which can result in lower prices associated with certain generating units that are mitigated by shifting to a cost curve because they are deemed to have the potential to exercise locational market power, and (ii) the existing $1,000/MWh energy market price caps that are in place. PJM has also filed with FERC a proposal for “capacity performance” rules to be phased in beginning Planning Year 2015-2016. These rules are designed to improve system reliability, and include penalties for underperforming units and rewards for overperforming units during shortage events.

NYISO. The NYISO market includes the entire state of New York. Capacity pricing is calculated as a function of NYISO’s annual required reserve margin, the estimated net cost of “new entrant” generation, estimated peak demand and the actual amount of capacity bid into the market at or below its demand curve. The demand curve mechanism provides for incrementally higher capacity pricing at lower reserve margins, such that “new entrant” economics become attractive as the reserve margin approaches required minimum levels. The intent of the demand curve mechanism is to ensure that existing generation facilities have enough revenue to recover their investment when capacity revenues are coupled with energy and ancillary service revenues. Additionally, the demand curve mechanism is intended to attract new investment in generation when and where that new capacity is needed most. To calculate the price and quantity of installed capacity (the available output of power generation in the market), four ICAP demand curves are used: one for Long Island, one for New York City, one for Statewide (commonly referred to as Rest of State), and in May 2014, the fourth demand curve was implemented covering the recently approved Lower Hudson Valley Zone. Our Independence facility operates in the Rest of State market and has an aggregate net generating capacity of 1,108 MW. NYISO also dispatches power plants to meet system energy and reliability needs and settles physical power deliveries at LMPs. Due to pipeline constraints, natural gas prices tend to be cheaper and less volatile in the northwestern part of the state, where our Independence facility is located.

ISO-NE. The ISO-NE market includes the six New England states of Vermont, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Connecticut, Rhode Island and Maine. Our Casco Bay facility, located in Maine, operates in ISO-NE and has an aggregate net generating capacity of 538 MW. ISO-NE also dispatches power plants to meet system energy and reliability needs and settles physical power deliveries at LMPs. Energy prices vary among the participating states in ISO-NE, much like regional zones in the NYISO and are largely influenced by transmission constraints and fuel supply. ISO-NE offers a forward capacity market where capacity prices are determined through auctions. ISO-NE implemented changes to its capacity market starting in FCA-8 for Planning Year 2017-2018. Changes include removal of the price floor and implementation of a minimum offer price rule for new resources to prevent buy-side market power. On October 17, 2013, ISO-NE issued a memorandum to market participants noting a potential resource shortfall based on submitted retirement requests. FCA-8 occurred on February 3, 2014 and cleared at a price of $15 per kW-month due to significant capacity requirements in the region. However, due to recent capacity retirements, the “insufficient competition” clause in the ISO-NE tariff was triggered causing existing generation in Rest-of-Pool Capacity Zone, including Casco Bay, to receive an administrative cap price of $7.025 per kW-month. The FCA-9 auction for Planning Year

2018-2019 was held on February 2, 2015. A downward sloping demand curve was implemented for FCA-9. Additionally, in order to ensure reliability, a “performance incentive” mechanism that will penalize underperforming units and reward overperforming units was implemented. Rest-of-Pool cleared at a price of $9.551 per kW-month. The Southeastern Massachusetts and Rhode Island zone (“SEMA-RI”) had insufficient supply to satisfy its capacity requirements. As a result, the zone separated from Rest-of-Pool, with existing resources in the zone receiving the Net Cost of New Entry (“Net CONE”) price of $11.080 per kW-month and new resources in the zone receiving the auction starting price of $17.728 per kW-month.

CAISO. The CAISO market covers approximately 90 percent of the State of California and operates a centrally cleared market for energy and ancillary services. Our Moss Landing and Oakland facilities operate in CAISO with an aggregate net generating capacity of 2,694 MW. Energy is priced utilizing an LMP system as described above. Currently the CAISO has a mandatory resource adequacy requirement but no centrally-administered capacity market.

Contracted Capacity and Energy

PJM. Our Kendall and Ontelaunee facilities are natural gas-fired, combined-cycle, intermediate dispatch facilities. We commercialize these assets through a combination of bilateral power, fuel and capacity contracts. We commercialize our capacity through either the RPM auction or on a bilateral basis. Our Kendall facility has one tolling agreement for 85 MW that expires in 2017.

NYISO. Our Independence facility, due to the standard capacity market operated by NYISO and liquid OTC market for NYISO capacity products, sells a significant portion of its capacity bilaterally into the market, with the balance cleared through seasonal and monthly capacity auctions. Additionally, we supply steam and up to 44 MW of electric energy to a third party at a fixed price.

ISO-NE. Our Casco Bay facility sells capacity through the forward capacity auctions administered by the ISO-NE. Nine forward capacity auctions have been held to date. All auctions through the seventh auction cleared at the floor price due to oversupply of capacity in the region. In FCA-8, retirements contributed to the auction clearing at the administrative cap for Planning Year 2017-2018. In FCA-9, new capacity rules were implemented including a sloped demand curve for Planning Year 2018-2019. For FCA-9, Casco Bay cleared 488 MW at a price of $9.551 per kW-month.

CAISO. In CAISO, where our assets include intermediate dispatch and peaking facilities, we seek to mitigate spark spread variability through tolling arrangements and physical and financial bilateral power and fuel contracts. All of the capacity of our Moss Landing Units 6 and 7 is contracted under tolling arrangements through 2016. As previously noted, our Oakland facility operates under an RMR contract with the CAISO.

Reserve Margins

PJM. The installed reserve margin requirement is reviewed by PJM on an annual basis and is 15.9 percent for Planning Years 2013-2014 to 2014-2015. PJM has forecasted reserve margins based on deliverable capacity of 17.1 percent for Planning Year 2015-2016, 18 percent for Planning Year 2016-2017, 18.8 percent for Planning Years 2017-2018 and 2018-2019 and 18.2 percent for Planning Year 2019-2020.

NYISO. A reserve margin of 17 percent has been filed with the FERC for the New York Control Area for the period beginning May 1, 2014 and ending April 30, 2015. A reserve margin of 17 percent for the period beginning May 1, 2015 and ending April 30, 2016 has been filed. The actual amount of installed capacity is approximately 2 percentage points above NYISO’s current required reserve margin.

ISO-NE. Similar to PJM, ISO-NE will publish on an annual basis the required reserve margin which is called ICR. For Planning Year 2015-2016, the ICR is 24 percent. Actual installed reserve margin is approximately 33.6 percent, which is 13.3 percentage points above the ICR. For Planning Years 2016-2017, 2017-2018 and 2018-2019, the ICRs are 24 percent, 16 percent and 11 percent, respectively.

CAISO. The CPUC requires a resource adequacy margin of 15 to 17 percent. As of the latest summer assessment for the region in May 2014, the reserve margin was approximately 23.8 percent. Unlike other centrally cleared capacity markets, the CAISO resource adequacy market is a bilaterally traded market which typically transacts in monthly products as opposed to annual capacity products in other regions. On the state level, there are numerous ongoing market initiatives that impact wholesale generation, principally the development of resource adequacy rules and capacity markets to include the necessary flexibility to integrate the state-mandated 33 percent renewable resources and maintain reliability of the grid. The CPUC has integrated flexible capacity into the 2014 Resource Adequacy procurement requirements and both the CPUC and CAISO recently approved a plan to examine multi-year procurement requirements that will bridge the gap between Resource Adequacy (one-year) and Long Term Power Procurement (ten-year) plans. Both the CAISO and CPUC have recently deferred or delayed parts of these initiatives. The CAISO has delayed the Flexible Ramping Product by several months in order to address issues stakeholders raised during policy

development. The CPUC has suspended work on the multi-year Resource Adequacy procurement until further notice. Multi-year Resource Adequacy procurement is likely to be picked back up again in either the current or a future Resource Adequacy proceeding in conjunction with development of the durable flexible capacity program.

Other

Market-Based Rates. Our ability to charge market-based rates for wholesale sales of electricity, as opposed to cost-based rates, is governed by FERC. We have been granted market-based rate authority for wholesale power sales from our exempt wholesale generator facilities, as well as wholesale power sales by our power marketing entities, Dynegy Power Marketing, LLC (“DYPM”), Dynegy Marketing and Trade, LLC (“DMT”), Illinois Power Marketing Company (“IPM”) and Dynegy Energy Services, LLC (“DES”).

Every three years, FERC conducts a review of our market-based rates and potential market power on a regional basis (known as the triennial market power review). In December 2014, we filed a market power update with FERC for our Central Region Assets (MISO assets and EEI).

The Dodd-Frank Act. The U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) has regulatory oversight authority over the trading of electricity and gas commodities, including financial products and derivatives, under the Commodity Exchange Act. On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which, among other things, aims to improve transparency in derivative markets. The Dodd-Frank Act increased the CFTC’s regulatory authority on matters related to OTC derivatives, market clearing, position reporting and capital requirements. Dynegy has systems in place in order to monitor our swap activity and comply with Non-Swap Dealer/Major Swap Participant reporting requirements. As required, Dynegy is meeting its reporting obligations under Parts 43, 45 and 46 of the CFTC’s regulations, which cover real-time public reporting of swap transaction data, reporting of swap transaction data to a registered swap data repository and reporting of historical swaps. We continue to monitor the CFTC’s releases for guidance on these rules and any other clearing and reporting requirements that will be required of our business or impact current operations.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

Our business is subject to extensive federal, state and local laws and regulations concerning environmental matters, including the discharge of materials into the environment. We are committed to operating within these laws and regulations and to conducting our business in an environmentally responsible manner. The environmental, legal and regulatory landscape is subject to change and has become more stringent over time. The process for acquiring or maintaining permits or otherwise complying with applicable rules and regulations may create unprofitable or unfavorable operating conditions or require significant capital and operating expenditures. Further, changing interpretations of existing regulations may subject historical maintenance, repair and replacement activities at our facilities to claims of noncompliance.

The following is a summary of (i) the material federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations applicable to us and (ii) certain pending judicial and administrative proceedings related thereto. Compliance with these environmental laws and regulations and resolution of these various proceedings may result in increased capital expenditures and other environmental compliance costs, increased operations and maintenance expenses, increased Asset Retirement Obligations (“AROs”), and the imposition of fines and penalties, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, if we are required to incur significant additional costs or expenses to comply with applicable environmental laws or to resolve a related proceeding, the incurrence of such costs or expenses may render continued operation of a plant uneconomical such that we may determine, subject to applicable laws and any applicable financing or other agreements, to reduce the plant’s operations to minimize such costs or expenses or cease to operate the plant completely to avoid such costs or expenses. Unless otherwise expressly noted in the following summary, we are not currently able to reasonably estimate the costs and expenses, or range of the costs and expenses, associated with complying with these environmental laws and regulations or with resolution of these judicial and administrative proceedings. For additional information regarding our pending environmental judicial and administrative proceedings, please read Note 15—Commitments and Contingencies for further discussion.

Our aggregate Coal segment expenditures (both capitalized and those included in operating expense) for compliance with laws and regulations related to the protection of the environment were approximately $30 million in 2014 compared to approximately $25 million in 2013. We estimate that our Coal segment’s total expenditures for environmental compliance in 2015 will be approximately $35 million, with approximately $10 million in capital expenditures and $25 million in operating expenses.

Our aggregate IPH segment expenditures (both capitalized and those included in operating expense) for compliance with laws and regulations related to the protection of the environment were approximately $50 million in 2014. We estimate that our IPH segment’s total expenditures for environmental compliance in 2015 will be approximately $55 million, with approximately $25 million in capital expenditures and $30 million in operating expenses.

Our aggregate Gas segment expenditures for environmental compliance were approximately $5 million for both 2014 and 2013. We estimate that our Gas segment’s total expenditures for environmental compliance in 2015 will be approximately $5 million in operating expenses.

The Clean Air Act

The Clean Air Act (“CAA”) and comparable state laws and regulations relating to air emissions impose various responsibilities on owners and operators of sources of air emissions, which include requirements to obtain construction and operating permits, pay permit fees, monitor emissions, submit reports and compliance certifications, and keep records. The CAA requires that fossil-fueled electric generating plants have sufficient emission allowances to cover actual sulfur dioxide (“SO₂”) emissions and in some regions nitrogen oxide (“NO_x”) emissions and that they meet certain pollutant emission standards as well.

In order to ensure continued compliance with the CAA and related rules and regulations, we have installed various emission reduction technologies at our Coal and IPH segment facilities. These technologies include flue gas desulfurization systems on select units for the control of SO₂ emissions, electrostatic precipitators on all units and baghouses on select units for the control of particulate matter emissions, activated carbon injection or mercury oxidation systems on all units for the control of mercury emissions, and selective catalytic reduction (“SCR”) systems and/or low-NO_x burners and/or overfire air systems on all units to control NO_x emissions. All of our Coal and IPH segment facilities also use low sulfur coal exclusively (except Duck Creek, which blends low and high sulfur coal), which goes through a refined coal process to further reduce NO_x and mercury emissions. All of our Gas segment facilities, except Oakland, use SCR technology to control NO_x emissions.

Multi-Pollutant Air Emission Initiatives

In recent years, various federal and state legislative and regulatory multi-pollutant initiatives have taken effect. In 2005, the EPA finalized the Clean Air Interstate Rule (“CAIR”) to reduce emissions of SO₂ and NO_x from coal-fired power generation units across the eastern U.S. The CAIR was challenged by several parties and ultimately remanded to the EPA, but remained in effect in 2014.

Cross-State Air Pollution Rule. In July 2011, the EPA issued its final rule on Federal Implementation Plans to Reduce Interstate Transport of Fine Particulate Matter and Ozone (the “Cross-State Air Pollution Rule,” or “CSAPR”, formerly known as the Transport Rule) to replace CAIR. The CSAPR imposes cap-and-trade programs within each affected state that cap emissions of SO₂ and NO_x at levels estimated to eliminate that state’s contribution to nonattainment with, or interference with maintenance of attainment status by down-wind areas with respect to, the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (“NAAQS”) for fine particulate matter (PM2.5) and ozone. Under the CSAPR, our generating facilities in Illinois, New York and Pennsylvania are subject to cap-and-trade programs capping emissions of NO_x from May 1 through September 30 and capping emissions of SO₂ and NO_x on an annual basis. The requirements applicable to SO₂ emissions from EGUs in Illinois, New York and Pennsylvania will be implemented in two stages with existing EGUs in these states allocated fewer SO₂ emission allowances in the second phase.

As a result of various judicial proceedings, including review by the U.S. Supreme Court in 2014, CSAPR Phase I did not take effect until January 1, 2015 for the annual SO₂ and NO_x programs, with the ozone-season NO_x program to begin May 1, 2015. CSAPR Phase 2 will begin in 2017. Judicial challenges to the CSAPR remain pending in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit.

Based on our current projections of emissions for 2015, we anticipate that our Coal and IPH segment facilities have an adequate number of SO₂allowances allocated in 2015 under the CSAPR but will need to acquire a limited number of NO_X(ozone season and annual) allowances.

Mercury/HAPs. The EPA’s Mercury and Air Toxic Standards (“MATS”) rule for EGUs, which was issued in 2011, established numeric emission limits for mercury, non-mercury metals (filterable particulate may be used as a surrogate), and acid gases (hydrogen chloride may be used as a surrogate, with SO₂ as an optional surrogate for coal-fired units using flue gas desulfurization; oil-fired units also would be subject to a hydrogen fluoride limit), and work practice standards for organic HAPs. Compliance with the MATS rule is required by April 16, 2015, unless an extension is granted in accordance with the CAA. The U.S. Supreme Court is expected to issue a decision by summer 2015 addressing whether the EPA, in adopting the MATS rule, unreasonably refused to consider costs in determining the appropriateness of regulating HAPs emitted by EGUs.

Given the air emission controls already employed, we expect that each of our Coal and IPH segment facilities, except Edwards Unit 1, will be in compliance with the MATS rule emission limits without the need for significant additional capital investment. We continue to monitor the performance of our units and evaluate approaches to optimize compliance strategies. In accordance with our MISO tariff obligations, in December 2014, we requested a one-year extension of the MATS compliance deadline for Edward Unit 1. We have committed to retire Edwards Unit 1 as soon as the MISO allows us to retire the unit.

The EPA revised the MATS rule in November 2014 to require installation and operation of the extensive startup and shutdown monitoring instrumentation. Because installation of such instrumentation by April 2015 would not be possible, we filed MATS extension requests regarding the startup and shutdown instrumentation requirements for each of our Coal and IPH segment facilities. However, in January 2015, the EPA proposed to correct its November 2014 MATS rule revisions in a manner that, if adopted, would eliminate the need for our startup and shutdown instrumentation extension requests.

Illinois MPS. In 2007, our Coal and IPH segments elected to demonstrate compliance with the Illinois Multi-Pollutant Standards (“MPS”) at their respective coal-fired EGUs in Illinois. The MPS requires compliance with NO_x, SO₂ and mercury emissions limits.

As applicable to our Coal segment facilities, the MPS NO_x limits (ozone season and annual) started in 2012, the MPS SO₂ limits started in 2013 and decline in 2015, and the MPS mercury requirements started in 2009 with the final mercury limit beginning in 2015. Our Coal segment facilities are in compliance with the MPS and already meet the final mercury limit.

IPH Variance. For the IPH facilities, the MPS imposes declining limits that started in 2009 for mercury and in 2010 for NO_x and SO₂. Compliance with the MPS’ final SO₂ limit is required beginning in 2017. The IPCB has granted IPH a variance which provides additional time for economic recovery and related power price improvements necessary to support the installation of flue gas desulfurization (i.e. scrubber) systems at the Newton facility such that the IPH coal-fired fleet in Illinois can meet the MPS system-wide SO₂ limit. The IPCB approved the proposed plan to restrict the SO₂ emissions through 2014 to levels lower than those required by the MPS to offset any environmental impact from the variance. The IPCB’s order also included a schedule of milestones for completion of various aspects of the installation of the Newton scrubber systems. The first milestone relates to the completion of engineering design by July 2015, while the last milestone relates to major equipment components being placed into final position on or before September 1, 2019. The variance also requires additional environmental protections in the form of enforceable commitments to cap the IPH system’s SO₂ emissions by December 31, 2020, retire Edwards Unit 1 as soon as permitted by the MISO, and, during the variance period, use only low sulfur coal at the Newton, Edwards and Joppa facilities and maintain operation of the existing scrubbers at the Duck Creek and Coffeen facilities to achieve a 98 percent annual average SO₂ removal rate.

In January 2014, an environmental group filed a petition for review of the IPCB’s decision and order granting the variance relief in the Illinois Fourth District Appellate Court. In response, we filed a Motion to Dismiss, and on February 24, 2014, the Appellate Court granted our motion and dismissed the appeal. The environmental group then petitioned for leave to appeal the Appellate Court’s decision with the Illinois Supreme Court, which we opposed. On September 24, 2014, the Illinois Supreme Court denied the petition for leave to appeal.

Other Air Emission Initiatives

NAAQS. The CAA requires the EPA to regulate emissions of pollutants considered harmful to public health and the environment. The EPA has established NAAQS for six such pollutants, including ozone, SO₂ and PM2.5, and is required to review periodically and, as necessary, update such standards. Each state is responsible for developing a plan that will attain and maintain the NAAQS. These plans may result in the imposition of emission limits on our facilities.

In November 2014, the EPA proposed to strengthen the ozone NAAQS, with final action expected to be taken by October 2015. The EPA would make attainment/nonattainment designations for any revised ozone NAAQS by October 2017. Our Coal segment’s Wood River facility is located in a multi-state area that is currently designated as nonattainment (marginal) with the 2008 ozone NAAQS. Nine northeast and mid-Atlantic states also have petitioned the EPA to add nine upwind states, including Illinois, to the Ozone Transport Region in order to force those states to reduce emissions of NO_x and volatile organic compounds. The EPA is required to act on the petition by June 2015.

The EPA issued a proposed rule in 2014 that would require States to characterize air quality for purposes of the one-hour SO₂ NAAQS using either ambient air quality measured at monitors or modeling of source emissions. The EPA would use that data in two future rounds of area designations in 2017 and 2020. Areas designated nonattainment must achieve attainment no later than five years after initial designation. None of our Coal segment facilities are located in areas that were initially designated by the EPA as nonattainment with the one-hour SO₂ NAAQS. However, the area where our IPH segment’s Edwards facility is located was designated nonattainment. In September 2013, Ameren Energy Resources Generating Company filed a judicial appeal challenging the EPA’s one-hour SO₂ nonattainment designation of the Edwards area. The outcome of this litigation is uncertain. In January 2015, Illinois Power Resources Generating, LLC (“IPRG”) entered a Memorandum of Agreement with the Illinois EPA that voluntarily committed to early limits on Edwards’ allowable 1-hour SO₂emission rate that, in conjunction with reductions to be imposed by the state on other sources, will enable the Illinois EPA to demonstrate attainment with the one-hour SO₂NAAQS in the Edwards area.

In response to adoption of the 2012 PM2.5 NAAQS, the Illinois EPA had proposed to identify the Metro-East St. Louis area, including the locations of our Wood River and Baldwin facilities, as nonattainment. In December 2014, the EPA designated

the entire state of Illinois as unclassifiable for the 2012 PM2.5 NAAQS because insufficient quality assured monitoring data existed to assess compliance. The EPA will assess data for unclassifiable areas as they become available and promulgate initial area designations through separate rulemaking action. In general, the earliest attainment deadlines would be approximately no later than six years after designation.

The EPA is expected to take final action in May 2015 on a proposed rule that would eliminate existing exclusions in the state implementation plans (“SIPs”) of many states, including Illinois, for emissions during periods of startup, shutdown or malfunction. If adopted, states would be required to modify their SIPs within 18 months.

New Source Review and Clean Air Litigation

Since 1999, the EPA has been engaged in a nationwide enforcement initiative to determine whether coal-fired power plants failed to comply with the requirements of the New Source Review and New Source Performance Standard (“NSPS”) provisions under the CAA when the plants implemented modifications. The EPA’s initiative focuses on whether projects performed at power plants triggered various permitting requirements, including the need to install pollution control equipment.

IPH Segment. Commencing in 2005, the IPH facilities received a series of information requests from the EPA pursuant to Section 114(a) of the CAA. The requests sought detailed operating and maintenance history data with respect to the Coffeen, Newton, Edwards, Duck Creek and Joppa facilities. In August 2012, the EPA issued a Notice of Violation alleging that projects performed in 1997, 2006 and 2007 at the Newton facility violated Prevention of Significant Deterioration (“PSD”), Title V permitting and other requirements. We believe IPH’s defenses to the allegations described in the Notice of Violation are meritorious. A decision by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit in 2013 held that similar claims older than five years were barred by the statute of limitations. If not reversed or overturned, this decision may provide an additional defense to the allegations in the Newton facility Notice of Violation. Please read Note 15—Commitments and Contingencies for further discussion.

Wood River CAA Section 114 Information Request. In May 2014, we received an information request from the EPA concerning our Coal segment’s Wood River facility’s compliance with the Illinois SIP and associated permits. We responded to the EPA’s request and believe that there are no issues with Wood River’s compliance, but we are unable to predict the EPA’s response, if any.

Edwards. In April 2013, environmental groups filed a citizen suit in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of Illinois alleging violations of opacity and particulate matter limits at our IPH segment’s Edwards facility. The District Court has scheduled the trial date for May 2016. We dispute the allegations and will defend the case vigorously. Please read Note 15—Commitments and Contingencies for further discussion.

The Clean Water Act

Cooling Water Intake Structures. Our water withdrawals and wastewater discharges are permitted under the Clean Water Act (“CWA”) and analogous state laws. Cooling water intake structures at our facilities are regulated under Section 316(b) of the CWA. This provision generally requires that the location, design, construction and capacity of cooling water intake structures reflect best technology available (“BTA”) for minimizing adverse environmental impacts. These standards are developed and implemented for power generating facilities through National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (“NPDES”) permits or State Pollutant Discharge Elimination System permits. Historically, standards for minimizing adverse environmental impacts of cooling water intakes have been made by permitting agencies on a case-by-case basis considering the best professional judgment of the permitting agency.

In May 2014, the EPA issued its final rule for cooling water intake structures at existing facilities. The final rule establishes seven alternatives for complying with the BTA requirement for reducing impingement mortality, including modified traveling screens, closed-cycle cooling, a numeric impingement standard, or a site-specific determination. For entrainment, the permitting authority is required to establish a case-by-case standard considering several factors, including social costs and benefits. The rule does not require closed-cycle cooling and provides that closed-cycle cooling includes impoundments in waters of the United States that were created for the purpose of serving as part of a cooling water system. The rule also includes provisions to address endangered and threatened species. Compliance with the final rule’s entrainment and impingement mortality standards is required as soon as practicable, but will vary by site depending on several different factors, including determinations made by the state permitting authority and the timing of renewal of a facility’s NPDES permit. Various environmental groups and industry groups filed petitions for judicial review of the EPA’s final rule.

Our ultimate compliance approach with the final rule at any particular facility will depend on numerous factors, including implementation by the relevant state permitting authority, the results of technology, biological and other required studies, and the applicable compliance deadline. At this time, based on our initial review of the EPA’s final rule, we estimate the capital cost of our compliance will require an average of approximately $8 million annually over a five-year compliance period beginning in the 2020 timeframe. This estimate assumes that at the Baldwin and Duck Creek facilities only the river intake structures will be

subject to the 316(b) rule, that the Havana facility’s river intake structure will not be subject to the rule, and that cooling towers are not required at any of our facilities. This estimate also excludes Moss Landing, which is discussed in “California Water Intake Policy” below. Our estimate could change significantly depending upon a variety of factors, including site-specific determinations made by states in implementing the final rule and the results of site-specific engineering studies.

Future NPDES permit proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows; however, given the numerous variables and factors involved in calculating the potential costs associated with installing a closed cycle cooling system, any decision to install such a system at any of our facilities would be made on a case-by-case basis considering all relevant factors at such time. If capital expenditures related to cooling water systems are great enough to render the operation of any plant uneconomical, we could, at our option, and subject to any applicable financing agreements or other obligations, reduce operations or cease to operate that facility and forego the capital expenditures.

California Water Intake Policy. The California State Water Board (the “State Water Board”) adopted its Statewide Water Quality Control Policy on the Use of Coastal and Estuarine Waters for Power Plant Cooling (the “Policy”) in May 2010. The Policy requires that existing power plants: (i) reduce their water intake flow rate to a level commensurate with that which can be achieved by a closed cycle cooling system or (ii) if it is not feasible to reduce the water intake flow rate to this level, reduce impingement mortality and entrainment to a level comparable to that achieved by such a reduced water intake flow rate using operational or structural controls, or both. Compliance with the Policy, as adopted, would be required at our Gas segment’s Moss Landing facility by December 31, 2017.

On October 9, 2014, we entered into a settlement agreement with the State Water Board that would resolve a lawsuit we filed in 2010 with other California power plant owners challenging the Policy. Under the settlement agreement, the State Water Board has agreed to propose an amendment to the Policy which would extend the compliance deadline for all four units at Moss Landing from December 31, 2017 to December 31, 2020. The State Water Board issued public notice of the proposed amendment on February 6, 2015 and, in accordance with the settlement agreement, is to take final action on the proposal in early April 2015. We are required to implement operational control measures at Moss Landing for purposes of reducing impingement mortality and entrainment, including the installation of variable speed drive motors on the circulating water pumps for Units 1 and 2 by year end 2016. In addition, we must evaluate and install supplemental control technology at Units 1 and 2 by December 31, 2020. The settlement agreement also clarifies the implementation and applicability of various Policy provisions to Moss Landing. At this time, we preliminarily estimate the cost of our compliance at Moss Landing under the provisions of the settlement agreement will be approximately $10 million in aggregate through 2020. Operation of Moss Landing Units 6 and 7 beyond 2020 would be allowed only if those units comply with the Policy’s impingement mortality and entrainment standards, which would require the evaluation and installation of control technology, the cost of which would vary depending on the projected operational profile of the units.

Effluent Limitation Guidelines. In 2013, the EPA proposed revisions to the ELG for steam electric power generation units. The proposed rule would establish new or additional requirements for wastewater streams associated with steam electric power generation processes and byproducts, including flue gas desulfurization, fly ash, bottom ash, flue gas mercury control, and non-chemical metal cleaning. The proposed rule identifies four preferred options for regulation of discharges from existing sources, with the options differing in the number of waste streams covered, the size of the units controlled and the stringency of the controls to be imposed. As proposed, the new ELG requirements would be phased in between 2017 and 2022. The EPA is expected to take final action on the proposal in September 2015 and intends to align the ELG rule with its related Coal Combustion Residuals (“CCR”) rule. Depending on the regulatory option the EPA adopts in its final ELG rule, we may incur significant costs that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Please read “EPA CCR Rule” below for further discussion.

Havana NPDES Permit. In September 2012, the Illinois EPA issued a renewal NPDES permit for our Coal segment’s Havana facility. Environmental interest groups filed a petition for review with the IPCB challenging the permit. The petitioners alleged that the permit does not adequately address the discharge of wastewaters associated with newly installed air pollution control equipment (i.e., a spray dryer absorber and activated carbon injection system to reduce SO₂ and mercury air emissions) at Havana. In 2013, the IPCB dismissed petitioners’ separate petition seeking to reopen and modify the NPDES permit to include mercury discharge limits. In June 2014, the IPCB granted and denied in part cross motions for summary judgment and remanded the permit to the Illinois EPA to require monthly monitoring for mercury. The environmental interest groups filed a petition for review of the IPCB’s decision in the Illinois Fourth District Appellate Court in July 2014. That proceeding is ongoing. We will vigorously defend the permit and the IPCB’s decision upholding the permit.

Baldwin NPDES Permit. In December 2014, the Illinois EPA issued a renewal NPDES permit for our Coal segment’s Baldwin facility. The permit includes a condition that imposes new discharge limits on non-chemical metal cleaning wastewaters. We filed an appeal and motion for stay of this new permit condition with the IPCB. The IPCB granted our motion for stay.

Other CWA Initiatives. The requirements applicable to water quality are expected to increase in the future. A number of efforts are under way within the EPA to evaluate water quality criteria for parameters associated with the by-products of fossil fuel combustion. These parameters relate primarily to arsenic, mercury and selenium.

In addition, in March 2014, the EPA and the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers released a proposed rule that would define the term “waters of the United States,” which is used to determine the jurisdictional reach of the CWA. A final rule is anticipated in 2015.

Coal Combustion Residuals

The combustion of coal to generate electric power creates large quantities of ash that are managed at power generation facilities in dry form in landfills and in liquid or slurry form in surface impoundments. Each of our coal-fired plants has at least one CCR surface impoundment. At present, CCR is regulated by the states as solid waste.

Dam Safety Assessment Reports. In response to the failure at the TVA’s Kingston plant, the EPA initiated a nationwide investigation of the structural integrity of CCR surface impoundments. The EPA assessments found all of our CCR surface impoundments to be in satisfactory or fair condition, with the exception of CCR surface impoundments at our Coal segment’s Baldwin and Hennepin facilities.

The Baldwin and Hennepin reports rate the CCR surface impoundments at each facility as “poor,” meaning that a deficiency was recognized for a required loading condition in accordance with applicable dam safety criteria or that certain documentation was lacking or incomplete or further critical studies are needed to identify any potential dam safety deficiencies. The reports included recommendations for further studies, repairs and changes in operating practices.

In response to the Hennepin report, we notified the EPA in July 2013 of our intent to close the Hennepin west CCR surface impoundment and make certain capital improvements to the east CCR surface impoundment. The preliminary estimated cost for closure of the west CCR surface impoundment, including post-closure monitoring, is approximately $5 million. As a result of these changes, we increased our ARO by approximately $2 million during the second quarter 2013. We performed further studies needed to support closure of the west CCR surface impoundment and submitted them to the Illinois EPA in August 2014. The capital improvements to the Hennepin east CCR surface impoundment berms were completed in 2014 at a cost of approximately $3 million.

In response to the Baldwin report, we notified the EPA in April 2013 of our action plan, which included implementation of recommended operating practices and certain recommended studies. In 2014, we updated the EPA on the status of our Baldwin action plan, including the completion of certain studies and implementation of remedial measures and our ongoing evaluation of potential long-term measures in the context of our concurrent ongoing evaluation at Baldwin of groundwater corrective actions. In December 2014, we began engineering design work to address repairs of the affected south berm at the Baldwin CCR surface impoundment system. We also performed a deformation analysis of the Baldwin CCR surface impoundment’s north berm at the request of the EPA. The nature and scope of repairs that ultimately may be needed at the Baldwin CCR surface impoundment to address the EPA’s dam safety assessment is dependent, in part, on the Illinois EPA’s response to our groundwater corrective action evaluation recommendations. Please read “Vermilion and Baldwin Groundwater” below for further discussion. At this time, if the Illinois EPA approves our proposed approach to address groundwater at Baldwin and the EPA concurs, we estimate the cost to repair the affected berm at the Baldwin CCR surface impoundment would be approximately $3 million. If such approach is not approved by the Illinois EPA we are unable, at this time, to estimate a reasonably possible cost, or range of costs, of repairs at the Baldwin CCR surface impoundment. Please read Note 15—Commitments and Contingencies for further discussion.

EPA CCR Rule. In December 2014, the EPA issued its final rule addressing CCR. The final rule regulates CCR as a non-hazardous waste under RCRA subtitle D, but defers a final determination on whether regulation of CCR as a hazardous waste is necessary until additional information is available. The rule, which will become effective six months after publication in the Federal Register, establishes requirements for existing and new CCR landfills and surface impoundments as well as inactive CCR surface impoundments. The requirements include location restrictions, structural integrity criteria, groundwater monitoring, operating criteria, liner design criteria, closure and post-closure care, recordkeeping and notification. Inactive CCR surface impoundments that are closed within three years would not be subject to any additional requirements under the rule. The final rule allows existing CCR surface impoundments to continue to operate for the remainder of their operating life, but generally would require closure if groundwater monitoring demonstrates that the CCR surface impoundment is responsible for exceedances of groundwater quality protection standards or the CCR surface impoundment does not meet location restrictions or structural integrity criteria. The deadlines for beginning and completing closure vary depending on several factors, including the ability to obtain extensions in certain circumstances. The final rule does not regulate CCRs that are beneficially used, but establishes a definition of beneficial use to distinguish between beneficial use and disposal.

The EPA’s final CCR rule is self-implementing, establishing minimum federal criteria that owners or operators of regulated CCR units must meet without the engagement of a state or federal regulatory authority. Affected facilities are required to notify

the state of actions taken to comply with requirements of the rule and to maintain a publicly accessible internet site that will document the facility’s compliance with the rule’s requirements.

The EPA intends to align its forthcoming EGU ELG rule (expected in September 2015) with the CCR rule. We are currently evaluating the final CCR rule and the ELG proposal to determine whether current management of CCR, including beneficial reuse, and the use of the CCR surface impoundments should be altered. We are also evaluating the potential costs to comply with these regulations, which could be material. Our preliminary estimate is that the cost of our compliance with these rules would require an average of approximately $25 million annually over a five-year compliance period, in addition to the cost of compliance for closure of surface impoundments, which is addressed in our AROs. This estimate assumes that the final ELG rule is within the EPA’s four stated preferred options. This estimate could change significantly depending upon a variety of factors, including detailed site-specific engineering analyses, interpretative issues concerning the CCR rule’s requirements, decisions regarding options available under the CCR rule, the outcome of anticipated litigation concerning the rule, possible federal legislation concerning CCR regulation, state adoption of CCR rules, and the requirements of the EPA’s final ELG rule.

Illinois. In October 2013, the Illinois EPA filed a proposed rulemaking with the IPCB that would establish processes governing monitoring, corrective action and closure of CCR surface impoundments at power generating facilities. We are participating in the rulemaking process. A final rule was expected to be adopted in late 2015. In January 2015, the Illinois EPA requested a 90-day stay of the rulemaking proceeding to consider the implications of the EPA final CCR rule.

Coal Segment. In response to requests by the Illinois EPA, we have implemented hydrogeologic investigations for the CCR surface impoundment system at our Baldwin facility and for two CCR surface impoundments at our Vermilion facility.

Groundwater monitoring results indicate that the CCR surface impoundment system at Baldwin impacts onsite groundwater. Also, at the request of the Illinois EPA, in late 2011 we initiated an investigation at Baldwin to determine if the facility’s CCR surface impoundment system impacts offsite groundwater. Results of the offsite groundwater quality investigation at Baldwin, as submitted to the Illinois EPA in April 2012, indicate two localized areas where Class I groundwater standards were exceeded. If offsite groundwater impacts are ultimately attributed to the Baldwin CCR surface impoundment system and remediation measures are necessary in the future, we may incur significant costs that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. At this time we cannot reasonably estimate the costs, or range of costs, of corrective action that ultimately may be required at Baldwin. Please read Note 15—Commitments and Contingencies for further discussion.

In April 2012, we submitted to the Illinois EPA proposed corrective action plans for two of the CCR surface impoundments at the Vermilion facility (i.e., the old east surface impoundment and the north surface impoundment). The proposed corrective action plans reflect the results of a hydrogeologic investigation, which indicate that the facility’s old east and north CCR impoundments impact groundwater quality onsite and that such groundwater migrates offsite to the north of the property and to the adjacent Middle Fork of the Vermilion River. The proposed corrective action plans include groundwater monitoring and recommend closure of both CCR impoundments, including installation of a geosynthetic cover. In addition, we submitted an application to the Illinois EPA to establish a groundwater management zone while impacts from the facility are mitigated. In March 2014, we submitted a revised corrective action plan for the old east CCR surface impoundment at Vermilion. Our estimated cost of the recommended closure alternative for both the Vermilion old east and north CCR surface impoundments, including post-closure care, is approximately $10 million. The Vermilion facility also has a third CCR surface impoundment, the new east CCR surface impoundment, which is lined and is not known to impact groundwater. Although not part of the proposed corrective action plans, if we decide to close the new east CCR surface impoundment by removing its CCR contents concurrent with the recommended closure alternative for the old east and north CCR surface impoundments, the associated estimated closure cost would add an additional $2 million to the above estimate.

In July 2012, the Illinois EPA issued violation notices alleging violations of groundwater standards onsite at the Baldwin and Vermilion facilities. In December 2012, the Illinois EPA provided written notice that it may pursue legal action with respect to each matter through referral to the Illinois Office of the Attorney General. In accordance with work plans approved by the Illinois EPA, in 2013 we performed a geotechnical study at Vermilion and began a 12-month geotechnical/hydraulic/hydrogeologic study needed to analyze corrective action alternatives at Baldwin. The geotechnical study at Vermilion confirmed that the cap closure option proposed in our corrective action plans for the north and old east CCR surface impoundments is technically feasible. In September 2014, the Illinois EPA requested additional analyses concerning the closure plans for the Vermilion old east and north CCR surface impoundments. Those analyses, if performed, would not be completed until late 2015. In June 2014, we submitted the results of our evaluation of the Baldwin CCR surface impoundment system to the Illinois EPA. Based on the results of that evaluation, we recommended to the Illinois EPA that the closure process for the Baldwin out-of-service east CCR surface impoundment begin and that a geotechnical investigation of the existing soil cap on the out-of-service Baldwin old east CCR surface impoundment be undertaken. In October 2014, we submitted a supplemental groundwater modeling report to the Illinois EPA that indicates no known offsite water supply wells will be impacted under the various Baldwin CCR surface impoundment

closure scenarios modeled. At this time we cannot reasonably estimate the costs of resolving these groundwater issues, but resolution of these matters may cause us to incur significant costs that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

IPH Segment. Hydrogeologic investigations of the CCR surface impoundments have been performed at the IPH segment facilities. Groundwater monitoring results indicate that the CCR surface impoundments at each of the IPH segment facilities potentially impact onsite groundwater.

In 2012, the Illinois EPA issued violation notices with respect to groundwater conditions at the Newton and Coffeen facilities CCR surface impoundment systems. In February 2013, the Illinois EPA provided written notice that it may pursue legal action with respect to each of these matters through referral to the Illinois Office of the Attorney General. In addition, the Illinois EPA has issued a permit modification for the Newton facility’s active CCR surface impoundment that requires us to perform assessment monitoring concerning previously reported groundwater quality standard exceedances and to submit the findings of that assessment, including proposed courses of action, in April 2015. The Illinois EPA also has required assessment monitoring at the Duck Creek facility’s active CCR surface impoundment, with the findings of that assessment, including proposed remedial action, if any, due in September 2015.

In April 2013, Ameren Energy Resources Company filed a proposed site-specific rulemaking with the IPCB which, if approved, would provide for the systematic and eventual closure of its surface impoundments that impact groundwater in exceedance of applicable groundwater standards. The proposed site-specific rulemaking, which now covers IPH CCR surface impoundments, has been stayed to allow the Illinois EPA proposed rulemaking on power generating facility CCR surface impoundments to proceed. Please read Note 15—Commitments and Contingencies for further discussion.

Climate Change

For the last several years, there has been a robust public debate about climate change and the potential for regulations requiring lower emissions of greenhouse gas (“GHG”), primarily carbon dioxide (“CO₂”) and methane. Power generating facilities are a major source of GHG emissions. In 2014, our Coal, IPH and Gas segment facilities emitted approximately 21 million, 27 million and 8 million tons of Equivalent Carbon Dioxide (“CO_2e”), respectively. The amounts of CO_2e emitted from our facilities during any time period will depend upon their dispatch rates during the period. We believe that the focus of any federal program attempting to address climate change should include three critical, interrelated elements: (i) the environment, (ii) the economy and (iii) energy security.

We cannot confidently predict the final outcome of the current debate on climate change nor can we predict with confidence the ultimate requirements of proposed or anticipated federal and state legislation and regulations intended to address climate change. These activities, and the highly politicized nature of climate change, suggest a trend toward increased regulation of GHG that could result in a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Existing and anticipated federal and state regulations intended to address climate change may significantly increase the cost of providing electric power, resulting in far-reaching and significant impacts on us and others in the power generation industry over time. It is possible that federal and state actions intended to address climate change could result in costs assigned to GHG emissions that we would not be able to fully recover through market pricing or otherwise. If capital and/or operating costs related to compliance with regulations intended to address climate change become great enough to render the operations of certain plants uneconomical, we could, at our option and subject to any applicable financing agreements or other obligations, reduce operations or cease to operate such plants and forego such capital and/or operating costs.

Though we consider our largest risk related to climate change to be legislative and regulatory changes, we are subject to physical risks inherent in industrial operations including severe weather events such as hurricanes and tornadoes. To the extent that changes in climate effect changes in weather patterns (such as more severe weather events) or changes in sea level where we have generating facilities, we could be adversely affected. To the extent that climate change results in changes in sea level, we would expect such effects to be gradual and amenable to structural mitigation during the useful life of the facilities. We could experience both risks and opportunities as a result of related physical impacts. For example, more extreme weather patterns such as a warmer summer or a cooler winter could increase demand for our products. However, we also could experience more difficult operating conditions in that type of environment. We maintain various types of insurance in amounts we consider appropriate for risks associated with weather events.

Federal Regulation of Greenhouse Gases. The EPA has issued several rules concerning GHGs as directly relevant to our facilities since the U.S. Supreme Court’s 2007 decision in Massachusetts v. EPA, which held that GHGs meet the definition of a pollutant under the CAA and that regulation of GHG emissions is authorized by the CAA. In January 2010, the EPA rule requiring annual reporting of GHG emissions from all sectors of the economy went into effect. We have implemented processes and procedures to report our GHG emissions. In November 2010, the EPA issued PSD and Title V Permitting Guidance for Greenhouse Gases, which focuses on steam turbine and boiler efficiency improvements as a reasonable best available control technology requirement for coal-fired EGUs. The EPA’s Tailoring Rule and Timing Rule phased in GHG emissions annual applicability thresholds for the PSD permit program and the Title V operating permit program beginning in January 2011. Application of the PSD program to GHG emissions will require implementation of best available control technology (“BACT”) for new and modified major sources of GHG.

The EPA’s GHG rulemakings have had mixed results on judicial review. In 2012, in Coalition For Responsible Regulation, Inc. v. EPA, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit upheld the EPA’s 2009 finding that motor vehicle GHG emissions cause or contribute to air pollution that endangers the public health and welfare. The court held that the EPA’s endangerment finding was not arbitrary and capricious notwithstanding scientific uncertainty and also dismissed challenges to the EPA’s Tailoring Rule and Timing Rule, deciding that the petitioners lacked standing to challenge those rules. In 2013, the court dismissed challenges to the EPA rules concerning incorporation of GHG requirements into PSD permit programs of state implementation plans, again finding that petitioners lacked standing. However, in June 2014, the U.S. Supreme Court decided Utility Air Regulatory Group v. EPA, holding that the EPA may not impose PSD or Title V permitting requirements on facilities based solely on emissions of GHGs. In doing so, the Court also invalidated the EPA’s Tailoring Rule, which had modified the CAA’s emissions permitting thresholds for PSD and Title V to account for GHGs, concluded that the EPA may impose BACT requirements on GHG emissions if a facility is otherwise subject to BACT for emissions of other pollutants. The Court also determined that the EPA may establish a de minimis threshold below which BACT would not be required for GHG emissions, but left it open to the EPA to justify the appropriate threshold.

In June 2013, President Obama announced his Administration’s plan to address climate change. In accordance with the plan, in September 2013, the EPA re-proposed GHG NSPS for new EGUs (that were originally proposed in 2012), with separate emission standards (i.e. pounds of CO₂ per MWh gross output) for natural gas-fired stationary combustion turbines and for fossil fuel-fired utility boilers and IGCC units. The proposed emission standards for fossil fuel-fired utility boilers and IGCC units are based on the performance of a new efficient coal unit implementing partial carbon capture and storage.

The Administration’s climate change plan also directed the EPA to develop carbon emission standards for existing EGUs. In June 2014, the EPA issued a proposed rule (the “Clean Power Plan”) to reduce CO₂ emissions from existing EGUs. The proposed Clean Power Plan would not directly establish emission rates for fossil-fuel EGUs, but instead would require states to meet state-specific CO₂ emissions rate targets (expressed as weighted-average pounds of CO₂ per net MWh), beginning with an interim rate in summer 2020 and a final rate to be achieved by 2030. Overall, the EPA expects the proposal would reduce CO₂ emissions from the power generation sector by 30 percent nationwide from 2005 levels.

Under the proposed Clean Power Plan, each state would be required to reduce CO₂ emissions rates from fossil-fuel EGUs to varying degrees. The emission rate targets are based on each state’s unique mix of historical fossil-fuel EGU CO₂ emissions and projected emissions, reflecting individual state regulatory programs such as renewable energy mandates and energy efficiency standards. The EPA intends for states to take the lead in determining how to reduce CO₂ emissions. The proposed state-specific emissions targets are based on four approaches to CO₂ reduction, namely, heat rate improvements at existing solid-fuel EGUs, greater use of natural gas in place of the most carbon intensive affected EGUs, greater use of low- or zero-carbon generation units, and demand side energy efficiency measures that reduce the amount of generation. States would choose how to meet their specific emissions targets and could do so by either meeting the specified target emissions rate or establishing an equivalent mass-based cap-and-trade program. States also would have the flexibility to comply using their own programs or by joining a multi-state approach to compliance. States generally would be required to submit implementation plans detailing their CO₂ reduction plans by summer 2016.

Together with the proposed Clean Power Plan, the EPA also issued proposed CO₂ emission standards for modified and reconstructed power plants. For modified utility boilers and IGCC units, the EPA proposed two alternative standards. Under the first alternative, modified sources would be required to meet a limit determined by the unit’s best historical annual CO₂ emission rate since 2002, plus an additional two percent reduction. However, the limit would be no lower than 1,900 lbs CO₂/MWh for sources with heat input greater than 2,000 MMBtu/hr or 2,100 lbs CO₂/MWh for sources with heat input less than or equal to 2,000 MMBtu/hr. Under the second alternative, the applicable emissions limit would depend on when the modification occurs. If the source is modified before it becomes subject to a Clean Power Plan, the first alternative identified above would apply. If the source is modified after it becomes subject to a Clean Power Plan, the source must meet a unit-specific limit determined by the implementing authority based on the results of an energy efficiency improvement audit. The proposed CO₂ emission standard for reconstructed utility boilers and IGCC units is 1,900 lbs CO₂/MWh for sources with heat input greater than 2,000 MMBtu/hr

or 2,100 lbs CO₂/MWh for sources with a lower heat input. The proposed standard for modified or reconstructed natural gas fired stationary combustion turbines is identical to the proposed NSPS for such units (e.g., 1,000 lbs CO₂/MWh-gross).

The EPA anticipates issuing final rules for the Clean Power Plan and new and modified/reconstructed power plants in mid-summer 2015. The EPA also has announced plans to propose a federal plan in summer 2015, with a final federal plan to be adopted in summer 2016, for meeting the Clean Power Plan goals that would apply in the event that a state does not submit an implementation plan or a submitted plan is rejected by the EPA. Legal challenges to the proposed Clean Power Plan are currently pending in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit. The court is anticipated to rule on those challenges in 2015.

We continue to analyze the EPA’s proposed rules to reduce EGU CO₂ emissions, the potential impacts on our power generation facilities, and how the proposals intersect with electricity market design. The nature and scope of CO₂ emission reduction requirements that ultimately may be imposed on our facilities as result of the EPA’s EGU CO₂ reduction rulemakings are uncertain at this time, but may result in significantly increased compliance costs and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

State Regulation of Greenhouse Gases. Many states where we operate generation facilities have, are considering, or are in some stage of implementing, state-only regulatory programs intended to reduce emissions of GHGs from stationary sources as a means of addressing climate change.

Illinois. Illinois has participated in regional partnership initiatives, such as the Midcontinent States Environmental and Energy Regulators group, to explore implementation options regarding the EPA’s proposed Clean Power Plan. Illinois also is a signatory to the Midwest Greenhouse Gas Accord (“MGGA”), an agreement entered in 2007 by six states and one Canadian province to develop a market-based, multi-sector cap-and-trade program to achieve GHG reduction targets. Illinois had set a goal of reducing GHG emissions to 1990 levels by the year 2020, and to 60 percent below 1990 levels by 2050. The MGGA advisory group released a model rule in 2010, but implementation by the MGGA participants has not moved forward.

California. Our assets in California are subject to the California Global Warming Solutions Act (“AB 32”), which requires the California Air Resources Board (“CARB”) to develop a GHG emission control program that will reduce emissions of GHG in the state to their 1990 levels by 2020. The CARB’s final GHG cap-and-trade regulation took effect on January 1, 2012, but cap-and-trade compliance obligations did not begin until January 1, 2013 due to litigation. The emissions cap set by the CARB declines by approximately two percent per year through 2014 and by approximately three percent annually from 2015 to 2020. The first compliance period covered 2013-2014. The current compliance period covers 2015-2017. Beginning January 1, 2014, California and Québec linked their cap-and-trade programs.

The first joint CARB and Québec allowance auction was held in November 2014 with 2014 auction allowances selling at a clearing price of $12.10 per metric tonne and 2017 auction allowances selling at a clearing price of $11.86 per metric tonne. The CARB expects allowance prices to be in the $15 to $30 range by 2020.

Our generating facilities in California emitted approximately 2 million tons of GHGs during 2014. As a result of tolling agreements for certain of our California units under which GHG allowance costs are passed through to the tolling counterparty, we were required in 2014 to acquire allowances covering the GHG emissions of only Moss Landing Units 1 and 2 and Morro Bay. The cost of CARB allowances required to operate our affected facilities during 2014 was approximately $21 million.

We have participated in the CARB’s quarterly allowance auctions and will procure additional allowances as needed in future auctions and secondary markets. The next quarterly auction is scheduled for February 2015. We estimate the cost of GHG allowances required to operate our units in California during 2015 will be approximately $17 million; however, we expect that the cost of compliance would be reflected in the power market, and the actual impact to gross margin would be largely offset by an increase in revenue. Due to the tolling agreement for Moss Landing Units 6 and 7 under which GHG allowance costs are passed through to the tolling counterparty and the retirement of the Morro Bay facility, we expect only to acquire allowances covering the GHG emissions of Moss Landing Units 1 and 2.

California also participates in the Western Climate Initiative (“WCI”), which started in 2007 as a collaborative effort among seven states and four Canadian provinces to identify and implement emission trading policies to address climate change. California currently is the sole remaining state participant in the WCI.

In 2014, the CARB amended its GHG cap-and-trade program rule to address certain issues and provide additional clarity in implementation and adopted its first update to the AB 32 Scoping Plan, which includes a recommendation to develop a comprehensive GHG reduction program for the state’s electric and energy utilities by 2016. The CARB’s cap-and-trade allowance auction program also remains subject to ongoing litigation. While the Sacramento Superior Court previously had decided that the auctions do not constitute a tax but are more akin to a regulatory fee, that decision has been appealed. We continue to monitor developments regarding the California cap-and-trade program and evaluate any potential impacts on our operations.

RGGI. On January 1, 2009, our assets in New York and Maine became subject to a state-driven GHG emission control program known as RGGI. RGGI was developed and initially implemented by ten New England and Mid-Atlantic states to reduce CO₂ emissions from power plants. The participating RGGI states implemented rules regulating GHG emissions using a cap-and-trade program to reduce CO₂ emissions by at least 10 percent of 2009 emission levels by the year 2018. Compliance with RGGI can be achieved by reducing emissions, purchasing or trading allowances, or securing offset allowances from an approved offset project. While allowances are sold by year, actual compliance is measured across a three-year control period. RGGI’s second control period began January 1, 2012 and ended on December 31, 2014. Nine states participated in RGGI’s second control period. The current control period covers 2015-2017.

RGGI released an updated model rule in 2013 that reduced the program’s 2014 CO₂ emissions cap from 165 million tons to 91 million tons. The cap then declines by 2.5 percent each year from 2015 to 2020. Under the new cap, RGGI expects the allowance price to rise to approximately $10.00 per ton in 2020. RGGI set the allowance auction minimum reserve price at $2.00 per ton for 2014 and will increase it by 2.5 percent per year. The updated model rule also requires covered sources to hold allowances equal to at least 50 percent of their emissions in each of the first two years of the three-year control period. New York and Maine have adopted regulations to implement the requirements of the updated model rule. RGGI intends to review the program by 2016 to consider potential additional reductions to the cap after 2020.

In December 2014, RGGI held its twenty-sixth auction, in which approximately 18 million allocation year 2014 allowances were sold at a clearing price of $5.21 per allowance. RGGI’s next quarterly auction is scheduled for March 2015. We have participated in each of the quarterly RGGI auctions (or in secondary markets, as appropriate) to secure allowances for our affected assets.

Our generating facilities in New York and Maine emitted approximately 3 million tons of CO₂ during 2014. The cost of allowances required to operate these facilities during 2014 was approximately $12 million. We estimate the cost of RGGI allowances required to operate our affected facilities during 2015 will be approximately $20 million. While the cost of allowances required to operate our New York and Maine facilities is expected to increase in future years, we expect that the cost of compliance would be reflected in the power market, and the actual impact to gross margin would be largely offset by an increase in revenue.

Climate Change Litigation. There is a risk of litigation from those seeking injunctive relief from power generators or to impose liability on sources of GHG emissions, including power generators, for claims of adverse effects due to climate change.

In June 2011, the U.S. Supreme Court issued its decision in AEP v. Connecticut, which reviewed the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit’s decision that the U.S. District Court was an appropriate forum for resolving claims by eight states and New York City against six electric power generators related to climate change. The Supreme Court was equally divided by a vote of 4-4 on the question of whether the plaintiffs had standing to bring the suit and, therefore, affirmed the court’s exercise of jurisdiction. On the merits the Court ruled by a vote of 8-0 that the CAA and EPA action authorized by the CAA displace any federal common law right to seek abatement of CO₂ emissions from fossil fuel-fired power plants. The Court did not reach the issue of whether the CAA preempts similar claims under state nuisance law.

The U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit has addressed climate change issues in two recent cases. In September 2012, in Native Village of Kivalina v. ExxonMobil Corp. (following the filing of the DH Chapter 11 Cases, the Kivalina plaintiffs voluntarily dismissed DH with prejudice), the Ninth Circuit ruled that the CAA and EPA actions authorized by the Act have displaced federal common law public nuisance claims concerning domestic GHGs. The court, relying heavily on the Supreme Court’s 2011 ruling in AEP v. Connecticut, decided that the displacement of federal common law public nuisance claims regarding GHGs applies equally to actions seeking damages or injunctive relief. The Ninth Circuit declined to address whether the plaintiffs had standing or whether plaintiffs’ claims were political questions not subject to judicial review. The court subsequently denied the Kivalina plaintiffs’ petition for rehearing. In May 2013, the Supreme Court denied the plaintiffs’ petition for review.

In 2013, the Ninth Circuit addressed standing in the GHG context, ruling that it did not have jurisdiction to hear a challenge to the State of Washington’s failure to regulate GHGs. In Washington Environmental Council v. Bellon, plaintiffs challenged the state’s failure to set Reasonably Available Control Technology limits for GHG emissions from the state’s five oil refineries. The Ninth Circuit vacated the district court’s decision in favor of the plaintiffs, holding that the plaintiffs lacked standing. The court found that the causal link between the plaintiffs’ alleged climate change injuries and the refineries’ emissions was too attenuated and that the plaintiffs did not show that their injuries would be redressed by an order requiring the state to impose GHG limits on the refineries. The Ninth Circuit distinguished the Supreme Court’s decision in Massachusetts v. EPA because the private organization plaintiffs, unlike state plaintiffs, were not entitled to relaxed standing requirements and because the GHG emissions levels at issue did not meaningfully contribute to global GHGemissions. In February 2014, the Ninth Circuit declined to rehear the case en banc.

In June 2014, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit affirmed a district court decision dismissing a climate change lawsuit based on the public trust doctrine. In Alec L. v. EPA, plaintiffs had asserted that various federal agencies

were trustees of the atmosphere, a public trust resource, and had violated their fiduciary duties to protect the atmosphere by failing to reduce GHG emissions. The court found that the public trust doctrine did not arise under the U.S. Constitution or federal laws, as would be needed to establish federal question jurisdiction.

Carbon Initiatives. We participate in several programs that partially offset or mitigate our GHG emissions. In the lower Mississippi River Valley, we have partnered with the U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service to restore more than 45,000 acres of hardwood forests by planting more than eight million bottomland hardwood seedlings. In 2012, a portion of the Lower Mississippi River Valley reforestation project was registered under the Verified Carbon Standard, the first U.S. forest carbon offset project to receive this certification. In Illinois, we funded prairie, bottomland hardwood and savannah restoration projects in partnership with the Illinois Conservation Foundation. We also have programs to reuse CCR produced at our coal-fired generation units through agreements with cement manufacturers that incorporate the material into cement products, helping to reduce CO₂ emissions from the cement manufacturing process.

Remedial Laws

We are subject to environmental requirements relating to handling and disposal of toxic and hazardous materials, including provisions of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”) and RCRA and similar state laws. CERCLA imposes strict liability for contributions to contaminated sites resulting from the release of “hazardous substances” into the environment. Those with potential liabilities include the current or previous owner and operator of a facility and companies that disposed, or arranged for disposal, of hazardous substances found at a contaminated facility. CERCLA also authorizes the EPA and, in some cases, private parties to take actions in response to threats to public health or the environment and to seek recovery for costs of cleaning up hazardous substances that have been released and for damages to natural resources from responsible parties. Further, it is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other affected parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by hazardous substances released into the environment. CERCLA or RCRA could impose remedial obligations with respect to a variety of our facilities and operations.

In August 2014, environmental groups filed a lawsuit seeking to force the EPA to issue regulations under CERCLA requiring several industry categories, including the electric power generation industry, to maintain evidence of financial responsibility for managing hazardous substances. The lawsuit follows the EPA’s 2009 advance notice of proposed rulemaking in which the agency identified plans to develop, as necessary, financial responsibility requirements for electric power generation facilities and three other industry categories.

As a result of their age, a number of our facilities contain quantities of asbestos-containing materials, lead-based paint and/or other regulated materials. Existing state and federal rules require the proper management and disposal of these materials. We have developed a management plan that includes proper maintenance of existing non-friable asbestos installations and removal and abatement of asbestos-containing materials where necessary because of maintenance, repairs, replacement or damage to the asbestos itself.

COMPETITION

Demand for power may be met by generation capacity based on several competing generation technologies, such as natural gas-fired, coal-fired or nuclear generation, as well as power generating facilities fueled by alternative energy sources, including hydro power, synthetic fuels, solar, wind, wood, geothermal, waste heat and solid waste sources. The power generation business is a regional business that is diverse in terms of industry structure. Our Coal, IPH and Gas power generation businesses compete with other non-utility generators, regulated utilities, unregulated subsidiaries of regulated utilities, other energy service companies, including retail power companies, and financial institutions in the regions in which we operate. We believe that our ability to compete effectively in the power generation business will be driven in large part by our ability to achieve and maintain a low cost of production, primarily by managing fuel costs and providing reliable service to our customers. Our ability to compete effectively will also be impacted by various governmental and regulatory activities designed to reduce GHG emissions. For example, regulatory requirements for load-serving entities to acquire a percentage of their energy from renewable-fueled facilities will potentially reduce the demand for energy from coal- and gas-fired facilities, such as those we own and operate.

SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS

For the year ended December 31, 2014, approximately 33 percent and 14 percent of our consolidated revenues were derived from transactions with MISO and NYISO, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2013, approximately 36 percent, 19 percent, 16 percent and 15 percent of our consolidated revenues were derived from transactions with MISO, PJM, NYISO and CAISO, respectively. For the 2012 Successor Period (as defined below), approximately 34 percent, 13 percent, 15 percent, 16 percent and 14 percent of our consolidated revenues were derived from transactions with MISO, NYISO, PJM, CAISO and Natural Gas Exchange Inc., respectively. For the 2012 Predecessor Period (as defined below), approximately 30 percent, 16 percent, 15 percent and 10 percent of our consolidated revenues were derived from transactions with MISO, NYISO, PJM and DB Energy Trading, LLC, respectively. No other customer accounted for more than 10 percent of our consolidated revenues during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the 2012 Successor Period or the 2012 Predecessor Period.

EMPLOYEES

At December 31, 2014, we had approximately 276 employees at our corporate headquarters and approximately 1,403 employees at our facilities, including field-based administrative employees. The field-based employees, who operate our facilities, are divided across our three reportable segments, Coal, IPH and Gas, employing approximately 495, 551 and 197 employees, respectively. In addition, there are approximately 160 field-based administrative employees who are part of our support and retail functions. Approximately 885 employees at our operating facilities are subject to collective bargaining agreements with various unions. We are currently a party to ten different collective bargaining agreements, one of which was renegotiated in 2014. Our collective bargaining agreements with IBEW Local 51 and Local 702 and IUOE Local 148, which in aggregate represent approximately 413 physical and clerical employees at our Duck Creek, Edwards, Coffeen, Newton and Joppa facilities, expire on June 30, 2015. We anticipate that we will successfully negotiate new agreements in the coming months.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Please note that any risk, uncertainty or other factor that has a material adverse effect on the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of our IPH segment may not result in a material adverse effect on the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of Dynegy on a consolidated basis due to the relative size of the IPH segment as well as the ring-fenced structuring of IPH and its subsidiaries. However, you should review the risk factor regarding the IPH ring-fenced structure and the risk that a creditor of IPH, or a bankruptcy trustee if any entity of the IPH segment were to become a debtor in bankruptcy, may nevertheless be successful in subjecting Dynegy to the claims of IPH and its subsidiaries.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Form 10-K includes statements reflecting assumptions, expectations, projections, intentions or beliefs about future events that are intended as “forward-looking statements.” All statements included or incorporated by reference in this annual report, other than statements of historical fact, that address activities, events or developments that we expect, believe or anticipate will or may occur in the future are forward-looking statements. These statements represent our reasonable judgment of the future based on various factors and using numerous assumptions and are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause our actual results and financial position to differ materially from those contemplated by the statements. You can identify these statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. They use words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “project,” “forecast,” “plan,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect” and other words of similar meaning. In particular, these include, but are not limited to, statements relating to the following:


•	beliefs and assumptions about weather and general economic conditions;


•	beliefs, assumptions and projections regarding the demand for power, generation volumes and commodity pricing, including natural gas prices and the timing of a recovery in natural gas prices, if any;


•	beliefs and assumptions about market competition, generation capacity and regional supply and demand characteristics of the wholesale and retail power markets, including the anticipation of plant retirements and higher market pricing over the longer term;


•	sufficiency of, access to and costs associated with coal, fuel oil and natural gas inventories and transportation thereof;


•	the effects of, or changes to, MISO, PJM, CAISO, NYISO or ISO-NE power and capacity procurement processes;

•

expectations regarding environmental matters, including costs of compliance, availability and adequacy of emission credits and the impact of ongoing proceedings and potential regulations or changes to current regulations, including those relating to climate change, air emissions, cooling water intake structures, coal combustion byproducts and other laws and regulations to which we are, or could become, subject;


•	beliefs about the outcome of legal, administrative, legislative and regulatory matters;


•	projected operating or financial results, including anticipated cash flows from operations, revenues and profitability;


•	our focus on safety and our ability to efficiently operate our assets so as to capture revenue generating opportunities and operating margins;


•	our ability to mitigate forced outage risk as we become subject to proposed capacity performance in PJM and new performance incentives in ISO-NE;


•	our ability to optimize our assets through targeted investment in cost effective technology enhancements;


•	the effectiveness of our strategies to capture opportunities presented by changes in commodity prices and to manage our exposure to energy price volatility;


•	efforts to secure retail sales and the ability to grow the retail business;


•	efforts to identify opportunities to reduce congestion and improve busbar power prices;


•	ability to mitigate impacts associated with expiring RMR and/or capacity contracts;


•	expectations regarding our compliance with the Credit Agreement, including collateral demands, interest expense, any applicable financial ratios and other payments;


•	expectations regarding performance standards and capital and maintenance expenditures;


•	the timing and anticipated benefits to be achieved through our company-wide improvement programs, including our PRIDE initiative;


•	expectations regarding the synergies, financing, completion, timing, terms and anticipated benefits of the Pending Acquisitions;


•	beliefs about the costs and scope of the ongoing demolition and site remediation efforts at the South Bay and Vermilion facilities;


•	the strategic evaluation of our California assets; and


•	beliefs regarding redevelopment efforts for the Morro Bay facility.

Any or all of our forward-looking statements may turn out to be wrong. They can be affected by inaccurate assumptions or by known or unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, including those set forth below.

FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS

Risks Related to the Operation of Our Business

Because wholesale and retail power prices are subject to significant volatility and because many of our power generation facilities operate without long-term power sales agreements, our revenues and profitability are subject to wide fluctuations.

The majority of our facilities operate as “merchant” facilities without long-term power sales agreements. As a result, we largely sell electric energy, capacity and ancillary services into the wholesale energy spot market or into other wholesale and retail power markets on a short-term basis and are not guaranteed any rate of return on our capital investments. Consequently, there can be no assurance that we will be able to sell any or all of the electric energy, capacity or ancillary services from those facilities at commercially attractive rates or that our facilities will be able to operate profitably. We depend, in large part, upon prevailing market prices for power, capacity and fuel. Given the volatility of commodity power prices, to the extent we do not secure long-term power sales agreements for the output of our power generation facilities, our revenues and profitability will be subject to volatility, and our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected. Factors that may materially impact the power markets and our financial results include:


•	addition of new supplies of power from existing competitors or new market entrants as a result of the development of new generation plants, expansion of existing plants or additional transmission capacity;


•	environmental regulations and legislation;


•	weather conditions, including extreme weather conditions and seasonal fluctuations;


•	electric supply disruptions including plant outages;


•	basis risk from transmission losses and congestion and changes in power transmission infrastructure;


•	development of new technologies for the production of natural gas;


•	fuel price volatility;


•	economic conditions;


•	increased competition or price pressure driven by generation from renewable sources;


•	regulatory constraints on pricing (current or future), including RTO and ISO rules, policies and actions, or the functioning of the energy trading markets and energy trading generally;


•	the existence and effectiveness of demand-side management; and


•	conservation efforts and the extent to which they impact electricity demand.

Our commercial strategies for our wholesale and retail businesses may not be executed as planned, may result in lost opportunities or adversely affect financial performance.

We seek to commercialize our assets through sales arrangements of various types. In doing so, we attempt to balance a desire for greater predictability of earnings and cash flows in the short- and medium-terms with our expectation that commodity prices will rise over the longer term, creating upside opportunities for those with unhedged generation volumes. Our ability to successfully execute this strategy is dependent on a number of factors, many of which are outside our control, including market liquidity and design, correlation risk, commodity price cycles, the availability of counterparties willing to transact with us or to transact with us at prices we think are commercially acceptable, the availability of liquidity to post collateral in support of our derivative instruments and the reliability of the systems and models comprising our commercial operations function. The availability of market liquidity and willing counterparties could be negatively impacted by poor economic and financial market conditions, including impacts on financial institutions and other current and potential counterparties as well as counterparties’ views of our creditworthiness. If we are unable to transact in the short- and medium-terms, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be subject to significant uncertainty and volatility. Alternatively, significant power sales for any such period may precede a run-up in commodity prices, resulting in lost up-side opportunities.

Further, financial performance may be adversely affected if we are unable to effectively manage our power portfolio. A portion of the generation power portfolio is used to provide power to wholesale and retail customers. To the extent portions of the power portfolio are not needed for that purpose, generation output is sold in the wholesale market. To the extent our power portfolio is not sufficient to meet the requirements of our customers, we must purchase power in the wholesale power markets.

Our financial results may be negatively affected if we are unable to manage the power portfolio and cost-effectively meet the requirements of our customers.

A decline in market liquidity and our ability to manage our counterparty credit risk could adversely affect us.

Our supplier counterparties may experience deteriorating credit. These conditions could cause counterparties in the natural gas, coal and power markets, particularly in the energy commodity derivative markets that we rely on for our hedging activities, to withdraw from participation in those markets. If multiple parties withdraw from those markets, market liquidity may be threatened, which in turn could adversely impact our business. Additionally, these conditions may cause our counterparties to seek bankruptcy protection under Chapter 11 or liquidation under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. Our credit risk may be exacerbated to the extent collateral held by us cannot be realized or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount due to us. There can be no assurance that any such losses or impairments to the carrying value of our financial assets would not materially and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, retail sales subject us to credit risk through competitive electricity supply activities to serve commercial and industrial companies and governmental entities. Retail credit risk results when customers default on their contractual obligations. This risk represents the loss that may be incurred due to the nonpayment of a customer’s account balance, as well as the loss from the resale of energy previously committed to serve that customer, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are exposed to the risk of fuel and fuel transportation cost increases and interruptions in fuel supplies.

We purchase the fuel requirements for many of our power generation facilities, primarily those that are natural gas-fired, under short-term contracts or on the spot market. As a result, we face the risks of supply interruptions and fuel price volatility, as fuel deliveries may not exactly match those required for energy sales.

Moreover, profitable operation of many of our coal-fired generation facilities is highly dependent on coal prices and coal transportation rates. We mitigate our price exposure to coal and related transportation by entering into long-term contracts. Transportation of coal can also be affected by rail equipment availability, extreme weather or natural disasters, each of which may slow or stop the delivery from the mine to the facility.

Further, any changes in the costs of Powder River Basin coal, fuel oil, natural gas or transportation rates and changes in the relationship between such costs and the market prices of power will affect our financial results. If we are unable to procure fuel for physical delivery at prices we consider favorable, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

The concentration of our existing business in Illinois and the MISO market increases the effects of any adverse conditions in Illinois and MISO and any disruption of production at our Gas segment could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

A substantial portion of our business is located in Illinois and MISO where more than 50 percent of our current plant capacity is located. Further, natural disasters in Illinois and changes in economic conditions in MISO, including changing demographics, congestion, or oversupply of or reduced demand for power, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

In addition, a substantial portion of our Gas segment gross margin is derived from three of our facilities, Kendall, Ontelaunee and Independence. Any disruption of production at these facilities could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Operation of power generation facilities involves significant risks customary to the power industry that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The ongoing operation of our facilities involves risks customary to the power industry that include the breakdown or failure of equipment or processes, operational and safety performance below expected levels and the inability to transport our product to customers in an efficient manner due to a lack of transmission capacity. Unplanned outages of generating units, including extensions of scheduled outages due to mechanical failures or other problems, occur from time to time and are an inherent risk of our business. Further, the majority of our facilities are old and require periodic upgrading and improvement. Any unexpected failure, including failure associated with breakdowns, forced outages or any unanticipated capital expenditures, could result in reduced profitability, or with respect to capacity performance, penalties. Unplanned outages typically increase our operation and maintenance expenses and may reduce our revenues as a result of selling fewer MW or require us to incur significant costs as a result of running one of our higher cost units or obtaining replacement power from third parties in the open market to satisfy our forward power sales obligations. If we are unsuccessful in operating our facilities efficiently, such inefficiency could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our costs of compliance with existing environmental requirements are significant, and costs of compliance with new environmental requirements or factors could materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our business is subject to extensive and frequently changing environmental regulation by federal, state and local authorities. Such environmental regulation imposes, among other things, capital and operating expenditures, restrictions, liabilities and obligations in connection with the generation, handling, use, transportation, treatment, storage and disposal of substances and waste, including CCR, and in connection with spills, releases and emissions of various substances (including carbon emissions) into the environment, as well as environmental impacts associated with cooling water intake structures. Existing environmental laws and regulations may be revised or reinterpreted, new laws and regulations may be adopted or may become applicable to us or our facilities, and litigation or enforcement proceedings could be commenced against us. Proposals being considered by federal and state authorities (including proposals regarding cooling water intake structures and carbon) could, if and when adopted or enacted, require us to make substantial capital and operating expenditures or consider retiring certain of our facilities. If any of these events occur, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

Many environmental laws require approvals or permits from governmental authorities before construction, modification or operation of a power generation facility may commence. Certain environmental permits must be renewed periodically in order for us to continue operating our facilities. The process of obtaining and renewing necessary permits can be lengthy and complex and can sometimes result in the establishment of permit conditions that make the project or activity for which the permit was sought unprofitable or otherwise unattractive. Even where permits are not required, compliance with environmental laws and regulations can require significant capital and operating expenditures. We are required to comply with numerous environmental laws and regulations, and to obtain numerous governmental permits when we modify and operate our facilities. If there is a delay in obtaining any required environmental regulatory approvals or permits, if we fail to obtain any required approval or permit, or if we are unable to comply with the terms of such approvals or permits, the operation of our facilities may be interrupted or become subject to additional costs and/or legal challenges. Further, changed interpretations of existing regulations may subject historical maintenance, repair and replacement activities at our facilities to claims of noncompliance. With the continuing trend toward stricter environmental standards and more extensive regulatory and permitting requirements, our capital and operating environmental expenditures are likely to be substantial and may significantly increase in the future. As a result, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

Our business is subject to complex government regulation. Changes in these regulations or in their implementation may affect costs of operating our facilities or our ability to operate our facilities, or increase competition, any of which would negatively impact our results of operations.

We are subject to extensive federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the generation and sale of energy commodities in each of the jurisdictions in which we have operations. Compliance with these ever-changing laws and regulations requires expenses (including legal representation) and monitoring, capital and operating expenditures. Potential changes in laws and regulations that could have a material impact on our business include: the introduction, or reintroduction, of rate caps or pricing constraints; increased credit standards, collateral costs or margin requirements, as well as reduced market liquidity, as a result of potential OTC market regulation; or a variation of these. Furthermore, these and other market-based rules and regulations are subject to change at any time, and we cannot predict what changes may occur in the future or how such changes might affect any facet of our business.

The costs and burdens associated with complying with the increased number of regulations may have a material adverse effect on us if we fail to comply with the laws and regulations governing our business or if we fail to maintain or obtain advantageous regulatory authorizations and exemptions. Failure to comply with such requirements could result in the shutdown of any noncompliant facility, the imposition of liens or fines, or civil or criminal liability. Moreover, increased competition within the sector resulting from potential legislative changes, regulatory changes or other factors may create greater risks to the stability of our power generation earnings and cash flows generally.

Availability and cost of emission allowances could materially impact our costs of operations.

We are required to maintain, either through allocation or purchase, sufficient emission allowances to support our operations in the ordinary course of operating our power generation facilities. These allowances are used to meet our obligations imposed by various applicable environmental laws, and the trend toward more stringent regulations (including regulations regarding GHG emissions) will likely require us to obtain new or additional emission allowances. If our operational needs require more than our allocated quantity of emission allowances, we may be forced to purchase such allowances on the open market, which could be costly. If we are unable to maintain sufficient emission allowances to match our operational needs, we may have to curtail our operations so as not to exceed our available emission allowances, or install costly new emissions controls. As we use the emissions allowances that we have purchased on the open market, costs associated with such purchases will be recognized as an operating expense. If such allowances are available for purchase, but only at significantly higher prices, their purchase could materially

increase our costs of operations in the affected markets and materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Competition in wholesale and retail power markets, together with the age of certain of our generation facilities, may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our power generation business competes with other non-utility generators, regulated utilities, unregulated subsidiaries of regulated utilities, other energy service companies and financial institutions in the sale of electric energy, capacity and ancillary services, as well as in the procurement of fuel, transmission and transportation services. Moreover, aggregate demand for power may be met by generation capacity based on several competing technologies, as well as power generating facilities fueled by alternative or renewable energy sources, including hydroelectric power, synthetic fuels, solar, wind, wood, geothermal, waste heat and solid waste sources. Regulatory initiatives designed to enhance and/or subsidize renewable generation could increase competition from these types of facilities.

We also compete against other energy merchants on the basis of our relative operating skills, financial position and access to credit sources. Electric energy customers, wholesale energy suppliers and transporters often seek financial guarantees, credit support such as letters of credit, and other assurances that their energy contracts will be satisfied. Companies with which we compete may have greater resources in these areas. In addition, certain of our current facilities are relatively old. Newer plants owned by competitors may be more efficient than some of our plants, which may put these plants at a competitive disadvantage. Over time, some of our plants may become unable to compete because of the construction of new plants, and such new plants could have a number of advantages including: more efficient equipment, newer technology that could result in fewer emissions or more advantageous locations on the electric transmission system. Additionally, these competitors may be able to respond more quickly to new laws and regulations because of the newer technology utilized in their facilities or the additional resources derived from owning more efficient facilities. Taken as a whole, the potential disadvantages of our aging fleet could result in lower run-times or even early asset retirement.

Other factors may contribute to increased competition in wholesale power markets. New forms of capital and competitors have entered the industry, including financial investors who perceive that asset values are at levels below their true replacement value. As a result, a number of generation facilities in the U.S. are now owned by lenders and investment companies. Furthermore, mergers and asset reallocations in the industry could create powerful new competitors. Under any scenario, we anticipate that we will face competition from numerous companies in the industry.

In addition, the retail marketing activities compete for customers in a competitive environment, which impacts the margins that we can earn on the volumes we are able to serve. Further, with retail competition, residential customers where we serve load can switch to and from competitive electric generation suppliers for their energy needs. If fewer customers switch to another supplier than anticipated, the load we must serve will be greater and, if market prices have increased, our costs will increase due to the need to go to the market to cover the incremental supply obligation. If more customers switch to another supplier than anticipated, the load we must serve will be lower and, if market prices have decreased, we could lose opportunities in the market. To the extent that competition increases, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be materially adversely affected.

Generally, we do not own or control transmission facilities required to sell the wholesale power from our generation facilities. If the transmission service is inadequate, our ability to sell and deliver wholesale power may be materially adversely affected. Furthermore, RTOs and ISOs administer the transmission infrastructure and market, which are subject to changes in structure and operation and impose various pricing limitations. These changes and pricing limitations may affect our ability to deliver power to the market that would, in turn, adversely affect the profitability of our generation facilities.

With the exception of EEI, which owns and controls transmission lines interconnecting the Joppa facility in EEI’s control area to MISO, TVA and Louisville Gas and Electric Company (“LGE”), we do not own or control the transmission facilities required to deliver the power from our generation facilities to the market. If the transmission service from these facilities is unavailable or disrupted, or if the transmission capacity infrastructure is inadequate, our ability to sell and deliver wholesale power may be materially adversely affected. RTOs and ISOs provide transmission services, administer transparent and competitive power markets and maintain system reliability. Many of these RTOs and ISOs operate in the real-time and day-ahead markets in which we sell energy. The RTOs and ISOs that oversee most of the wholesale power markets impose price limitations, offer caps, capacity performance requirements, penalties, and other mechanisms to guard against the potential exercise of market power in these markets. Price limitations and other regulatory mechanisms may adversely affect the profitability of our generation facilities that sell energy and capacity into the wholesale power markets. Problems or delays that may arise in the formation and operation of maturing RTOs and similar market structures, or changes in geographic scope, rules or market operations of existing RTOs, may also affect our ability to sell, the prices we receive or the cost to transmit power produced by our generating facilities. Market design as well as rules governing the various regional power markets may also change from time to time, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our Retail business is subject to the risk that sensitive customer data may be compromised, which could result in an adverse impact to our reputation and/or the results of operations of the Retail business.

The Retail business requires access to sensitive customer data in the ordinary course of business. Examples of sensitive customer data are names, addresses, account information, historical electricity usage, expected patterns of use, payment history, credit bureau data and bank account information. The Retail business may need to provide sensitive customer data to vendors and service providers who require access to this information in order to provide services, such as call center operations, to the Retail business. If a significant breach occurred, our reputation may be adversely affected, customer confidence may be diminished or we may be subject to legal claims, any of which may contribute to the loss of customers and have a negative impact on our business and/or financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Unauthorized hedging and related activities by our employees could result in significant losses.

We intend to continue our commercial strategy, which emphasizes forward power sales opportunities intended to reduce the market price exposure of the Company to power price declines. We have various internal policies and procedures designed to monitor hedging activities and positions. These policies and procedures are designed, in part, to prevent unauthorized purchases or sales of products by our employees. We cannot assure, however, that these steps will detect and prevent all violations of our risk management policies and procedures, particularly if deception or other intentional misconduct is involved. A significant policy violation that is not detected could result in a substantial financial loss for us.

Our risk management policies cannot fully eliminate the risk associated with our commodity hedging activities.

Our asset-based power position as well as our power marketing, fuel procurement and other commodity hedging activities expose us to risks of commodity price movements. We attempt to manage this exposure through enforcement of established risk limits and risk management procedures. These risk limits and risk management procedures may not work as planned and cannot eliminate all risks associated with these activities. Even when our policies and procedures are followed, and decisions are made based on projections and estimates of future performance, results of operations may be diminished if the judgments and assumptions underlying those decisions prove to be incorrect. Factors, such as future prices and demand for power and other energy-related commodities, become more difficult to predict and the calculations become less reliable the further into the future estimates are made. As a result, we cannot fully predict the impact that our commodity hedging activities and risk management decisions may have on our business and/or financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Strikes, work stoppages or an inability to negotiate future collective bargaining agreements on commercially reasonable terms could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

A majority of the employees at our facilities are subject to collective bargaining agreements with various unions. Additionally, unionization activities, including votes for union certification, could occur at the non-union generating facilities in our fleet. If union employees strike, participate in a work stoppage or slowdown or engage in other forms of labor strike or disruption, we could experience reduced power generation or outages if replacement labor is not procured. The ability to procure such replacement labor is uncertain. Strikes, work stoppages or an inability to negotiate future collective bargaining agreements on commercially reasonable terms could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The IPH segment’s ring-fencing structure may not work as planned and Dynegy may be subject to the claims of the creditors of IPH and its subsidiaries.

In connection with the acquisition of New Ameren Energy Resources, LLC (“AER”) and its subsidiaries (the “AER Acquisition”), IPH and its direct and indirect subsidiaries were organized into ring-fenced groups. The entities within the IPH ring-fenced structure maintain corporate separateness from our other current legal entities. This structure was implemented, in part, to minimize the risk that creditors of IPH, or a bankruptcy trustee if any entity of the IPH segment were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case, would attempt to assert claims against Dynegy for payment of IPH’s obligations. We believe the ring-fenced structure should preclude any corporate veil-piercing or other similar claims of IPH’s creditors but, if any such claims were successful, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. We also believe the ring-fenced structure should preclude any bankruptcy court from ordering the substantive consolidation of Dynegy’s assets and liabilities with the assets and liabilities of any IPH debtor in bankruptcy. However, bankruptcy courts have broad equitable powers and, as a result, outcomes in bankruptcy proceedings are inherently difficult to predict. To the extent a bankruptcy court were to determine that substantive consolidation was appropriate under the facts and circumstances, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Terrorist attacks and/or cyber-attacks may result in our inability to operate and fulfill our obligations, and could result in material repair costs.

As a power generator, we face heightened risk of terrorism, including cyber terrorism, either by a direct act against one or more of our generating facilities or an act against the transmission and distribution infrastructure that is used to transport our power. We rely on information technology networks and systems to operate our generating facilities, engage in asset management activities, and process, transmit and store electronic information. Security breaches of this information technology infrastructure, including cyber-attacks and cyber terrorism, could lead to system disruptions, generating facility shutdowns or unauthorized disclosure of confidential information related to our employees, vendors and counterparties, including retail counterparties.

Systemic damage to one or more of our generating facilities and/or to the transmission and distribution infrastructure could result in our inability to operate in one or all of the markets we serve for an extended period of time. If our generating facilities are shut down, we would be unable to respond to the ISOs and RTOs or fulfill our obligations under various energy and/or capacity arrangements, resulting in lost revenues and potential fines, penalties and other liabilities. Pervasive cyber-attacks across our industry could affect the ability of ISOs and RTOs to function in some regions. The cost to restore our generating facilities after such an occurrence could be material.

Risks Related to the Pending Acquisitions

We may be unable to obtain the regulatory approvals (timely or at all) required to complete one or both of the Pending Acquisitions or, in order to do so, we may be required to comply with material restrictions on our conduct or satisfy other material conditions required by various regulatory authorities.

Consummation of the Pending Acquisitions is subject to conditions and governmental approvals, including FERC approval. The closing of each of the Pending Acquisitions is also subject to the condition that there be no injunction or order issued by a court of competent jurisdiction that prevents the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the acquisition agreements. Each Pending Acquisition purchase agreement and related financing contains dates by which all the terms and conditions (including FERC approval) must be satisfied or the applicable transactions may be terminated. We can provide no assurance that all required regulatory approvals will be obtained in a timely manner or at all. There can also be no assurance as to the cost, scope or impact of the actions that may be required to obtain the required regulatory approvals. Furthermore, these actions could have the effect of delaying or preventing completion of the Pending Acquisitions or imposing additional costs, including costs and expenses to maintain our financing, conditions or restrictions on our business and operations, some of which could be material and adversely affect our revenues and profitability following the consummation of the Pending Acquisitions. Further, even if the Pending Acquisitions are consummated, they may not be consummated in the time frame, on the terms or in the manner currently anticipated. There can be no assurance that the conditions to closing of the Pending Acquisitions will be satisfied or waived or that other events will not intervene to delay or result in the failure to close the Pending Acquisitions.

Furthermore, the FERC or other governmental authorities could seek to block or challenge the Pending Acquisitions as they deem necessary or desirable in the public interest at any time, including after completion of the transactions. In addition, in some circumstances, a competitor, customer or other third party could initiate a private action under antitrust laws challenging or seeking to enjoin either or both of the Pending Acquisitions, before or after either or both of them are consummated. We may not prevail and may incur significant costs in defending or settling any action under the antitrust laws.

If one or both of the Pending Acquisitions are consummated, we may be unable to successfully integrate the operations with our existing operations or to realize targeted cost savings, revenues and other anticipated benefits of the Pending Acquisitions.

The success of the Pending Acquisitions will depend, in part, on our ability to realize the anticipated benefits and synergies from integrating the Duke Midwest assets and/or the EquiPower assets with our existing business. We may be required to make unanticipated capital expenditures or investments in order to maintain, integrate, improve or sustain our operations, or take unexpected write-offs or impairment charges resulting from the Pending Acquisitions. Further, we may be subject to unanticipated or unknown liabilities relating to the Pending Acquisitions. If any of these factors occur or limit our ability to integrate the businesses successfully or on a timely basis, the expectations of our future financial condition and results of operations on a combined basis following the Pending Acquisitions might not be met.

It is possible that the integration process could result in the loss of key employees, the disruption of each company’s ongoing businesses, inefficiencies, or inconsistencies in standards, controls, systems, procedures and policies, any of which could adversely affect our ability to achieve the anticipated benefits of the Pending Acquisitions and could adversely impact our financial performance.

We continue to evaluate and refine our estimates of synergies to be realized from the Pending Acquisitions. Actual cost-savings, including the costs required to realize the cost-savings and the source of the cost-savings, could differ materially from our estimates.

Finally, we may not be able to achieve the targeted operating or long-term strategic benefits of the Pending Acquisitions. If the combined businesses are not able to achieve our objectives, or are not able to achieve our objectives on a timely basis, the anticipated benefits of the Pending Acquisitions may not be realized fully or at all and could have an adverse effect on our future financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We will incur significant costs in connection with the Pending Acquisitions.

We expect to incur significant costs associated with the Pending Acquisitions, including costs related to obtaining required governmental approvals, maintaining our financing and combining the operations of our company with the Duke Midwest assets and the EquiPower assets, including costs to achieve targeted cost-savings. The substantial majority of the expenses resulting from the Pending Acquisitions will be composed of transaction costs, systems consolidation costs, and business integration and employment-related costs, including costs for severance, retention and other restructuring. Additionally, we are currently incurring significant interest costs related to the financing for the Pending Acquisitions but are not yet realizing the increased revenues and cash flows that we expect upon closing of the Pending Acquisitions. Additional unanticipated costs may be incurred in the integration of our and the acquired companies’ businesses. Even if we consummate the Pending Acquisitions, the anticipated elimination of duplicative costs, as well as the realization of other efficiencies, may not be achieved in the near-term, or at all, in an amount equal to or greater than the related costs.

Disruptions in our, Duke Midwest assets’ and EquiPower assets’ operations could occur prior to the closing of the Pending Acquisitions.

Disruptions in our, Duke Midwest assets’ and EquiPower assets’ operations could occur prior to the closing of the Pending Acquisitions. Specifically:


•	our, Duke Midwest assets’ and EquiPower assets’ current and prospective customers and suppliers may experience uncertainty associated with the Pending Acquisitions, including with respect to current or future business relationships with us, Duke Midwest assets, EquiPower assets or the combined company business and may attempt to negotiate changes in existing business;


•	the Pending Acquisitions may give rise to potential liabilities; and


•	if the EquiPower Acquisition is consummated, the accelerated vesting of equity-based awards and payment of “change in control” benefits to some members of EquiPower assets’ management upon consummation of the EquiPower Acquisition could result in increased difficulty or cost in retaining EquiPower assets’ officers and employees.

Any of the above disruptions could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In the event that either of the Pending Acquisitions are not consummated or certain escrow account criteria are not satisfied within certain timeframes, we may have to seek alternative financing.

In the event that either Pending Acquisition is not consummated substantially in accordance with the terms and conditions of the relevant purchase agreement, or any of the other conditions to release the escrow account are not satisfied by May 11, 2015 (with respect to the EquiPower Acquisition) or August 24, 2015 (with respect to the Duke Midwest Acquisition), or the applicable purchase agreement, is terminated, or if on the date that is five business days prior to the last business day of any calendar month the funds in an escrow account (as calculated by the applicable Escrow Issuer (as defined herein)) would not be sufficient to fund a special mandatory redemption at the end of the following month, the applicable Escrow Issuer will be obligated to use the funds in the particular escrow account to redeem all of the associated Notes at a redemption price equal to 100 percent of the issue price of such Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Please read Note 11—Debt for further discussion.

Further, in the event that we fail to close either of the Pending Acquisitions by the applicable deadline, resulting in a special mandatory redemption of the Notes, we may be unable to obtain alternative financing to fund the relevant Pending Acquisition or obtain such financing on terms that are acceptable to us. Specifically, if the applicable Escrow Issuer is required to redeem all of the associated Notes with the funds in the relevant escrow accounts it will not impact the escrow account of the other Escrow Issuer; however, we will be required to find alternative financing to fund the applicable Pending Acquisition. In addition, in the event that the financing contemplated by the Revolvers is not available, other alternative financing may not be available on acceptable terms, in a timely manner or at all. If alternative financing becomes necessary and we are unable to secure such additional financing, the relevant Pending Acquisition may not be completed.

Risks Related to Our Financial Structure

Our indebtedness could adversely affect our ability in the future to raise additional capital to fund our operations. It could also expose us to the risk of increased interest rates and limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry as well as impact our cash available for distribution.

As of December 31, 2014, we had approximately $7.2 billion of total indebtedness and approximately $249 million of indebtedness net of cash and restricted cash of $1.9 billion and $5.1 billion, respectively. We have secured commitments for two Revolvers totaling $950 million, each of which is expected to close upon consummation of the respective Pending Acquisition, and we completed the issuance of $5.1 billion in Notes which were placed into escrow pending the consummation of the Pending Acquisitions. Our debt could have negative consequences for our financial condition including:


•	increasing our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions;


•	requiring a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, including the Notes held in escrow, therefore reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures and future business opportunities;


•	limiting our ability to enter into long-term power sales or fuel purchases which require credit support;


•	limiting our ability to fund operations or future acquisitions;


•	restricting our ability to make certain distributions with respect to our capital stock and the ability of our subsidiaries to make certain distributions to us, in light of restricted payment and other financial covenants in our credit facilities and other financing agreements;


•	exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates because certain of our borrowings, including borrowings under our revolving credit facility, are at variable rates of interest;


•	limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital including collateral postings, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes; and


•	limiting our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who may have less debt.

We may not be successful in obtaining additional capital for these or other reasons. Furthermore, we may be unable to refinance or replace our existing indebtedness on favorable terms or at all upon the expiration or termination thereof. Our failure to obtain additional capital or enter into new or replacement financing arrangements when due may constitute a default under such existing indebtedness and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our existing credit facilities contain, and agreements we enter into in the future may contain, covenants that could restrict our financial flexibility.

Our existing credit facilities contain covenants imposing certain requirements on our business. These requirements may limit our ability to take advantage of potential business opportunities as they arise and may adversely affect the conduct of our current business, including restricting our ability to finance future operations and capital needs and limiting our ability to engage in other business activities. These covenants could place restrictions on our ability and the ability of our operating subsidiaries to, among other things:


•	declare or pay dividends, repurchase or redeem stock or make other distributions to stockholders;


•	incur additional debt or issue some types of preferred shares;


•	create liens;


•	make certain restricted investments;


•	enter into transactions with affiliates;


•	enter into any agreements which limit the ability of certain subsidiaries to make dividends or otherwise transfer cash or assets to us or certain other subsidiaries;


•	sell or transfer assets; and


•	consolidate or merge.

Agreements we enter into in the future may also have similar or more restrictive covenants. A breach of any covenant in the existing credit facilities or the agreements governing our other indebtedness would result in a default. A default, if not waived, could result in acceleration of the debt outstanding under any such agreement and in a default with respect to, and acceleration of, the debt outstanding under any other debt agreements. The accelerated debt would become due and payable immediately. If that should occur, we may not be able to make all of the required payments or borrow sufficient funds to refinance our debt obligations. Even if new financing were then available, it may not be on terms that are acceptable to us.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

Item 2. Properties

We have included descriptions of the location and general character of our principal physical operating properties by segment in “Item 1. Business,” which is incorporated herein by reference. Substantially all of the assets of the Coal and Gas segments, including the majority of power generation facilities owned by Dynegy Midwest Generation, LLC (“DMG”) and Dynegy Power, LLC (“DPC”), two of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, are pledged as collateral to secure the repayment of, and our other obligations under, the Credit Agreement. None of the power generation facilities of the IPH segment are pledged as collateral to secure repayment of any of our debt obligations; however, there are certain restrictions on property sales. Please read Note 11—Debt for further discussion.

Our principal executive office located in Houston, Texas, is held under a lease that expires in 2022. We also lease additional offices in Illinois.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

Please read Note 15—Commitments and Contingencies—Legal Proceedings for a description of our material legal proceedings, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Our authorized capital stock consists of 420 million shares of common stock. Upon our emergence from bankruptcy on October 1, 2012 (the “Plan Effective Date”), all shares of our old common stock were canceled and 100 million shares of new common stock were distributed to the holders of certain classes of claims. The former holders of our old common stock, as the beneficiaries of Legacy Dynegy’s administrative claim against DH under the Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization, which became effective on October 1, 2012 (the “Plan”), also received distributions of our new common stock and five-year warrants to purchase shares of our new common stock (the “Warrants”). The Warrants entitle the holders to purchase up to 15.6 million shares of our new common stock. Each Warrant entitles the holder to a maximum of one share of our new common stock. The exercise price of each Warrant was set at $40 per warrant. Further, on the Plan Effective Date, a total of approximately 6.1 million shares of our new common stock were available for issuance under our 2012 Long Term Incentive Plan. Please read Note 20—Emergence from Bankruptcy and Fresh-Start Accounting for additional information regarding the bankruptcy. On October 14, 2014, we issued 22.5 million shares, pursuant to the Common Stock Offering at $31.00 per share. On November 13, 2014, we issued an additional 1.5 million shares, pursuant to the exercise by the underwriters of their 30 day option to purchase up to 3.375 million additional shares of our common stock, at $31.00 per share. Please read Note 16—Capital Stock for additional information.

Our common stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol “DYN” and has been trading since October 3, 2012. No established public trading market existed for our new common stock prior to this date. The number of stockholders of record of our common stock as of February 10, 2015, based on information provided by our transfer agent, was 2,632. The following table sets forth the per share high and low closing prices for our common stock as reported on the NYSE for the periods presented:



	High		Low
2015:
First Quarter (through February 10, 2015)	$	31.39	$	27.32
2014:
Fourth Quarter	$	34.76	$	27.13
Third Quarter	$	34.28	$	26.55
Second Quarter	$	36.14	$	24.80
First Quarter	$	24.94	$	19.57
2013:
Fourth Quarter	$	21.93	$	18.50
Third Quarter	$	22.79	$	19.09
Second Quarter	$	24.76	$	22.00
First Quarter	$	23.99	$	19.39
2012:
Fourth Quarter	$	19.35	$	17.35

We have paid no cash dividends on our common stock and have no current intention of doing so. Any future determinations to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors, subject to applicable limitations under Delaware law, and will be dependent upon our results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors.

Registration Rights Agreement. As part of the Plan, we entered into a registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with Franklin Advisers, Inc., which owns approximately 13 percent of our outstanding common stock as of February 10, 2015. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, among other things, we were required to use reasonable best efforts to file within 90 days after the Plan Effective Date a registration statement on any permitted form that qualifies (the “Shelf”), and is available, for the resale of “Registrable Securities,” as defined below, with the SEC. Such Shelf was filed in December 2012 and was effective in 2013. Upon Dynegy becoming a well-known seasoned issuer, which occurred on October 1, 2013, we were required to promptly register the sale of all of the Registrable Securities under an automatic shelf registration statement, and to cause such registration statement to remain effective thereafter until there are no longer Registrable Securities. We converted our Form S-1 registration statement into the automatic shelf registration statement on October 2, 2013.

Registrable Securities are shares of our common stock, par value $0.01 per share issued or issuable on or after the Plan Effective Date to any of the original parties to the Registration Rights Agreement, including, without limitation, upon the conversion of our outstanding Warrants, and any securities paid, issued or distributed in respect of any such new common stock, but excluding shares of common stock acquired in the open market after the Plan Effective Date.

At any time prior to the five-year anniversary of the Plan Effective Date and from time to time after the later of (i) when the Shelf has been declared effective by the SEC and (ii) 210 days after the Plan Effective Date, any one or more holders of Registrable Securities may request to sell all or any portion of their Registrable Securities in an underwritten offering, provided that such holder or holders will be entitled to make such demand only if the total offering price of the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering is reasonably expected to exceed 5 percent of the market value of our then issued and outstanding common stock or the total offering price is reasonably expected to exceed $250 million. We are not obligated to effect more than two such underwritten offerings during any period of 12 consecutive months after the Plan Effective Date and are not obligated to effect such an underwritten offering within 120 days after the pricing of a previous underwritten offering. In addition, holders of Registrable Securities may request to sell all or any portion of their Registrable Securities in a non-underwritten offering by providing notice to us no later than two business days (or in certain circumstances five business days) prior to the expected date of such an offering, subject to certain exceptions provided for in the Registration Rights Agreement.

When we propose to offer shares in an underwritten offering whether for our own account or the account of others, holders of Registrable Securities will be entitled to request that their Registrable Securities be included in such offering, subject to specific exceptions.

The registration rights granted in the Registration Rights Agreement are subject to customary indemnification and contribution provisions, as well as customary restrictions such as minimums, blackout periods and, if a registration is for an underwritten offering, limitations on the number of shares to be included in the underwritten offering may be imposed by the managing underwriter. Registrable Securities shall cease to constitute Registrable Securities upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the date on which such securities are disposed of pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); (ii) the date on which such securities are disposed of pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision) promulgated under the Securities Act; (iii) with respect to the Registrable Securities held by any Holder (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement), any time that such Holder beneficially owns (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) Registrable Securities representing less than one percent of the then outstanding common stock and is permitted to sell such Registrable Securities under Rule 144(b)(1); and (iv) the date on which such securities cease to be outstanding.

Stockholder Return Performance Presentation. The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return from October 3, 2012, the date our common stock began trading following the Plan Effective Date, through December 31, 2014, for our current existing common stock, the S&P Midcap 400 index and a customized peer group. Because the value of Legacy Dynegy’s old common stock bears no relation to the value of our existing common stock, the graph below reflects only our current existing common stock. The peer group consists of Calpine Corp. and NRG Energy Inc. The graph tracks the performance of a $100 investment in our current existing common stock, in the peer group, and the index (with the reinvestment of all dividends) from October 3, 2012 through December 31, 2014.



	October 3, 2012		December 31, 2012		December 31, 2013		December 31, 2014
Dynegy Inc.	$	100.00	$	99.12	$	111.50	$	157.25
S&P Midcap 400	$	100.00	$	104.44	$	139.42	$	153.04
Peer Group	$	100.00	$	102.88	$	118.36	$	122.99

The stock price performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance. The above stock price performance comparison and related discussion is not deemed to be incorporated by reference by any general statement incorporating by reference this Form 10-K into any filing under the Securities Act or under the Exchange Act or otherwise, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate this stock price performance comparison and related discussion by reference, and is not otherwise deemed “filed” under the Securities Act or Exchange Act.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds. We did not have any purchases of equity securities during the quarter ended December 31, 2014. We do not have a stock repurchase program.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans. Please read Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters for information regarding securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The selected financial information presented below as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the period from October 2 through December 31, 2012 and the period from January 1 through October 1, 2012 was derived from, and is qualified by, reference to our Consolidated Financial Statements, including the notes thereto, contained elsewhere herein. The selected financial information should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” As described in Note 3—Merger and Acquisitions, Legacy Dynegy merged with DH on September 30, 2012 (the “Merger”). The accounting treatment of the Merger is reflected as a “reverse recapitalization,” whereby DH is the surviving accounting entity for financial reporting purposes. Therefore, our historical results for periods prior to the Merger are the same as DH’s historical results.

As a result of the application of fresh-start accounting as of October 1, 2012, following our reorganization, the financial statements on or prior to October 1, 2012 are not comparable with the financial statements after October 1, 2012. References to “Successor” refer to the Company after October 1, 2012, after giving effect to the application of fresh-start accounting. References to “Predecessor” refer to the Company on or prior to October 1, 2012. Additionally, on the Plan Effective Date, DNE, Hudson, Danskammer and Roseton (the “DNE Debtor Entities”) did not emerge from bankruptcy; therefore, we deconsolidated our investment in these entities as of October 1, 2012. Accordingly, the results of operations of the DNE Debtor Entities are presented in discontinued operations for all periods presented.



	Successor									Predecessor
	Year Ended December 31, 2014			Year Ended December 31, 2013 (1)			October 2 Through December 31, 2012			January 1 Through October 1, 2012 (2)(3)			Year Ended December 31,
(in millions, except per share data)	Year Ended December 31, 2014			Year Ended December 31, 2013 (1)			October 2 Through December 31, 2012			January 1 Through October 1, 2012 (2)(3)			2011 (4)			2010
Statements of Operations Data:
Revenues	$	2,497		$	1,466		$	312		$	981		$	1,333		$	2,059
Depreciation expense	$	(247	)	$	(216	)	$	(45	)	$	(110	)	$	(295	)	$	(397	)
Impairment and other charges	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	(5	)	$	(146	)
General and administrative expense	$	(114	)	$	(97	)	$	(22	)	$	(56	)	$	(102	)	$	(158	)
Operating income (loss)	$	(19	)	$	(318	)	$	(104	)	$	5		$	(189	)	$	(32	)
Bankruptcy reorganization items, net	$	3		$	(1	)	$	(3	)	$	1,037		$	(52	)	$	—
Interest expense and debt extinguishment costs (5)	$	(223	)	$	(108	)	$	(16	)	$	(120	)	$	(369	)	$	(363	)
Income tax benefit	$	1		$	58		$	—		$	9		$	144		$	194
Income (loss) from continuing operations	$	(267	)	$	(359	)	$	(113	)	$	130		$	(431	)	$	(259	)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes (6)	$	—		$	3		$	6		$	(162	)	$	(509	)	$	17
Net loss	$	(267	)	$	(356	)	$	(107	)	$	(32	)	$	(940	)	$	(242	)
Net loss attributable to Dynegy Inc.	$	(273	)	$	(356	)	$	(107	)	$	(32	)	$	(940	)	$	(242	)
Basic loss per share from continuing operations attributable to Dynegy Inc. common stockholders (7)	$	(2.65	)	$	(3.59	)	$	(1.13	)	N/A			N/A			N/A
Basic income per share from discontinued operations attributable to Dynegy Inc. common stockholders (7)	$	—		$	0.03		$	0.06		N/A			N/A			N/A
Basic loss per share attributable to Dynegy Inc. common stockholders (7)	$	(2.65	)	$	(3.56	)	$	(1.07	)	N/A			N/A			N/A
Cash Flow Data:
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	163		$	175		$	(44	)	$	(37	)	$	(1	)	$	423
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	$	(5,262	)	$	474		$	265		$	278		$	(229	)	$	(520	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	$	6,126		$	(154	)	$	(328	)	$	(184	)	$	375		$	(69	)
Capital expenditures, acquisitions and investments	$	(132	)	$	136		$	(46	)	$	193		$	(21	)	$	(517	)



	Successor						Predecessor
	December 31,						December 31,
(amounts in millions)	2014		2013		2012		2011		2010
Balance Sheet Data:
Current assets	$	2,674	$	1,685	$	1,043	$	3,569	$	2,180
Current liabilities	$	681	$	721	$	347	$	3,051	$	1,562
Property, plant and equipment, net	$	3,255	$	3,315	$	3,022	$	2,821	$	6,273
Total assets	$	11,232	$	5,291	$	4,535	$	8,311	$	9,949
Notes payable and current portion of long-term debt	$	31	$	13	$	29	$	7	$	148
Long-term debt (excluding current portion) (8)(9)	$	7,075	$	1,979	$	1,386	$	1,069	$	4,626
Total equity	$	3,023	$	2,207	$	2,503	$	32	$	2,719

__________________________________________


(1)	We completed the AER Acquisition effective December 2, 2013; therefore, the results of our IPH segment are only included subsequent to December 2, 2013. Please read Note 3—Merger and Acquisitions—AER Transaction Agreement for further discussion.


(2)	We completed the acquisition of CoalHoldco from Legacy Dynegy (the “DMG Acquisition”) effective June 5, 2012; therefore, the results of our Coal segment are only included subsequent to June 5, 2012. Please read Note 3—Merger and Acquisitions—DMG Transfer and DMG Acquisition for further discussion.


(3)	The results of operations for the Predecessor period January 1, 2012 through October 1, 2012 include the effects of the Plan.


(4)	We completed the DMG Transfer effective September 1, 2011; therefore, the results of our Coal segment are only included prior to September 1, 2011. Please read Note 22—Dispositions and Discontinued Operations for further discussion.


(5)	The year ended December 31, 2014 includes $66 million of interest related to our Notes issued on October 27, 2014. The years ended December 31, 2013 and 2011 include $11 million and $21 million of debt extinguishment costs, respectively.


(6)	Discontinued operations include the results of operations from the DNE Debtor Entities. Please read Note 22—Dispositions and Discontinued Operations for further discussion of the sale of the DNE facilities.


(7)	Although Legacy Dynegy’s shares were publicly traded, DH did not have any publicly traded shares prior to the merger; therefore, no earnings (loss) per share is presented for the Predecessor.


(8)	The year ended December 31, 2014 includes $5.1 billion related to our Notes issued on October 27, 2014. Associated cash is being held in escrow subject to the completion of the Pending Acquisitions.


(9)	As a result of the DH Chapter 11 Cases, we reclassified approximately $3.6 billion in long-term debt to liabilities subject to compromise as of December 31, 2011. These liabilities were settled upon our emergence from bankruptcy on the Plan Effective Date. Please read Note 20—Emergence from Bankruptcy and Fresh-Start Accounting for further discussion.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion should be read together with the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included in this report.

OVERVIEW

We are a holding company and conduct substantially all of our business operations through our subsidiaries. Our current business operations are focused primarily on the power generation sector of the energy industry. We report the results of our power generation business as three separate segments in our consolidated financial statements: (i) Coal, (ii) IPH and (iii) Gas. In connection with our emergence from bankruptcy on the Plan Effective Date, we deconsolidated the DNE Debtor Entities, which constituted our previously reported Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. (“DNE”) segment, and began accounting for our investment in the DNE Debtor Entities using the cost method. Accordingly, we have reclassified the results of the previously reported DNE segment as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.

Acquisitions

In August 2014, we entered into the Duke Midwest Acquisition for a purchase price of $2.8 billion in cash, subject to certain adjustments, and the EquiPower Acquisition for a purchase price of approximately $3.25 billion in cash and $200 million of our common stock, subject to certain adjustments. These acquisitions will expand our fleet to 35 power plants in eight states and increase our generation capacity by approximately 12,500 MW to nearly 26,000 MW. Consummation of the Pending Acquisitions is subject to conditions and governmental approvals, including FERC approval. On February 6, 2015, we responded to a letter from FERC requesting additional information to process the applications filed with FERC on September 11, 2014. Please read Note 3—Merger and Acquisitions for further discussion.

Business Discussion

We generate earnings and cash flows in the three segments within our power generation business through sales of electric energy, capacity and ancillary services. Primary factors affecting our earnings and cash flows include:


•	prices for power, natural gas, coal and fuel oil, which in turn are largely driven by supply and demand. Demand for power can vary due to weather and general economic conditions, among other things. Power supplies similarly vary by region and are impacted significantly by available generating capacity, transmission capacity and federal and state regulation;


•	the relationship between electricity prices and prices for natural gas and coal, commonly referred to as the “spark spread” and “dark spread,” respectively, which impacts the margin we earn on the electricity we generate; and


•	our ability to enter into commercial transactions to mitigate short- and medium-term earnings volatility and our ability to manage our liquidity requirements resulting from potential changes in collateral requirements as prices move.

Other factors that have affected, and are expected to continue to affect, earnings and cash flows for the power generation business include:


•	transmission constraints, congestion, and other factors that can affect the price differential between the locations where we deliver generated power and the liquid market hub;


•	our ability to control capital expenditures, which primarily include maintenance, safety, environmental and reliability projects, and to control operating expenses through disciplined management;


•	our ability to optimize our assets by maintaining a high in-market availability, reliable run-time and safe, low-cost operations;


•	our ability to optimize our assets through targeted investment in cost effective technology enhancements, such as turbine uprates, or efficiency improvements;


•	our ability to operate and market production from our facilities during periods of planned/unplanned electric transmission outages;


•	our ability to post the collateral necessary to execute our commercial strategy;


•	the cost of compliance with existing and future environmental requirements that are likely to be more stringent and more comprehensive. Please read Item 1. Business—Environmental Matters for further discussion;


•	market supply conditions resulting from federal and regional renewable power mandates and initiatives;


•	our ability to maintain sufficient coal inventories, which is dependent upon the continued performance of the mines, railroads and barges for deliveries of coal in a consistent and timely manner, and its impact on our ability to serve the critical winter and summer on-peak loads;

Table of Contents


•	costs of transportation related to coal deliveries;


•	regional renewable energy mandates and initiatives that may alter supply conditions within an ISO and our generating units’ positions in the aggregate supply stack;


•	changes in MISO, PJM, CAISO and ISO-NE market design or associated rules, including the resulting effect on future capacity revenues from changes in the existing bilateral MISO capacity markets and the existing bilateral CAISO resource adequacy markets;


•	our ability to maintain and operate our plants in a manner that ensures we receive full capacity payments under our various tolling agreements;


•	our ability to mitigate forced outage risk as we become subject to proposed capacity performance in PJM and new performance incentives in ISO-NE;


•	our ability to mitigate impacts associated with expiring RMR and/or capacity contracts;


•	our ability to maintain the necessary permits to continue to operate our Moss Landing facility with once-through, seawater cooling systems;


•	the costs incurred to demolish and/or remediate the South Bay and Vermilion facilities;


•	access to capital markets on reasonable terms, interest rates and other costs of liquidity;


•	interest expense; and


•	income taxes, which will be impacted by our ability to realize value from our Net Operating Losses and Alternative Minimum Tax (“AMT”) credits.

Please read “Item 1A. Risk Factors” for additional factors that could affect our future operating results, financial condition and cash flows.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Overview

In this section, we describe our liquidity and capital requirements including our sources and uses of liquidity and capital resources. Our liquidity and capital requirements are primarily a function of our debt maturities and debt service requirements, fixed capacity payments and contractual obligations, capital expenditures (including required environmental expenditures) and working capital needs. Examples of working capital needs include purchases and sales of commodities and associated margin and collateral requirements, facility maintenance costs and other costs such as payroll. Our primary sources of liquidity are cash flows from operations, cash on hand and amounts available under our revolver and letter of credit (“LC”) facilities.

IPH and its direct and indirect subsidiaries are organized into ring-fenced groups in order to maintain corporate separateness from Dynegy and our other legal entities. Certain of the entities in the IPH segment, including Illinois Power Generating Company (“Genco”), have an independent director whose consent is required for certain corporate actions, including material transactions with affiliates. Further, entities within the IPH segment present themselves to the public as separate entities. They maintain separate books, records and bank accounts and separately appoint officers. Furthermore, they pay liabilities from their own funds, conduct business in their own names and have restrictions on pledging their assets for the benefit of certain other persons. These provisions restrict our ability to move cash out of these entities without meeting certain requirements as set forth in the governing documents.

Acquisition Financing

On August 21, 2014, to ensure the financing of the Pending Acquisitions, we obtained commitments for the Revolvers and the Bridge Loan Facilities. The Bridge Loan Facilities were terminated on October 27, 2014 as we completed our permanent financings for the Pending Acquisitions as discussed below. The Revolvers expand the credit available to us by an aggregate of $950 million ($600 million for the Duke Midwest Acquisition and $350 million for the EquiPower Acquisition) which will be used to support the collateral and liquidity requirements of the acquired businesses. Each Revolver is conditional on the closing of the applicable acquisition. We expect to have at least $800 million available, net of expected letters of credit outstanding, for future borrowings under our current and incremental revolving credit facilities immediately following the completion of the Pending Acquisitions.

On October 14, 2014, pursuant to registered public offerings, we issued 22.5 million shares of our common stock at $31.00 per share for gross proceeds of approximately $698 million, before underwriting discounts and commissions, and 4 million shares of our mandatory convertible preferred stock at $100 per share, for gross proceeds of approximately $400 million, before underwriting discounts and commissions. Please read Note 16—Capital Stock for further discussion.

Table of Contents

On October 27, 2014, we completed the issuance of $5.1 billion in aggregate principal amount of unsecured senior notes at a weighted average interest rate of 7.18 percent in tranches with maturities ranging from 2019 to 2024. The gross proceeds from the issuance of the Notes, less initial purchasers’ discounts and expenses, were placed into escrow pending the consummation of the Pending Acquisitions. In order to prevent a special mandatory redemption, at the end of each month we are required to pre-fund 30 days of interest in escrow, in addition to all accrued interest to date. Under our escrow agreement related to the Notes, the applicable borrowings for each of the Pending Acquisitions are subject to mandatory redemption, at par, if the acquisitions are not consummated by May 11, 2015, in the case of the EquiPower Acquisition, and August 24, 2015, in the case of the Duke Midwest Acquisition. Please read Note 11—Debt for further discussion.

Letter of Credit Facilities

On January 29, 2014, IPM entered into a fully cash collateralized Letter of Credit and Reimbursement Agreement with Union Bank, N.A., as amended on May 16, 2014 (“LC Agreement”), pursuant to which Union Bank agreed to issue from time to time, one or more standby letters of credit in an aggregate stated amount not to exceed $25 million at any one time to support performance obligations and other general corporate activities of IPM, provided that IPM deposits in an account controlled by Union Bank an amount of cash sufficient to cover the face value of such requested letter of credit plus an additional percentage thereon. As of December 31, 2014, IPM had $10.5 million deposited with Union Bank and $10 million in letters of credit outstanding. Please read Note 11—Debt—Letter of Credit Facilities for further discussion.

On September 18, 2014, Dynegy entered into a Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement with Macquarie Bank Limited (“Macquarie Bank”) and Macquarie Energy LLC, (the “Lender”), pursuant to which the Lender agreed to cause Macquarie Bank to issue a single-use standby letter of credit in an amount not to exceed $55 million. The facility has a one-year tenor and may be extended at the Lender’s option up to one additional year. At December 31, 2014, there was $55 million outstanding under this letter of credit. Please read Note 11—Debt—Letter of Credit Facilities for further discussion.

Liquidity. The following table summarizes our liquidity position at December 31, 2014.



	December 31, 2014
(amounts in millions)	Dynegy Inc.			IPH (1) (2)		Total
Revolving Facility and LC capacity (3)	$	530		$	—	$	530
Less: Outstanding letters of credit	(178		)	—		(178		)
Revolving Facility and LC availability	352			—		352
Cash and cash equivalents	1,696			174		1,870
Total available liquidity (4)	$	2,048		$	174	$	2,222

__________________________________________


(1)	Includes Cash and cash equivalents of $126 million related to Genco.


(2)	As previously discussed, due to the ring-fenced nature of IPH, cash at the IPH and Genco entities may not be moved out of these entities without meeting certain criteria. However, cash at these entities is available to support current operations of these entities.


(3)	Includes $475 million of available capacity related to the five-year senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”) and $55 million related to a letter of credit with Macquarie Bank. Please read Note 11—Debt—Letter of Credit Facilities for further discussion.


(4)	On December 2, 2013, Dynegy and Illinois Power Resources, LLC entered into an intercompany revolving promissory note of $25 million. At December 31, 2014, there was $17 million outstanding on the note.

Operating Activities

Historical Operating Cash Flows. Cash provided by operations totaled $163 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. During the period, our power generation business provided cash of $451 million primarily due to the operation of our power generation facilities and our retail operations. Corporate and other activities used cash of $230 million primarily due to interest payments related to our Credit Agreement and Senior Notes of $69 million, interest payments on the Notes issued in 2014 of $65 million funded into the escrow account related to those Notes, interest payments on the Genco Senior Notes of $59 million and payments for acquisition-related costs of $24 million. In addition, changes in working capital and other, including general and administrative expenses, used cash of approximately $58 million.

Table of Contents

Cash provided by operations totaled $175 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. During the period, our power generation business provided cash of $199 million primarily due to the operation of our power generation facilities, partially offset by interest payments to service debt related to the DPC and DMG credit agreements. Corporate and other activities used cash of approximately $80 million primarily due to interest payments related to our Credit Agreement and Senior Notes, payments to advisors, employee-related payments and other general and administrative expense. In addition, we had $56 million in positive working capital and other changes, which includes $34 million for the return of collateral.

Cash used in operations totaled $44 million for the 2012 Successor Period. During the period, our power generation business used cash of $55 million primarily due to losses incurred during the period. Corporate and other activities used cash of approximately $23 million primarily due to payments to advisors, employee-related payments and other general and administrative expense. In addition, we had $34 million in positive working capital and other changes, which includes $30 million for the return of collateral.

Cash used in operations totaled $37 million for the 2012 Predecessor Period. During the period, our power generation business used cash of $56 million primarily due to increased collateral postings to satisfy our counterparty collateral demands and other negative working capital changes. Corporate and other activities provided cash of approximately $19 million primarily due to interest payments received from Legacy Dynegy on the Undertaking, partially offset by payments to advisors and other general and administrative expense.

Future Operating Cash Flows. Our future operating cash flows will vary based on a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including the price of power, the prices of natural gas, coal, and fuel oil and their correlation to power prices, collateral requirements, the value of capacity and ancillary services, the run-time of our generating facilities, the effectiveness of our commercial strategy, legal, environmental and regulatory requirements, and our ability to achieve the cost savings contemplated in our PRIDE initiative. Additionally, our future operating cash flows will also be impacted by our Pending Acquisitions and the interest on the acquisition financings.

Collateral Postings. We use a portion of our capital resources in the form of cash and letters of credit to satisfy counterparty collateral demands. The following table summarizes our collateral postings to third parties by legal entity at December 31, 2014 and 2013:



(amounts in millions)	December 31, 2014		December 31, 2013
Dynegy Inc.:
Cash (1)	$	14	$	22
Letters of credit	178		157
Total Dynegy Inc.	192		179

IPH:
Cash (1) (2)	32		7
Letters of credit (3)	10		—
Total IPH	42		7

Total	$	234	$	186

__________________________________________


(1)	Includes broker margin as well as other collateral postings included in Prepayments and other current assets on our consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, $9 million and $4 million of cash posted as collateral were netted against Liabilities from risk management activities on our consolidated balance sheets, respectively.


(2)	Includes cash of $5 million and $1 million related to Genco as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.


(3)	Relates to the $25 million cash-backed LC facility at IPM.

In addition to cash and letters of credit posted as collateral, we have increased the number of counterparties that participate in our first priority lien program. The additional liens were granted as collateral under certain of our derivative agreements in order to reduce the cash collateral and letters of credit that we would otherwise be required to provide to the counterparties under such agreements.

Collateral postings increased from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014 primarily due to new wholesale and retail transactions, rate increases on our natural gas transportation contracts, mark-to-market changes on commodity derivatives and other changes in our commercial activity.

Table of Contents

The fair value of our derivatives collateralized by first priority liens included liabilities of $141 million and $145 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

We expect counterparties’ future collateral demands to continue to reflect changes in commodity prices, including seasonal changes in weather-related demand, as well as their views of our creditworthiness. Our ability to use economic hedging instruments in the future could be limited due to the potential collateral requirements of such instruments.

Investing Activities

Capital Expenditures. Our capital spending by reportable segment was as follows:



	Successor						Predecessor
	Year Ended December 31, 2014		Year Ended December 31, 2013		October 2 Through December 31, 2012		January 1 Through October 1, 2012
(amounts in millions)	Year Ended December 31, 2014		Year Ended December 31, 2013		October 2 Through December 31, 2012		January 1 Through October 1, 2012
Coal (1)	$	39	$	42	$	26	$	33
IPH	45		1		—		—
Gas	44		53		19		23
Other	4		2		1		7
Total (2)	$	132	$	98	$	46	$	63

__________________________________________


(1)	Since we completed the DMG Acquisition on June 5, 2012, capital expenditures are included only from June 6, 2012 to October 1, 2012 for the 2012 Predecessor Period. Including the period that Coal was not included in our consolidated financial statements, Coal capital expenditures were $75 million for the 2012 Predecessor Period.


(2)	Includes capitalized interest of $9 million, $2 million, zero and $5 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the 2012 Successor Period and the 2012 Predecessor Period, respectively.

Capital spending in our Coal and IPH segments primarily consisted of environmental and maintenance capital projects. Capital spending in our Gas segment primarily consisted of maintenance projects.

We expect capital expenditures for 2015 to be approximately $211 million, which is comprised of $82 million, $71 million, $49 million and $9 million in Coal, IPH, Gas and Other, respectively. The capital budget is subject to revision as opportunities arise or circumstances change and does not reflect expected expenditures related to the assets included in our Pending Acquisitions.

Other Investing Activities. During the year ended December 31, 2014, there was a $5.148 billion cash outflow related to restricted cash balances due to escrow requirements associated with the Notes issued in 2014, offset by an $18 million cash inflow primarily related to cash proceeds received from the sale of our 50 percent interest in Nevada Cogeneration #2, a partnership that owns Black Mountain. Please read Note 11—Debt and Note 22—Dispositions and Discontinued Operations for further discussion.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, there was a $335 million cash inflow related to restricted cash balances due to the release of cash collateral associated with the DPC LC and DMG LC facilities. A portion of these proceeds were used to repay in full and terminate commitments under the DMG and DPC credit agreements as further discussed below. As a result of repaying these credit agreements, all of our restricted cash was released. In addition, in connection with the AER Acquisition, we acquired $234 million in cash. Please read Note 3—Merger and Acquisitions for further discussion.

During the 2012 Successor Period, there was a $311 million cash inflow related to restricted cash balances due to a reduction in the Collateral Posting account. These proceeds were used to fund a portion of the repayment of the DMG and DPC Credit Agreement as further discussed below.

In connection with the DMG Acquisition on June 5, 2012, we acquired $256 million in cash and received $16 million in principal payments related to the Undertaking during the 2012 Predecessor Period. There was an $88 million cash inflow related to restricted cash balances associated with the DPC LC facilities and DPC Credit Agreement during the 2012 Predecessor Period. In addition, during the 2012 Predecessor Period, we requested the release of unused cash collateral related to the DPC LC facilities. These inflows were offset by a reduction of $22 million in cash as a result of the deconsolidation of the DNE Debtor Entities.

Future Cash Flow from Investing Activities. Upon the closing of our Pending Acquisitions, our investing cash flows will be reduced by the funds used for the acquisitions.

Table of Contents

Financing Activities

Historical Cash Flow from Financing Activities. Cash provided by financing activities totaled $6.126 billion during the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily due to (i) $5.1 billion in proceeds from borrowings on the Notes issued in 2014, (ii) $719 million and $387 million in proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, from the Common Stock Offering and the Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock Offering, respectively and (iii) $6 million in net proceeds received related to the Emissions Repurchase Agreements, offset by (i) $57 million in financing costs in connection with the Notes issued in 2014, the Credit Agreement, the Senior Notes and the Macquarie Bank letter of credit, (ii) $18 million in interest rate swap settlement payments and (iii) $8 million in principal payments of borrowings on the seven-year senior secured term loan B facility (the “Tranche B-2 Term Loan”). Please read Note 11—Debt and Note 16—Capital Stock for further discussion.

Cash used in financing activities totaled $154 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 due to (i) $1.913 billion in repayments of borrowings in full on the DMG and DPC Credit Agreements and the Tranche B-1 Term Loan, including $59 million in prepayment penalties associated with the early termination of the DMG and DPC Credit Agreements, (ii) $4 million in principal payments of borrowings on the Tranche B-2 Term Loan and (iii) $5 million in interest rate swap settlement payments during the fourth quarter 2013, offset by (i) $1.751 billion in proceeds from borrowings on the Credit Agreement and Senior Notes, net of financing costs and (ii) $17 million in proceeds associated with repurchase agreements related to emissions credits. Please read Note 11—Debt for further discussion.

Cash used in financing activities totaled $328 million during the 2012 Successor Period due to repayments of borrowings on the DMG and the DPC credit agreements.

Cash used in financing activities totaled $184 million for the 2012 Predecessor Period due to $200 million paid to unsecured creditors upon our emergence from bankruptcy on the Plan Effective Date and $11 million in repayments of borrowings on the DMG and the DPC credit agreements, offset by an increase of $27 million in connection with the recapitalization of Legacy Dynegy.

Summarized Debt and Other Obligations. The following table depicts our third party debt obligations, and the extent to which they are secured as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:



(amounts in millions)	December 31, 2014			December 31, 2013
Dynegy Inc.:
Secured obligations	$	788		$	796
Unsecured obligations	500			500
Emissions Repurchase Agreements	23			17
Unamortized discount	(3		)	(4		)
Dynegy Finance I, Inc.:
Secured obligations (1)	2,040			—
Dynegy Finance II, Inc.:
Secured obligations (1)	3,060			—
Genco:
Unsecured obligations	825			825
Unamortized discount	(127		)	(142		)
Total long-term debt	$	7,106		$	1,992

__________________________________________

(1) As of December 31, 2014, the Finance I Notes and the Finance II Notes are secured by first-priority liens on amounts in the applicable escrow account which is classified as long-term Restricted cash in our consolidated balance sheet. Upon consummation of the Pending Acquisitions, these debt obligations will be Dynegy Inc.’s general unsecured obligations. Please read Note 11—Debt for further discussion.

Future Cash Flow from Financing Activities. As a result of our issuance of $400 million of mandatory convertible preferred stock on October 14, 2014, we are obligated to pay dividends of $5.4 million quarterly on a cumulative basis when and if declared by our Board of Directors. We may pay declared dividends in cash or, subject to certain limitations, in shares of our common stock or by delivery of any combination of cash and shares of our common stock.

Financing Trigger Events. Our debt instruments and certain of our other financial obligations and all the Genco Senior Notes include provisions which, if not met, could require early payment, additional collateral support or similar actions. The trigger events include the violation of covenants (including, in the case of the Credit Agreement under certain circumstances, the

Table of Contents

senior secured leverage ratio covenant discussed below), defaults on scheduled principal or interest payments, including any indebtedness to the extent linked to it by reason of cross-default or cross-acceleration provisions, insolvency events, acceleration of other financial obligations and, in the case of the Credit Agreement, change of control provisions. We do not have any trigger events tied to specified credit ratings or stock price in our debt instruments and are not party to any contracts that require us to issue equity based on credit ratings or other trigger events. Under our escrow agreement related to the Notes, in order to prevent a special mandatory redemption, at the end of each month we are required to pre-fund 30 days of interest in escrow, in addition to all accrued interest to date. In addition, the applicable borrowings for each Pending Acquisition are subject to mandatory redemption, at par, if the acquisitions are not consummated by May 11, 2015, in the case of the EquiPower Acquisition, and August 24, 2015, in the case of the Duke Midwest Acquisition. Please read Note 11—Debt for further discussion.

Financial Covenants

Credit Agreement. On April 23, 2013, we entered into the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement contains customary events of default and affirmative and negative covenants, subject to certain specified exceptions, including a financial covenant specifying required thresholds for our senior secured leverage ratio calculated on a rolling four quarters basis. Under the Credit Agreement, if Dynegy uses 25 percent or more of its Revolving Facility, Dynegy must be in compliance with the following ratios for the respective periods:



Compliance Period		Consolidated Senior Secured Net Debt to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (1)
September 30, 2013 through December 31, 2013		5.00: 1.00
March 31, 2014 through December 31, 2014		4.00: 1.00
March 31, 2015 through December 31, 2015		4.75: 1.00
March 31, 2016 through December 31, 2016		3.75: 1.00
March 31, 2017 and Thereafter		3.00: 1.00

__________________________________________

(1) For purposes of calculating Net Debt, as defined within the Credit Agreement, we may only apply a maximum of $150 million in cash to our outstanding secured debt.

Our revolver usage at December 31, 2014 was 26 percent of the aggregate revolver commitment due to outstanding letters of credit; therefore, we were required to test the covenant. Based on the calculation outlined in the Credit Agreement, we are in compliance at December 31, 2014.

Genco Senior Notes. On December 2, 2013, in connection with the AER Acquisition, Genco Senior Notes remained outstanding as an obligation of Genco, a subsidiary of IPH. Genco’s indenture includes provisions that require Genco to maintain certain interest coverage and debt-to-capital ratios in order for Genco to pay dividends, to make principal or interest payments on subordinated borrowings, to make loans to or investments in affiliates or to incur additional external, third-party indebtedness.

The following table summarizes these required ratios:



		Required Ratio
Restricted payment interest coverage ratio (1)		≥1.75
Additional indebtedness interest coverage ratio (2)		≥2.50
Additional indebtedness debt-to-capital ratio (2)		≤60%

__________________________________________


(1)	As of the date of a restricted payment, as defined, the minimum ratio must have been achieved for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters and projected by management to be achieved for each of the subsequent four six-month periods.


(2)	Ratios must be computed on a pro forma basis considering the additional indebtedness to be incurred and the related interest expense. Other borrowings from third-party external sources are included in the definition of indebtedness and are subject to these incurrence tests.

Based on December 31, 2014 calculations, Genco’s interest coverage ratios are less than the minimum ratios required for Genco to pay dividends and borrow additional funds from external, third-party sources.

Please read Note 11—Debt for further discussion.

Table of Contents

Dividends. We have paid no cash dividends on our common stock and have no current intention of doing so. Any future determinations to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors, subject to applicable limitations under Delaware law, and will be dependent upon our results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors.

On January 15, 2015, our Board of Directors declared a dividend on our Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock of $1.64 per share, or approximately $7 million in the aggregate. The dividend is for the initial dividend period beginning on October 14, 2014 and ending on January 31, 2015. Such dividends were paid on February 2, 2015 to stockholders of record as of January 15, 2015.

Credit Ratings

Our credit rating status is currently “non-investment grade” and our current ratings are as follows:



	Moody’s	S&P
Dynegy Inc.:
Corporate Family Rating	B2	B+
Senior Secured	Ba3	BB
Senior Unsecured	B3	B+
Genco:
Senior Unsecured	B3	CCC+

Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

We have incurred various contractual obligations and financial commitments in the normal course of our operations and financing activities. Contractual obligations include future cash payments required under existing contractual arrangements, such as debt and lease agreements. These obligations may result from both general financing activities and from commercial arrangements that are directly supported by related revenue-producing activities.

The following table summarizes the contractual obligations of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014. Cash obligations reflected are not discounted and do not include accretion or dividends.



	Expiration by Period
(amounts in millions)	Total		Less than 1 Year		1 - 3 Years		3 - 5 Years		More than 5 Years
Long-term debt (including current portion)	$	7,236	$	31	$	16	$	2,416	$	4,773
Interest payments on debt	3,753		520		1,041		967		1,225
Coal commitments	1,127		346		401		249		131
Coal transportation	530		116		112		100		202
Operating leases	36		14		7		7		8
Gas transportation	118		39		31		32		16
Interconnection obligation	13		1		2		2		8
Contractual service agreements (1)	212		31		80		70		31
Pension funding obligations	167		3		2		34		128
Other obligations	52		28		3		6		15
Total contractual obligations	$	13,244	$	1,129	$	1,695	$	3,883	$	6,537

__________________________________________


(1)	The table above includes projected payments through 2026 assuming the contracts remain in full force and effect; however, we currently estimate these agreements will be in effect for a period of 15 or more years. Our minimum obligation related to these agreements is limited to the termination payments.

Long-Term Debt (including Current Portion). Long-term debt includes amounts related to the Notes, the Senior Notes, the Credit Agreement, the Genco Senior Notes and the Emissions Repurchase Agreements. Amounts do not include unamortized discounts. Under our escrow agreement related to the issuance of the Notes, the applicable borrowings for each of the Pending Acquisitions are subject to mandatory redemption, at par, if the acquisitions are not consummated by May 11, 2015, in the case of the EquiPower Acquisition, and August 24, 2015, in the case of the Duke Midwest Acquisition. Please read Note 11—Debt for further discussion.

Table of Contents

Interest Payments on Debt. Interest payments on debt represent estimated periodic interest payment obligations associated with the Notes, the Senior Notes, the Credit Agreement, the Genco Senior Notes and the Emissions Repurchase Agreements. Amounts include the impact of interest rate swap agreements. Please read Note 11—Debt for further discussion.

Coal Commitments. At December 31, 2014, our subsidiaries had contracts in place to purchase coal for various generation facilities. The amounts in the table reflect our minimum purchase obligations. To the extent forecasted volumes have not been priced but are subject to a price collar structure, the obligations have been calculated using the minimum purchase price of the collar.

Coal Transportation. At December 31, 2014, we had long-term coal transportation contracts in place. We also had long-term rail car leases in place. The amounts included in Coal transportation reflect our minimum purchase obligations based on the terms of the contracts.

Operating Leases. Operating leases include minimum lease payment obligations associated with office space and office equipment leases. Also included in operating leases are two charter agreements previously utilized in our former global liquids business. The aggregate minimum base commitment of the charter agreements is approximately $11 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Gas Transportation. Gas transportation includes fixed transport capacity obligations associated with fuel procurement for our Gas plants.

Interconnection Obligation. Interconnection obligation represents an obligation with respect to interconnection services for the Ontelaunee facility. This agreement expires in 2027. The obligation under this agreement is approximately $1 million per year through the term of the contract.

Contractual Service Agreements. Contractual service agreements represent obligations with respect to long-term plant maintenance agreements. We currently estimate these agreements will be in effect for a period of 15 or more years. Either party can terminate the agreements based on certain events as specified in the contracts. The table above includes our current estimate of payments under the contracts through 2026 based on anticipated timing of outages and are subject to change as outage dates move. As of December 31, 2014, our minimum obligation with respect to these agreements is limited to the termination payments, which are approximately $161 million and $217 million in the event all contracts are terminated by us or the counterparty, respectively. Please read Note 15—Commitments and Contingencies—Other Commitments and Contingencies for further discussion.

Pension Funding Obligations. Amounts include our minimum required contributions to our defined benefit pension plans through 2024 as determined by our actuary and are subject to change based on actual results of the plan. We may elect to make voluntary contributions in 2015 which would decrease future funding obligations. Please read Note 17—Employee Compensation, Savings, Pension and Other Post-Employment Benefit Plans for further discussion.

Other Obligations. Other obligations primarily include the following items:


•	Obligations of $22 million related to a capital parts agreement for uprate equipment at our Kendall facility;


•	Obligations of $15 million related to demolition and restoration of our retired power generation facilities;


•	Obligations of $5 million related to information technology-related contracts;


•	Obligations of $4 million for harbor support and utility work in connection with Moss Landing;


•	Obligations of $4 million under a facilities service agreement to maintain transmission system stability in connection with our Coffeen facility;


•	Obligations of $1 million primarily for a water supply agreement and other contracts for our Ontelaunee facility; and


•	Obligations of $1 million for a capital lease agreement for coal scraper at our Havana facility.

Commitments and Contingencies

Please read Note 15—Commitments and Contingencies, which is incorporated herein by reference, for further discussion of our material commitments and contingencies.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We had no off-balance sheet arrangements at December 31, 2014.

Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview and Discussion of Comparability of Results. In this section, we discuss our results of operations, both on a consolidated basis and, where appropriate, by segment, for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the 2012 Successor Period and the 2012 Predecessor Period. At the end of this section, we have included our business outlook for each segment.

We report the results of our power generation business primarily as three separate segments in our consolidated financial statements: (i) Coal, (ii) IPH and (iii) Gas. In connection with our emergence from bankruptcy, we deconsolidated the DNE Debtor Entities, which constituted our previously reported DNE segment, and began accounting for our investment in the DNE Debtor Entities using the cost method. Accordingly, we have reclassified the results of the previously reported DNE segment as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. Subsequent to our emergence from bankruptcy, management does not consider general and administrative expense when evaluating the performance of our Coal, IPH and Gas segments, but instead evaluates general and administrative expense on an enterprise-wide basis. Accordingly, we have recast our segments to present general and administrative expense in Other for all periods presented.

On December 2, 2013, we completed the AER Acquisition. Therefore, the results of our IPH segment are included in our 2013 consolidated results for the period of December 2, 2013 through December 31, 2013. Please read Note 3—Merger and Acquisitions—AER Transaction Agreement for further discussion.

We applied fresh-start accounting as of the Plan Effective Date. Fresh-start accounting requires us to allocate the reorganization value to our assets and liabilities in a manner similar to the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations. Under the provisions of fresh-start accounting, a new entity has been created for financial reporting purposes. As such, our financial information for the Successor is presented on a basis different from, and is therefore not comparable to, our financial information for the Predecessor for the period ended and as of October 1, 2012 or for prior periods. Please read Note 20—Emergence from Bankruptcy and Fresh-Start Accounting for further discussion.

For financial reporting purposes, close of business on October 1, 2012, represents the date of our emergence from bankruptcy. As used herein, the following terms refer to the Company and its operations:



“Predecessor”		The Company, pre-emergence from bankruptcy
“2012 Predecessor Period”		The Company’s operations, January 1, 2012 — October 1, 2012

“Successor”		The Company, post-emergence from bankruptcy
“2012 Successor Period”		The Company’s operations, October 2, 2012 — December 31, 2012

On June 5, 2012, we reacquired DMG through the DMG Acquisition. Therefore, the results of our Coal segment (including DMG) are included in our 2012 consolidated results for the period of June 6, 2012 through December 31, 2012.

Non-GAAP Performance Measures. In analyzing and planning for our business, we supplement our use of GAAP financial measures with non-GAAP financial measures, including earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) and Adjusted EBITDA. These non-GAAP financial measures reflect an additional way of viewing aspects of our business that, when viewed with our Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) results and the accompanying reconciliations to corresponding GAAP financial measures included in the tables below, may provide a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our business. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be relied upon to the exclusion of GAAP financial measures and are by definition an incomplete understanding of Dynegy and must be considered in conjunction with GAAP measures.

We believe that the historical non-GAAP measures disclosed in our filings are only useful as an additional tool to help management and investors make informed decisions about our financial and operating performance. By definition, non-GAAP measures do not give a full understanding of Dynegy; therefore, to be truly valuable, they must be used in conjunction with the comparable GAAP measures. In addition, non-GAAP financial measures are not standardized; therefore, it may not be possible to compare these financial measures with other companies’ non-GAAP financial measures having the same or similar names. We strongly encourage investors to review our consolidated financial statements and publicly filed reports in their entirety and not rely on any single financial measure.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA. We define EBITDA as earnings (loss) before interest expense, income tax expense (benefit) and depreciation and amortization expense. We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA adjusted to exclude (i) gains or losses on the sale of certain assets, (ii) the impacts of mark-to-market changes on derivatives related to our generation portfolio, as well as interest rate swaps and warrants, (iii) the impact of impairment charges and certain other costs such as those associated with acquisitions, internal reorganization and bankruptcy proceedings, (iv) income or loss associated with discontinued operations, (v) income or expense on up front premiums received or paid for financial options in periods other than the strike periods and (vi)

Table of Contents

income or loss attributable to noncontrolling interest. Adjusted EBITDA includes the Adjusted EBITDA for Legacy Dynegy for the periods prior to the Merger.

We believe EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide meaningful representations of our operating performance. We consider EBITDA as another way to measure financial performance on an ongoing basis. Adjusted EBITDA is meant to reflect the operating performance of our entire power generation fleet for the period presented; consequently, it excludes the impact of mark-to-market accounting, impairment charges, gains and losses on sales of assets, and other items that could be considered “non-operating” or “non-core” in nature. Because EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are financial measures that management uses to allocate resources, determine our ability to fund capital expenditures, assess performance against our peers and evaluate overall financial performance, we believe they provide useful information for our investors. In addition, many analysts, fund managers and other stakeholders that communicate with us typically request our financial results in an EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA format.

As prescribed by the SEC, when EBITDA or Adjusted EBITDA is discussed in reference to performance on a consolidated basis, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is Net income (loss). Management does not analyze interest expense and income taxes on a segment level; therefore, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure to EBITDA or Adjusted EBITDA when performance is discussed on a segment level is Operating income (loss).

Table of Contents

Consolidated Summary Financial Information—Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2013

The following table provides summary financial data regarding our consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013, respectively:



	Year Ended December 31,						Favorable (Unfavorable) $ Change			Favorable (Unfavorable) % Change
(amounts in millions)	2014			2013			Favorable (Unfavorable) $ Change			Favorable (Unfavorable) % Change
Revenues	$	2,497		$	1,466		$	1,031		70	%
Cost of sales, excluding depreciation expense	(1,661		)	(1,145		)	(516		)	(45	)%
Gross margin	836			321			515			160	%
Operating and maintenance expense	(477		)	(308		)	(169		)	(55	)%
Depreciation expense	(247		)	(216		)	(31		)	(14	)%
Gain on sale of assets, net	18			2			16			NM
General and administrative expense	(114		)	(97		)	(17		)	(18	)%
Acquisition and integration costs	(35		)	(20		)	(15		)	(75	)%
Operating loss	(19		)	(318		)	299			94	%
Bankruptcy reorganization items, net	3			(1		)	4			NM
Earnings from unconsolidated investments	10			2			8			NM
Interest expense	(223		)	(97		)	(126		)	(130	)%
Loss on extinguishment of debt	—			(11		)	11			100	%
Other income and expense, net	(39		)	8			(47		)	NM
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes	(268		)	(417		)	149			36	%
Income tax benefit	1			58			(57		)	(98	)%
Loss from continuing operations	(267		)	(359		)	92			26	%
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax	—			3			(3		)	(100	)%
Net loss	(267		)	(356		)	89			25	%
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest	6			—			6			NM
Net loss attributable to Dynegy Inc.	$	(273	)	$	(356	)	$	83		23	%

The following tables provide summary financial data regarding our operating income (loss) by segment for the year ended December 31, 2014 and the year ended December 31, 2013, respectively:



	Year Ended December 31, 2014
(amounts in millions)	Coal			IPH			Gas			Other			Total
Revenues	$	605		$	846		$	1,058		$	(12	)	$	2,497
Cost of sales, excluding depreciation expense	(346		)	(596		)	(719		)	—			(1,661		)
Gross margin	259			250			339			(12		)	836
Operating and maintenance expense	(156		)	(199		)	(123		)	1			(477		)
Depreciation expense	(51		)	(37		)	(155		)	(4		)	(247		)
Gain on sale of assets, net	—			—			18			—			18
General and administrative expense	—			—			—			(114		)	(114		)
Acquisition and integration costs (1)	—			(16		)	—			(19		)	(35		)
Operating income (loss)	$	52		$	(2	)	$	79		$	(148	)	$	(19	)

__________________________________________


(1)	Relates to costs associated with the AER Acquisition and the Pending Acquisitions. Please read Note 3—Merger and Acquisitions for further discussion.

Table of Contents



	Year Ended December 31, 2013
(amounts in millions)	Coal			IPH			Gas			Other			Total
Revenues	$	467		$	67		$	932		$	—		$	1,466
Cost of sales, excluding depreciation expense	(459		)	(46		)	(640		)	—			(1,145		)
Gross margin	8			21			292			—			321
Operating and maintenance expense	(167		)	(15		)	(125		)	(1		)	(308		)
Depreciation expense	(50		)	(3		)	(160		)	(3		)	(216		)
Gain on sale of assets, net	2			—			—			—			2
General and administrative expense	—			—			—			(97		)	(97		)
Acquisition and integration costs (1)	—			(20		)	—			—			(20		)
Operating income (loss)	$	(207	)	$	(17	)	$	7		$	(101	)	$	(318	)

__________________________________________


(1)	Relates to costs associated with the AER Acquisition. Please read Note 3—Merger and Acquisitions for further discussion.

Discussion of Consolidated Results of Operations

Revenues. Revenues increased by $1.031 billion from $1.466 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $2.497 billion for the year ended December 31, 2014. IPH segment revenues increased $779 million on 25.1 million MWh of power generation for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 2.4 million MWh for the year ended December 31, 2013 primarily due to the AER Acquisition. Coal segment revenues increased by $138 million driven largely by higher realized energy prices in 2014 and higher revenues associated with derivative instruments. Gas segment revenues increased by $126 million driven largely by higher spark spreads and generation volumes primarily at Independence, Ontelaunee and Casco Bay in 2014, partially offset by a decrease in revenue associated with the Moss Landing toll and the expiration of an Independence capacity contract.

Cost of Sales. Cost of sales increased by $516 million from $1.145 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $1.661 billion for the year ended December 31, 2014. IPH segment cost of sales increased by $550 million primarily due to the AER Acquisition. Gas segment cost of sales increased by $79 million primarily driven by higher natural gas pricing and volumes in 2014. Coal segment cost of sales decreased by $113 million primarily due to lower amortization costs associated with rail transportation contracts recorded in connection with the application of fresh-start accounting and lower coal fuel costs primarily due to lower generation volumes, partially offset by higher coal transportation costs due to a contracted price increase.

Operating and Maintenance Expense. Operating and maintenance expense increased by $169 million from $308 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $477 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was due to an increase in IPH segment costs of $184 million primarily due to the AER Acquisition. The increase was partially offset by $11 million in lower Coal segment costs primarily due to $4 million in lower maintenance costs as the result of fewer planned outages during 2014 and $4 million in strike contingency costs during the year ended December 31, 2013 not repeated in 2014.

Depreciation Expense. Depreciation expense increased by $31 million from $216 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $247 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily related to a $34 million increase in the IPH segment as a result of the AER Acquisition.

Gain on Sale of Assets. Gain on sale of assets increased by $16 million from $2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $18 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily due to the sale of our 50 percent interest in Nevada Cogeneration Associates #2, a partnership that owns Black Mountain. Please read Note 22—Dispositions and Discontinued Operations for further discussion.

General and Administrative Expense. General and administrative expense increased by $17 million from $97 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $114 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was due to $13 million in higher general corporate support primarily related to the AER Acquisition as well as a $4 million release of legal reserves in 2013 related to settled legal matters with no such activity in 2014.

Acquisition and Integration Costs. Acquisition and integration costs increased by $15 million from $20 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $35 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily due to costs of $19 million associated with the Pending Acquisitions, partially offset by $4 million in lower costs related to the integration of the AER Acquisition.

Table of Contents

Earnings from Unconsolidated Investments. Earnings from unconsolidated investments increased by $8 million from $2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $10 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily due to cash distributions received from Black Mountain. Please read Note 22—Dispositions and Discontinued Operations for further discussion.

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased by $126 million from $97 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $223 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily due to $66 million in interest related to the Notes issued in 2014, $54 million in interest related to the Genco Senior Notes as a result of the AER Acquisition and $9 million in mark-to-market losses on interest rate swaps, partially offset by a $7 million increase in capitalized interest. Please read Note 11—Debt for further discussion.

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt. During the year ended December 31, 2013, loss on extinguishment of debt totaled $11 million. The loss was incurred in connection with the termination of the DPC and DMG credit agreements and the Term Loan B-1. The amount is comprised of (i) a prepayment penalty of approximately $59 million, (ii) $2 million for the accelerated amortization of the discount on the Term Loan B-1 and (iii) $6 million in accelerated amortization of debt issuance costs related to the DPC Revolving Credit Facility and the Term Loan B-1, offset by (iv) $56 million in non-cash gains for the accelerated amortization of the remaining premium related to the DPC and DMG credit agreements.

Other Income and Expense, Net. Other income and expense, net decreased by $47 million from income of $8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to expense of $39 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease was primarily due to a $40 million change in the fair value of our common stock warrants and the receipt of $8 million in insurance proceeds during the year ended December 31, 2013 with no such activity in the year ended December 31, 2014.

Income Tax Benefit. We reported an income tax benefit of $1 million and $58 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were zero percent and 14 percent, respectively.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the difference between the effective rate of zero percent and the statutory rate of 35 percent resulted primarily due to a change in our valuation allowance. As of December 31, 2014, we do not believe we will produce sufficient future taxable income, nor are there tax strategies available, to realize our net deferred tax assets not otherwise realized by reversing existing taxable temporary differences.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, the difference between the effective rate of 14 percent and the statutory rate of 35 percent resulted primarily due to a change in our valuation allowance. During 2013, we recognized a tax benefit of $32 million in continuing operations for pre-tax income from components other than continuing operations that resulted in a reduction of the valuation allowance. In addition, a tax benefit of $35 million was also recognized in continuing operations that resulted from the tax impact of the AER Acquisition which also reduced our valuation allowance. The benefit of these valuation allowance adjustments was partially offset by $9 million of tax expense associated with current federal and state taxes. Please read Note 13—Income Taxes for further discussion.

Income from Discontinued Operations. During the year ended December 31, 2013, income from discontinued operations was $3 million. Income from discontinued operations primarily consisted of a $7 million DNE pension curtailment gain due to the termination of a majority of the Danskammer employees and closing the Roseton sale, partially offset by a $2 million loss related to legacy capacity contracts executed with the Roseton facility which terminated upon the sale of the facility and $2 million in tax expense. There was no similar activity during the year ended December 31, 2014. Please read Note 22—Dispositions and Discontinued Operations for further discussion.

Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interest. For the year ended December 31, 2014, net income attributable to noncontrolling interest was $6 million related to the minority shareholder’s 20 percent interest in EEI.

Table of Contents

Discussion of Adjusted EBITDA

The following table provides summary financial data regarding our Adjusted EBITDA by segment for the year ended December 31, 2014:



	Year Ended December 31, 2014
(amounts in millions)	Coal			IPH			Gas			Other			Total
Net loss attributable to Dynegy Inc.													$	(273	)
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest													6
Income tax benefit													(1		)
Bankruptcy reorganization items, net													(3		)
Interest expense													223
Earnings from unconsolidated investments													(10		)
Other items, net													39
Operating income (loss)	$	52		$	(2	)	$	79		$	(148	)	$	(19	)
Depreciation expense	51			37			155			4			247
Bankruptcy reorganization items, net	—			—			—			3			3
Amortization expense	(6		)	(7		)	63			—			50
Earnings from unconsolidated investments	—			—			10			—			10
Other items, net	—			—			—			(39		)	(39		)
EBITDA	97			28			307			(180		)	252
Bankruptcy reorganization items, net	—			—			—			(3		)	(3		)
Acquisition and integration costs	—			16			—			19			35
Mark-to-market (income) loss, net	(44		)	38			22			12			28
Change in fair value of common stock warrants	—			—			—			40			40
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest	—			(6		)	—			—			(6		)
Gain on sale of assets, net	—			—			(18		)	—			(18		)
Other	9			7			—			3			19
Adjusted EBITDA	$	62		$	83		$	311		$	(109	)	$	347

Table of Contents

The following table provides summary financial data regarding our Adjusted EBITDA by segment for the year ended December 31, 2013:



	Year Ended December 31, 2013
(amounts in millions)	Coal			IPH			Gas		Other			Total
Net loss attributable to Dynegy Inc.												$	(356	)
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax												(3		)
Income tax benefit												(58		)
Bankruptcy reorganization items, net												1
Interest expense												97
Loss on extinguishment of debt												11
Earnings from unconsolidated investments												(2		)
Other items, net												(8		)
Operating income (loss)	$	(207	)	$	(17	)	$	7	$	(101	)	$	(318	)
Depreciation expense	50			3			160		3			216
Bankruptcy reorganization items, net	—			—			—		(1		)	(1		)
Amortization expense	126			(2		)	127		—			251
Earnings from unconsolidated investments	—			—			2		—			2
Other items, net	—			—			2		6			8
EBITDA	(31		)	(16		)	298		(93		)	158
Bankruptcy reorganization items, net	—			—			—		1			1
Acquisition and integration costs	—			20			—		—			20
Mark-to-market loss, net	25			8			4		—			37
Change in fair value of common stock warrants	—			—			—		1			1
Other	2			—			—		8			10
Adjusted EBITDA	$	(4	)	$	12		$	302	$	(83	)	$	227

Adjusted EBITDA increased by $120 million from $227 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $347 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase is primarily due to the addition of our IPH segment on December 2, 2013, improved realized power prices in our Coal segment and increased spark spreads and generation volumes in our Gas segment. Please read Discussion of Segment Adjusted EBITDA for further information.

Table of Contents

Discussion of Segment Adjusted EBITDA

Coal Segment

The following table provides summary financial data regarding our Coal segment results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively:



	Year Ended December 31,						Favorable (Unfavorable) $ Change			Favorable (Unfavorable) % Change
(dollars in millions, except for price information)	2014			2013			Favorable (Unfavorable) $ Change			Favorable (Unfavorable) % Change
Operating Revenues
Energy	$	638		$	519		$	119		23	%
Capacity	5			4			1			25	%
Mark-to-market gain (loss), net	44			(25		)	69			NM
Other (1)	(82		)	(31		)	(51		)	(165	)%
Total operating revenues	605			467			138			30	%
Operating Costs
Cost of sales	(352		)	(333		)	(19		)	(6	)%
Contract amortization	6			(126		)	132			105	%
Total operating costs	(346		)	(459		)	113			25	%
Gross margin	259			8			251			NM
Operating and maintenance expense	(156		)	(167		)	11			7	%
Depreciation expense	(51		)	(50		)	(1		)	(2	)%
Gain on sale of assets, net	—			2			(2		)	(100	)%
Operating income (loss)	52			(207		)	259			125	%
Depreciation expense	51			50			1			2	%
Amortization expense	(6		)	126			(132		)	(105	)%
EBITDA	97			(31		)	128			NM
Mark-to-market (gain) loss, net	(44		)	25			(69		)	NM
Other	9			2			7			NM
Adjusted EBITDA	$	62		$	(4	)	$	66		NM

Million Megawatt Hours Generated	19.0			20.4			(1.4		)	(7	)%
IMA for Coal-Fired Facilities (2)	88		%	89		%
Average Capacity Factor for Coal-Fired Facilities (3)	73		%	78		%
Average Quoted Market Power Prices ($/MWh) (4):
On-Peak: Indiana (Indy Hub)	$	48.28		$	38.01		$	10.27		27	%
Off-Peak: Indiana (Indy Hub)	$	32.52		$	27.49		$	5.03		18	%

________________________________________

(1) For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, Other includes ($86) million and ($31) million in financial settlements, $3 million and $4 million in ancillary services and $1 million and ($4) million in other miscellaneous items.


(2)	IMA is an internal measurement calculation that reflects the percentage of generation available during periods when market prices are such that these units could be profitably dispatched. The calculation excludes certain events outside of management control such as weather related issues.

(3) Reflects actual production as a percentage of available capacity.

(4) Reflects the average of day-ahead quoted prices for the periods presented and does not necessarily reflect prices we realized.

Operating income for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $52 million compared to an operating loss of $207 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Adjusted EBITDA was $62 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to a loss of $4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The $66 million increase in Adjusted EBITDA resulted primarily from higher realized energy prices and lower operating and maintenance expense in 2014 due to fewer planned outages and strike

Table of Contents

contingency costs in 2013, which more than offset lower generation volumes and higher delivered coal costs due to a contracted price increase.

Table of Contents

IPH Segment

The following table provides summary financial data regarding our IPH segment results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. As a result of the AER Acquisition, 2013 results only include activity for the period December 2, 2013 through December 31, 2013.



	Year Ended December 31,						Favorable (Unfavorable) $ Change			Favorable (Unfavorable) % Change
(dollars in millions, except for price information)	2014			2013			Favorable (Unfavorable) $ Change			Favorable (Unfavorable) % Change
Operating Revenues
Energy	$	856		$	65		$	791		*
Capacity	44			1			43			*
Mark-to-market loss, net	(38		)	(8		)	(30		)	*
Contract amortization	(40		)	(3		)	(37		)	*
Other (1)	24			12			12			*
Total operating revenues	846			67			779			*
Operating Costs
Cost of sales	(643		)	(51		)	(592		)	*
Contract amortization	47			5			42			*
Total operating costs	(596		)	(46		)	(550		)	*
Gross margin	250			21			229			*
Operating and maintenance expense	(199		)	(15		)	(184		)	*
Depreciation expense	(37		)	(3		)	(34		)	*
Acquisition and integration costs	(16		)	(20		)	4			*
Operating loss	(2		)	(17		)	15			*
Depreciation expense	37			3			34			*
Amortization expense	(7		)	(2		)	(5		)	*
EBITDA	28			(16		)	44			*
Mark-to-market loss, net	38			8			30			*
Acquisition and integration costs	16			20			(4		)	*
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest	(6		)	—			(6		)	*
Other	7			—			7			*
Adjusted EBITDA	$	83		$	12		$	71		*

Million Megawatt Hours Generated (2)	25.1			2.4			*			*
IMA for IPH Facilities (3)	89		%	90		%
Average Capacity Factor for IPH Facilities (4)	68		%	75		%
Average Quoted Market Power Prices ($/MWh) (5):
On-Peak: Indiana (Indy Hub)	$	48.28		$	40.32		*			*
Off-Peak: Indiana (Indy Hub)	$	32.52		$	30.82		*			*

________________________________________


*	Not meaningful due to only one month of activity for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to a full year of activity for the year ended December 31, 2014.


(1)	For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, Other includes $28 million and $5 million in financial settlements, ($7) million and ($1) million in ancillary services and $3 million and $8 million in other miscellaneous items.


(2)	Reflects production volumes in million MWh generated during the period IPH was included in our consolidated results.


(3)	Reflects the percentage of generation available during the period IPH was included in our consolidated results.


(4)	Reflects actual production as a percentage of available capacity during the period IPH was included in our consolidated results.

Table of Contents


(5)	Reflects the average of day-ahead quoted prices for the period IPH was included in our consolidated results and does not necessarily reflect prices we realized.

Operating loss for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $2 million compared to $17 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Adjusted EBITDA was $83 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $12 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The $71 million increase was primarily due to the inclusion of a full year of results for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to one month of results for the year ended December 31, 2013. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the capacity factor was 68 percent primarily due to unplanned outages at our Coffeen and Newton facilities. IPH also benefited from retail sales of 14.6 million MWh into both MISO and PJM.

Table of Contents

Gas Segment

The following table provides summary financial data regarding our Gas segment results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively:



	Year Ended December 31,						Favorable (Unfavorable) $ Change			Favorable (Unfavorable) % Change
(dollars in millions, except for price information)	2014			2013			Favorable (Unfavorable) $ Change			Favorable (Unfavorable) % Change
Operating Revenues
Energy	$	888		$	649		$	239		37	%
Capacity	246			237			9			4	%
Mark-to-market loss, net	(22		)	(4		)	(18		)	NM
Contract amortization	(71		)	(135		)	64			47	%
Other (1)	17			185			(168		)	(91	)%
Total operating revenues	1,058			932			126			14	%
Operating Costs
Cost of sales	(727		)	(648		)	(79		)	(12	)%
Contract amortization	8			8			—			—	%
Total operating costs	(719		)	(640		)	(79		)	(12	)%
Gross margin	339			292			47			16	%
Operating and maintenance expense	(123		)	(125		)	2			2	%
Depreciation expense	(155		)	(160		)	5			3	%
Gain on sale of assets	18			—			18			NM
Operating income	79			7			72			NM
Depreciation expense	155			160			(5		)	(3	)%
Amortization expense	63			127			(64		)	(50	)%
Earnings from unconsolidated investments	10			2			8			NM
Other items, net	—			2			(2		)	(100	)%
EBITDA	307			298			9			3	%
Mark-to-market loss, net	22			4			18			NM
Gain on sale of assets	(18		)	—			(18		)	NM
Adjusted EBITDA	$	311		$	302		$	9		3	%

Million Megawatt Hours Generated (2)	17.1			16.2			0.9			6	%
IMA for Combined Cycle Facilities (3)	99		%	97		%
Average Capacity Factor for Combined Cycle Facilities (4)	45		%	43		%
Average Market On-Peak Spark Spreads ($/MWh) (5)
Commonwealth Edison (NI Hub)	$	11.60		$	11.38		$	0.22		2	%
PJM West	$	26.82		$	17.65		$	9.17		52	%
North of Path (NP 15)	$	17.18		$	16.21		$	0.97		6	%
New York - Zone A	$	34.64		$	20.12		$	14.52		72	%
Mass Hub	$	20.08		$	16.35		$	3.73		23	%
Average Market Off-Peak Spark Spreads ($/MWh) (5)
Commonwealth Edison (NI Hub)	$	(8.26	)	$	(0.13	)	$	(8.13	)	NM
PJM West	$	4.97		$	4.99		$	(0.02	)	—	%
North of Path (NP 15)	$	7.30		$	8.46		$	(1.16	)	(14	)%
New York - Zone A	$	14.09		$	7.49		$	6.60		88	%
Mass Hub	$	(2.31	)	$	(0.16	)	$	(2.15	)	NM
Average natural gas price—Henry Hub ($/MMBtu) (6)	$	4.34		$	3.72		$	0.62		17	%

__________________________________________


(1)	For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, Other includes ($95) million and ($43) million in financial settlements, $59 million and $89 million in natural gas sales, $33 million and $30 million in ancillary services, $14 million and $96 million in tolls and $6 million and $13 million in RMR, option premiums and other miscellaneous items.


(2)	The year ended December 31, 2013 includes our ownership percentage in the MWh generated by our investment in the Black Mountain power generation facility. The year ended December 31, 2014 includes our ownership percentage in

Table of Contents

the MWh generated through June 27, 2014 when we completed the sale of our 50 percent partnership interest in Black Mountain. Please read Note 22—Dispositions and Discontinued Operations for further discussion.


(3)	Reflects the percentage of generation available when market prices are such that these units could be profitably dispatched.


(4)	Reflects actual production as a percentage of available capacity.


(5)	Reflects the simple average of the applicable on- and off-peak spark spreads available to a 7.0 MMBtu/MWh heat rate generator selling power at day-ahead prices and buying delivered natural gas at a daily cash market price and does not reflect spark spreads available to us.


(6)	Reflects the average of daily quoted prices for the periods presented and does not reflect costs incurred by us.

Operating income for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $79 million compared to $7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Adjusted EBITDA totaled $311 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $302 million during the same period in 2013. The $9 million increase in Adjusted EBITDA primarily resulted from higher energy margin due to increased generation and higher spark spreads primarily at Independence and Ontelaunee and higher capacity revenue at Kendall. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in revenues related to the Moss Landing toll and the expiration of the Independence capacity contract in October 2014.

Table of Contents

Consolidated Summary Financial Information—Year Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 Successor Period and 2012 Predecessor Period

The following table provides summary financial data regarding our consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013, the 2012 Successor Period and the 2012 Predecessor Period, respectively:



	Successor						Predecessor
(amounts in millions)	Year Ended December 31, 2013			October 2 Through December 31, 2012			January 1 Through October 1, 2012
Revenues	$	1,466		$	312		$	981
Cost of sales, excluding depreciation expense	(1,145		)	(268		)	(662		)
Gross margin	321			44			319
Operating and maintenance expense	(308		)	(81		)	(148		)
Depreciation expense	(216		)	(45		)	(110		)
Gain on sale of assets, net	2			—			—
General and administrative expense	(97		)	(22		)	(56		)
Acquisition and integration costs	(20		)	—			—
Operating income (loss)	(318		)	(104		)	5
Bankruptcy reorganization items, net	(1		)	(3		)	1,037
Earnings from unconsolidated investments	2			2			—
Interest expense	(97		)	(16		)	(120		)
Loss on extinguishment of debt	(11		)	—			—
Impairment of Undertaking receivable, affiliate	—			—			(832		)
Other income and expense, net	8			8			31
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes	(417		)	(113		)	121
Income tax benefit	58			—			9
Income (loss) from continuing operations	(359		)	(113		)	130
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax	3			6			(162		)
Net loss	(356		)	(107		)	(32		)
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest	—			—			—
Net loss attributable to Dynegy Inc.	$	(356	)	$	(107	)	$	(32	)

The following tables provide summary financial data regarding our operating income (loss) by segment for the year ended December 31, 2013, the 2012 Successor Period and the 2012 Predecessor Period, respectively:



	Successor
	Year Ended December 31, 2013
(amounts in millions)	Coal			IPH			Gas			Other			Total
Revenues	$	467		$	67		$	932		$	—		$	1,466
Cost of sales, excluding depreciation expense	(459		)	(46		)	(640		)	—			(1,145		)
Gross margin	8			21			292			—			321
Operating and maintenance expense	(167		)	(15		)	(125		)	(1		)	(308		)
Depreciation expense	(50		)	(3		)	(160		)	(3		)	(216		)
Gain on sale of assets, net	2			—			—			—			2
General and administrative expense	—			—			—			(97		)	(97		)
Acquisition and integration costs (1)	—			(20		)	—			—			(20		)
Operating income (loss)	$	(207	)	$	(17	)	$	7		$	(101	)	$	(318	)

__________________________________________


(1)	Relates to costs associated with the AER Acquisition. Please read Note 3—Merger and Acquisitions for further discussion.

Table of Contents



	Successor
	October 2 Through December 31, 2012
(amounts in millions)	Coal			Gas			Other			Total
Revenues	$	107		$	205		$	—		$	312
Cost of sales, excluding depreciation expense	(110		)	(158		)	—			(268		)
Gross margin	(3		)	47			—			44
Operating and maintenance expense	(38		)	(42		)	(1		)	(81		)
Depreciation expense	(8		)	(36		)	(1		)	(45		)
General and administrative expense	—			—			(22		)	(22		)
Operating loss	$	(49	)	$	(31	)	$	(24	)	$	(104	)



	Predecessor
	January 1 Through October 1, 2012
(amounts in millions)	Coal			Gas			Other			Total
Revenues	$	166		$	815		$	—		$	981
Cost of sales, excluding depreciation expense	(161		)	(501		)	—			(662		)
Gross margin	5			314			—			319
Operating and maintenance expense	(55		)	(95		)	2			(148		)
Depreciation expense	(13		)	(91		)	(6		)	(110		)
General and administrative expense	—			—			(56		)	(56		)
Operating income (loss)	$	(63	)	$	128		$	(60	)	$	5

Discussion of Consolidated Results of Operations

Successor

Revenues. During the year ended December 31, 2013, revenues were $1.466 billion. Revenues for the year were primarily the result of $1.233 billion in power revenues with contributions of $519 million, $65 million and $649 million from the Coal, IPH and Gas segments, respectively. These revenues were associated with 20 million MWh, 2 million MWh and 16 million MWh of power generation during the year by the Coal, IPH and Gas segments, respectively. Also contributing to revenue was $162 million in capacity revenue, $39 million in tolling revenue, $46 million in ancillary and other revenue and $88 million in gas revenue, each primarily generated by the Gas segment. These contributions were offset by mark-to-market losses of $38 million consisting of $26 million, $8 million and $4 million in the Coal, IPH and Gas segments, respectively, as well as $64 million in negative financial settlements.

During the 2012 Successor Period, revenues were $312 million. Revenues for the period were primarily the result of $223 million in power revenues with contributions of $105 million and $118 million from the Coal and Gas segments, respectively. These revenues were associated with 5 million MWh and 4 million MWh of power generation during the period by the Coal and Gas segments, respectively. Also contributing to revenue was $31 million in capacity revenue, $11 million in tolling revenue, $8 million in ancillary and other revenue and $49 million in gas revenue, each primarily generated by the Gas segment. Additionally, revenues included $6 million and $39 million in mark-to-market gains from the Coal and Gas segments, respectively. These contributions were offset by $55 million in settlement losses due to the negative settlement of legacy put options, primarily in the Gas segment.

Cost of Sales. During the year ended December 31, 2013, cost of sales was $1.145 billion. Cost of sales for the year primarily consisted of $640 million in Gas segment fuel costs which consist primarily of natural gas purchase and transportation costs and $459 million in Coal segment fuel costs and $46 million in IPH segment fuel costs which all consist of primarily coal purchase and transportation costs.

During the 2012 Successor Period, cost of sales was $268 million. Cost of sales for the period primarily consisted of $158 million in Gas segment fuel costs, which consist primarily of natural gas purchase and transportation costs, and $110 million in Coal segment fuel costs, which consist primarily of coal purchase and transportation costs.

Operating and Maintenance Expense. During the year ended December 31, 2013, operating and maintenance expense was $308 million. Operating and maintenance expense for the period primarily consisted of labor, direct operating and maintenance costs related to our facilities, outage costs related to planned and unplanned outages and other costs, which include fuel handling

Table of Contents

and environmental costs. The Coal segment accounted for $167 million, the IPH segment accounted for $15 million, the Gas segment accounted for $125 million and Other accounted for $1 million.

During the 2012 Successor Period, operating and maintenance expense was $81 million. Operating and maintenance expense for the period primarily consisted of labor, direct operating and maintenance costs related to our facilities, outage costs related to planned and unplanned outages and other costs, which include fuel handling and environmental costs. Operating and maintenance expense for the period was $38 million for the Coal segment, $42 million for the Gas segment and $1 million in Other.

Depreciation Expense. During the year ended December 31, 2013, depreciation expense was $216 million. Depreciation expense for the period was $50 million for the Coal segment, $3 million for the IPH segment, $160 million for the Gas segment and $3 million for Other.

During the 2012 Successor Period, depreciation expense was $45 million. Depreciation expense for the period was $8 million for the Coal segment, $36 million for the Gas segment and $1 million for Other. As part of fresh-start accounting on October 1, 2012, our fixed assets were recorded at fair value and this new basis will be depreciated over the remaining useful lives.

General and Administrative Expense. During the year ended December 31, 2013, general and administrative expense was $97 million. General and administrative expense for the period primarily consisted of $72 million in labor and benefit costs, $7 million in legal and professional fees, $5 million in insurance costs, $3 million in office leases and $10 million in office expenses and other costs.

During the 2012 Successor Period, general and administrative expense was $22 million. General and administrative expense for the period primarily consisted of $16 million in labor and benefit costs, $1 million in professional service fees and $5 million in office expenses and other costs.

Acquisition and Integration Costs. During the year ended December 31, 2013, acquisition and integration costs were $20 million, which were incurred in connection with the AER Acquisition and consisted of $9 million in severance expenses, $7 million in legal and consulting fees and $4 million in other costs. Please read Note 3—Merger and Acquisitions for further discussion.

Interest Expense. During the year ended December 31, 2013, interest expense was $97 million. Interest expense primarily consisted of (i) $24 million and $15 million in interest on the DPC and DMG credit agreements, respectively, which were terminated in April 2013, (ii) $22 million in interest expenses on the Tranche B-2 Term Loan, (iii) $18 million in interest expense on the issuance of $500 million in aggregate principal amount of unsecured senior notes bearing interest at 5.875 percent (the “Senior Notes”), (iv) $5 million in interest expense on Genco’s unsecured senior notes (the “Genco Senior Notes”), (v) $7 million in mark-to-market gains on interest rate swaps, (vi) $5 million in fees related to the Revolving Facility and (vii) $1 million in interest expense on the Tranche B-1 Term Loan, which was terminated on May 20, 2013.

During the 2012 Successor Period, interest expense was $16 million. Interest expense primarily consisted of $22 million and $13 million of interest on the DPC and DMG credit agreements, respectively, partially offset by $3 million in amortization of the premium and $16 million in accelerated amortization of the premium related to the early repayment of $325 million, in aggregate, of the DPC and DMG credit agreements.

Please read Note 11—Debt for further discussion.

Other Income and Expense, Net. During the year ended December 31, 2013, other income and expense, net was an $8 million gain, which primarily consisted of insurance proceeds, partially offset by a change in the fair value of our common stock warrants issued upon emergence from bankruptcy in October 2012.

During the 2012 Successor Period, other income and expense, net was an $8 million gain due to change in the fair value of our common stock warrants issued upon emergence from bankruptcy in October 2012.

Income Tax Benefit. We reported an income tax benefit of $58 million and zero for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the 2012 Successor Period, respectively. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the 2012 Successor Period was 14 percent and zero percent, respectively.

Table of Contents

For the 2012 Successor Period, the difference between the effective rate of zero percent and the statutory rate of 35 percent resulted primarily from a valuation allowance to eliminate our net deferred tax assets partially offset by the impact of state taxes.

Please read Note 13—Income Taxes for further discussion.

Income from Discontinued Operations. During the year ended December 31, 2013, income from discontinued operations, net of tax was $3 million. Income from discontinued operations primarily consisted of a $7 million DNE pension curtailment gain due to the termination of a majority of the Danskammer employees and closing the Roseton sale, partially offset by a $2 million loss related to legacy capacity contracts executed with the Roseton facility which terminated upon the sale of the facility and $2 million in tax expense.

During the 2012 Successor Period, income from discontinued operations, net of tax was $6 million, which related to the release of a franchise tax liability related to our former midstream business on which the statute of limitations expired.

Please read Note 22—Dispositions and Discontinued Operations for further discussion.

Predecessor

Revenues. During the 2012 Predecessor Period, revenues were $981 million. Revenues for the period were primarily the result of $675 million in power revenues with contributions of $183 million and $492 million from the Coal and Gas segments, respectively. These revenues were associated with 7 million MWh and 17 million MWh of power generation during the period by the Coal and Gas segments, respectively. Also contributing to revenue was $166 million in capacity revenues primarily in the Gas segment, $117 million in mark-to-market gains in the Gas segment, partially offset by $14 million in Coal segment mark-to-market losses. Additionally, revenues include $100 million in natural gas revenue, $79 million in tolling revenues, and $34 million of ancillary and other revenue, each primarily generated by the Gas segment. These contributions were offset by negative financial settlements of $7 million for the Coal segment and $169 million for the Gas segment primarily due to legacy put options.

Cost of Sales. During the 2012 Predecessor Period, cost of sales was $662 million. Cost of sales for the period primarily consisted of $501 million in Gas segment fuel costs which consist primarily of natural gas purchase and transportation costs and $161 million in Coal segment fuel costs which consist primarily of coal commodity and transportation costs. These costs were driven by power generation during the period discussed above.

Operating and Maintenance Expense. During the 2012 Predecessor Period, operating and maintenance expense was $148 million. Operating and maintenance expense for the period primarily consisted of labor, direct operating and maintenance costs related to our facilities, outage costs related to planned and unplanned outages and other costs, which include fuel handling and environmental costs. Operating and maintenance expense for the period primarily consisted of $55 million in the Coal segment and $95 million in the Gas segment.

Depreciation Expense. During the 2012 Predecessor Period, depreciation expense was $110 million. Depreciation expense was $13 million for the Coal segment, $91 million for the Gas segment and $6 million for Other. Depreciation expense for the period primarily consisted of the allocation of the historical costs of our assets over their useful lives and was partially offset by a reduction in our AROs associated with the South Bay facility.

General and Administrative Expense. During the 2012 Predecessor Period, general and administrative expense was $56 million. General and administrative expense for the period primarily consisted of $50 million in labor and benefit costs and $6 million in legal and professional fees and other costs.

Bankruptcy Reorganization Items, net. During the 2012 Predecessor Period, bankruptcy reorganization items, net were a gain of $1.037 billion. Bankruptcy reorganization items, net consisted of a pre-tax gain of $1.197 billion related to the settlement of liabilities subject to compromise as a result of emergence from bankruptcy, a reduction of $161 million and $10 million in the estimated allowable claims related to the subordinated debt and other items, respectively, and a $17 million change in the value of the Administrative Claim. The gains were offset by $299 million in fresh-start adjustments primarily due to the adjustment of assets and liabilities to fair value as a result of the application of fresh-start accounting and $49 million related to the write-off of deferred financing costs and debt discount related to our long-term debt.

Please read Note 20—Emergence from Bankruptcy and Fresh-Start Accounting for further discussion.

Table of Contents

Interest Expense. During the 2012 Predecessor Period, interest expense was $120 million. Interest expense primarily consisted of (i) $77 million and $19 million in interest on the DPC and DMG credit agreements, respectively, (ii) $23 million in mark-to-market gains on interest rate swaps, (iii) $4 million in amortization of financing costs and (iv) $2 million in commitment and other fees, offset by $5 million in capitalized interest related to the Coal segment Consent Decree.

Impairment of Undertaking Receivable, affiliate. During the 2012 Predecessor Period, impairment of Undertaking receivable, affiliate was $832 million. As a result of entering into the Settlement Agreement, the Undertaking receivable was impaired to $418 million as of March 31, 2012, resulting in a charge of approximately $832 million. The carrying value of the Undertaking was adjusted to the value received in the DMG Acquisition plus interest payments received subsequent to March 31, 2012. The Undertaking was settled upon execution of the Settlement Agreement.

Please read Note 3—Merger and Acquisitions—DMG Transfer and DMG Acquisition for further discussion.

Other Income and Expense, net. During the 2012 Predecessor Period, other income and expense, net was a gain of $31 million. Other income and expense, net primarily consisted of $24 million of interest income on the Undertaking receivable, affiliate, a $5 million distribution received related to our retained profits interest in Plum Point and $2 million in certain insurance proceeds.

Income Tax Benefit. We reported an income tax benefit of $9 million for the 2012 Predecessor Period. The effective tax rate for the 2012 Predecessor Period was seven percent.

For the 2012 Predecessor Period, the difference between the effective rates of seven percent and the statutory rate of 35 percent resulted primarily from a valuation allowance to eliminate our net deferred tax assets partially offset by the impact of state taxes.

Loss from Discontinued Operations. During the 2012 Predecessor Period, loss from discontinued operations, net of tax was $162 million. Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax primarily related to Bankruptcy reorganization items, net, which included a $395 million charge related to the estimated claim for the rejection of the DNE Facilities Lease and $5 million in other charges, partially offset by a gain of $217 million on the settlement of the DNE lease guaranty claim and a $43 million gain on the deconsolidation of the DNE Entities. Additionally the loss from discontinued operations consisted of $22 million related to the DNE operations. Please read Note 22—Dispositions and Discontinued Operations for further discussion.

Table of Contents

Discussion of Adjusted EBITDA

The following table provides summary financial data regarding our Adjusted EBITDA by segment for the year ended December 31, 2013:



	Successor
	Year Ended December 31, 2013
(amounts in millions)	Coal			IPH			Gas		Other			Total
Net loss attributable to Dynegy Inc.												$	(356	)
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax												(3		)
Income tax benefit												(58		)
Bankruptcy reorganization items, net												1
Interest expense												97
Loss on extinguishment of debt												11
Earnings from unconsolidated investments												(2		)
Other items, net												(8		)
Operating income (loss)	$	(207	)	$	(17	)	$	7	$	(101	)	$	(318	)
Depreciation expense	50			3			160		3			216
Bankruptcy reorganization items, net	—			—			—		(1		)	(1		)
Amortization expense	126			(2		)	127		—			251
Earnings from unconsolidated investments	—			—			2		—			2
Other items, net	—			—			2		6			8
EBITDA	(31		)	(16		)	298		(93		)	158
Bankruptcy reorganization items, net	—			—			—		1			1
Acquisition and integration costs	—			20			—		—			20
Mark-to-market loss, net	25			8			4		—			37
Change in fair value of common stock warrants	—			—			—		1			1
Other	2			—			—		8			10
Adjusted EBITDA	$	(4	)	$	12		$	302	$	(83	)	$	227

Table of Contents

The following table provides summary financial data regarding our Adjusted EBITDA by segment for the year ended December 31, 2012, which includes the 2012 Successor and 2012 Predecessor periods:



	Combined (2)
	Year Ended December 31, 2012
(amounts in millions)	Coal			Gas			Other			Total
Net loss										$	(139	)
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax										156
Income tax benefit										(9		)
Impairment of Undertaking receivable, affiliate										832
Bankruptcy reorganization items, net										(1,034		)
Interest expense										136
Earnings from unconsolidated investments										(2		)
Other items, net										(39		)
Operating income (loss)	$	(112	)	$	97		$	(84	)	$	(99	)
Impairment of Undertaking receivable, affiliate	—			—			(832		)	(832		)
Bankruptcy reorganization items, net	—			—			1,034			1,034
Depreciation expense	21			127			7			155
Amortization expense	78			61			—			139
Earnings from unconsolidated investments	—			2			—			2
Other items, net	5			2			32			39
EBITDA	(8		)	289			157			438
Impairment of Undertaking receivable, affiliate	—			—			832			832
Bankruptcy reorganization items, net	—			—			(1,034		)	(1,034		)
Interest income on Undertaking receivable	—			—			(24		)	(24		)
Restructuring costs and other expense	—			—			3			3
Mark-to-market (gain) loss, net	7			(166		)	—			(159		)
Premium adjustment	1			(1		)	—			—
Changes in fair value of common stock warrants	—			—			(8		)	(8		)
Adjusted EBITDA from Dynegy	—			122			(74		)	48
Adjusted EBITDA from Legacy Dynegy (1)	20			—			(11		)	9
Adjusted EBITDA	$	20		$	122		$	(85	)	$	57

__________________________________________

(1)

Our 2012 consolidated results reflect the results of our accounting predecessor, DH. Therefore, the results of our Coal segment are not included in our consolidated results for the period from January 1, 2012 through June 5, 2012. However, we have included the Adjusted EBITDA related to the Coal segment for the period from January 1, 2012 through June 5, 2012 in this adjustment because it is part of our ongoing business and management uses Adjusted EBITDA to evaluate the operating performance of our entire power generation fleet.

(2)

For purposes of presenting Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2012, we combined the 2012 Successor Period and the 2012 Predecessor Period in order to reconcile our non-GAAP measure to its nearest comparable GAAP measure. The combined Successor and Predecessor periods are also non-GAAP due to fresh-start accounting. Therefore, the following table is provided to reconcile the combined amounts to the separate Successor and Predecessor periods.

Table of Contents



	Successor			Predecessor
(amounts in millions)	October 2 Through December 31, 2012			January 1 Through October 1, 2012			Total
Net loss	$	(107	)	$	(32	)	$	(139	)
(Income) loss from discontinued operations, net of tax	(6		)	162			156
Income tax benefit	—			(9		)	(9		)
Impairment of Undertaking receivable, affiliate	—			832			832
Bankruptcy reorganization items, net	3			(1,037		)	(1,034		)
Interest expense	16			120			136
Earnings from unconsolidated investments	(2		)	—			(2		)
Other items, net	(8		)	(31		)	(39		)
Operating income (loss)	(104		)	5			(99		)
Impairment of Undertaking receivable, affiliate	—			(832		)	(832		)
Bankruptcy reorganization items, net	(3		)	1,037			1,034
Depreciation expense	45			110			155
Amortization expense	60			79			139
Earnings from unconsolidated investments	2			—			2
Other items, net	8			31			39
EBITDA	$	8		$	430		$	438

Adjusted EBITDA increased by $170 million from $57 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $227 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily related to an increase of $169 million in our Gas segment Adjusted EBITDA due to the absence of negative settlements associated with legacy commercial positions which adversely impacted 2012 results, $12 million of IPH Adjusted EBITDA for the month of December and $8 million of decreased operations and maintenance costs for our Coal and Gas segments. Offsetting these increases was a $19 million decrease in realized energy margin in our Coal segment due to lower realized prices on hedged generation.

Table of Contents

Discussion of Segment Adjusted EBITDA

Coal Segment

The following table provides summary financial data regarding our Coal segment results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013, the 2012 Successor Period and the 2012 Predecessor Period, respectively. As a result of the DMG Acquisition, 2012 results only include the results of the Coal segment for the period June 6, 2012 through December 31, 2012.



	Successor						Predecessor
(dollars in millions, except for price information)	Year Ended December 31, 2013			October 2 Through December 31, 2012			January 1 Through October 1, 2012
Operating Revenues
Energy	$	519		$	105		$	184
Capacity	4			—			4
Mark-to-market gain (loss), net	(25		)	7			(14		)
Other (1)	(31		)	(5		)	(8		)
Total operating revenues	467			107			166
Operating Costs
Cost of sales	(333		)	(82		)	(112		)
Contract amortization	(126		)	(28		)	(49		)
Total operating costs	(459		)	(110		)	(161		)
Gross margin	8			(3		)	5
Operating and maintenance expense	(167		)	(38		)	(55		)
Depreciation expense	(50		)	(8		)	(13		)
Gain on sale of assets, net	2			—			—
Operating loss	(207		)	(49		)	(63		)
Depreciation expense	50			8			13
Amortization expense	126			29			49
Other items, net	—			—			5
EBITDA	(31		)	(12		)	4
Mark-to-market (gain) loss, net	25			(6		)	13
Other	2			1			—
Adjusted EBITDA (2)	$	(4	)	$	(17	)	$	17

Million Megawatt Hours Generated (3)	20.4			4.7			6.6
IMA for Coal-Fired Facilities (4)	89		%	86		%	93		%
Average Capacity Factor for Coal-Fired Facilities (5)	78		%	69		%	70		%
Average Quoted Market Power Prices ($/MWh) (6):
On-Peak: Indiana (Indy Hub)	$	38.01		$	34.76		$	39.72
Off-Peak: Indiana (Indy Hub)	$	27.49		$	25.94		$	23.88

________________________________________

(1) For the year ended December 31, 2013, the 2012 Successor Period and the 2012 Predecessor Period, respectively, Other includes ($31) million, ($6) million and ($10) million in financial settlements; $4 million, $1 million and $2 million in ancillary services and ($4) million, zero and zero in other miscellaneous items.


(2)	Legacy Dynegy’s adjusted EBITDA was $20 million for the period January 1, 2012 through June 5, 2012.


(3)	Reflects production volumes in million MWh generated during the periods Coal was included in our consolidated results. Generation volumes were 19.9 million MWh for the full twelve months ended December 31, 2012.

(4) Reflects the percentage of generation available during the period Coal was included in our consolidated results. IMA for coal-fired facilities was 92 percent for the full twelve months ended December 31, 2012.

Table of Contents

(5) Reflects actual production as a percentage of available capacity. Average capacity factor for coal-fired facilities was 72 percent for the full twelve months ended December 31, 2012.

(6) Reflects the average of day-ahead quoted prices for the periods Coal was included in our consolidated results and does not necessarily reflect prices we realized. The average of day-ahead quoted prices was $34.61 for the full twelve months ended December 31, 2012.

Operating loss was $207 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, $49 million for the 2012 Successor Period and $63 million for the 2012 Predecessor Period.

Adjusted EBITDA was a loss of $4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, which was primarily comprised of $188 million in energy margin and $6 million in other items, offset by $31 million in settlement expense and $167 million in operating expenses.

Adjusted EBITDA was $20 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, which includes the 2012 Successor Period, the 2012 Predecessor Period and Legacy Dynegy, and was primarily comprised of $158 million in energy margin, $5 million in other items and $19 million in settlement revenue offset by $162 million in operating expenses.

Table of Contents

IPH Segment

The following table provides summary financial data regarding our IPH segment results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013. As a result of the AER Acquisition, 2013 results only include activity for the period December 2, 2013 through December 31, 2013.



	Successor
(dollars in millions, except for price information)	Year Ended December 31, 2013
Operating Revenues
Energy	$	65
Capacity	1
Mark-to-market loss, net	(8		)
Contract amortization	(3		)
Other (1)	12
Total operating revenues	67
Operating Costs
Cost of sales	(51		)
Contract amortization	5
Total operating costs	(46		)
Gross margin	21
Operating and maintenance expense	(15		)
Depreciation expense	(3		)
Acquisition and integration costs	(20		)
Operating loss	(17		)
Depreciation expense	3
Amortization expense	(2		)
EBITDA	(16		)
Mark-to-market loss, net	8
Acquisition and integration costs	20
Adjusted EBITDA	$	12

Million Megawatt Hours Generated (2)	2.4
IMA for IPH Facilities (3)	90		%
Average Capacity Factor for IPH Facilities (4)	75		%
Average Quoted Market Power Prices ($/MWh) (5):
On-Peak: Indiana (Indy Hub)	$	40.32
Off-Peak: Indiana (Indy Hub)	$	30.82

________________________________________


(1)	For the years ended December 31, 2013, Other includes $5 million in financial settlements, ($1) million in ancillary services and $8 million in other miscellaneous items.


(2)	Reflects production volumes in million MWh generated during the period IPH was included in our consolidated results.


(3)	Reflects the percentage of generation available during the period IPH was included in our consolidated results.


(4)	Reflects actual production as a percentage of available capacity during the period IPH was included in our consolidated results.


(5)	Reflects the average of day-ahead quoted prices for the period IPH was included in our consolidated results and does not necessarily reflect prices we realized.

Table of Contents

Operating loss for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $17 million. Adjusted EBITDA was income of $12 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, which consisted of energy margin and revenue from financial settlements, partially offset by operating expenses.

Gas Segment

The following table provides summary financial data regarding our Gas segment results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013, the 2012 Successor Period and the 2012 Predecessor Period, respectively:



	Successor						Predecessor
(dollars in millions, except for price information)	Year Ended December 31, 2013			October 2 Through December 31, 2012			January 1 Through October 1, 2012
Operating Revenues
Energy	$	649		$	118		$	492
Capacity	237			50			194
Mark-to-market gain (loss), net	(4		)	39			117
Contract amortization	(135		)	(34		)	(32		)
Other (1)	185			32			44
Total operating revenues	932			205			815
Operating Costs
Cost of sales	(648		)	(160		)	(504		)
Contract amortization	8			2			3
Total operating costs	(640		)	(158		)	(501		)
Gross margin	292			47			314
Operating and maintenance expense	(125		)	(42		)	(95		)
Depreciation expense	(160		)	(36		)	(91		)
Operating income (loss)	7			(31		)	128
Depreciation expense	160			36			91
Amortization expense	127			32			29
Earnings from unconsolidated investments	2			2			—
Other items, net	2			—			2
EBITDA	298			39			250
Mark-to-market (gain) loss, net	4			(39		)	(127		)
Premium adjustment	—			(2		)	1
Adjusted EBITDA	$	302		$	(2	)	$	124

Million Megawatt Hours Generated (2)	16.2			3.5			16.9
IMA for Combined Cycle Facilities (3)	97		%	83		%	98		%
Average Capacity Factor for Combined Cycle Facilities (4)	43		%	36		%	57		%
Average Market On-Peak Spark Spreads ($/MWh) (5)
Commonwealth Edison (NI Hub)	$	11.38		$	8.87		$	15.77
PJM West	$	17.65		$	14.72		$	20.40
North of Path (NP 15)	$	16.21		$	8.98		$	8.09
New York - Zone A	$	20.12		$	10.15		$	13.28
Mass Hub	$	16.35		$	22.52		$	17.69
Average Market Off-Peak Spark Spreads ($/MWh) (5)
Commonwealth Edison (NI Hub)	$	(0.13	)	$	(0.91	)	$	5.21
PJM West	$	4.99		$	6.32		$	7.98
North of Path (NP 15)	$	8.46		$	0.89		$	(0.92	)
New York - Zone A	$	7.49		$	6.43		$	4.33
Mass Hub	$	(0.16	)	$	3.03		$	6.97
Average natural gas price—Henry Hub ($/MMBtu) (6)	$	3.72		$	3.39		$	2.53

Table of Contents

__________________________________________

(1)

For the year ended December 31, 2013, the 2012 Successor Period and the 2012 Predecessor Period, respectively, Other includes ($43) million, ($52) million and ($171) million in financial settlements; $89 million, $49 million and $100 million in natural gas sales; $30 million, $7 million and $27 million in ancillary services; $96 million, $25 million and $79 million in tolls and $13 million, $3 million and $9 million in RMR, option premiums and other miscellaneous items.


(2)	Includes our ownership percentage in the MWh generated by our investment in the Black Mountain power generation facility.


(3)	Reflects the percentage of generation available when market prices are such that these units could be profitably dispatched.


(4)	Reflects actual production as a percentage of available capacity.


(5)	Reflects the simple average of the applicable on- and off-peak spark spreads available to a 7.0 MMBtu/MWh heat rate generator selling power at day-ahead prices and buying delivered natural gas at a daily cash market price and does not reflect spark spreads available to us.


(6)	Reflects the average of daily quoted prices for the periods presented and does not reflect costs incurred by us.

Operating income for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $7 million, a loss of $31 million for the 2012 Successor Period and income of $128 million for the 2012 Predecessor Period.

Adjusted EBITDA totaled $302 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, which was primarily comprised of $334 million of capacity and tolling revenue, $90 million of physical energy margin and $42 million of ancillary services and other items, offset by $125 million of operating expense and $39 million in negative financial settlements. Adjusted EBITDA was $122 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, which includes the 2012 Successor Period, the 2012 Predecessor Period and Legacy Dynegy, and was primarily comprised of $328 million of capacity and tolling revenue, $93 million of physical energy margin and $48 million of ancillary services and other items, offset by $209 million in negative financial settlements and $138 million of operating expense.

Outlook

We expect that our future financial results will continue to be impacted by fuel and commodity prices. Other factors to which our future financial results will remain sensitive include market structure and prices for electric energy, capacity and ancillary services, including pricing at our plant locations relative to pricing at their respective trading hubs, the volatility of fuel and electricity prices, transportation and transmission logistics, weather conditions and the availability of our plants. Further, there is a trend toward greater environmental regulation of all aspects of our business. As this trend continues, it is possible that we will experience additional costs associated with GHG, the handling and disposal of coal ash, how water used by our power generation facilities is withdrawn and treated before being discharged and more stringent air emission standards. All references to hedging within this Form 10-K relate to economic hedging activities as the Company does not elect hedge accounting.

In August 2014, we entered into the Duke Midwest Acquisition for a purchase price of $2.8 billion in cash, subject to certain adjustments, and the EquiPower Acquisition for a purchase price of approximately $3.25 billion in cash and $200 million of our common stock, subject to certain adjustments. Consummation of the Pending Acquisitions is subject to conditions and governmental approvals, including FERC approval. On February 6, 2015, we responded to a letter from FERC requesting additional information to process the applications filed with FERC on September 11, 2014. Please read Note 3—Merger and Acquisitions for further discussion.

Coal. Currently, the Coal segment consists of four plants, all located in the MISO region, totaling 3,008 MW. Following the close of the Pending Acquisitions, our Coal segment will be comprised of ten operating coal-fired generation facilities and one coal and oil-fired facility located within the MISO, PJM and ISO-NE regions, with a total generating capacity of 8,390 MW. The discussion below excludes the impact of the Pending Acquisitions.

As of February 10, 2015, our Coal expected generation volumes are 69 percent hedged volumetrically for 2015 and approximately 23 percent hedged volumetrically for 2016. We plan to continue our hedging program for Coal over a one- to three-year period using various instruments, which includes the sale of natural gas swaps as a cross-commodity correlated hedge for our power revenue. As a result of the offsetting risks of our Coal and Gas segments, we are able to reduce the costs associated with hedging by executing a portion of Coal’s hedges with an internal affiliate. The internal hedges are cross-commodity hedges and we intend to expand this in the future. Beyond 2015, the portfolio is largely open, positioning Coal to benefit from possible future power market pricing improvements.

Due to declining correlations between our MISO LMP prices and trading hub prices, we plan to mitigate the risk of a breakdown between these prices through participation in FTR markets and busbar basis swaps to the extent they are economically available.

Table of Contents

As of February 10, 2015, our expected coal requirements are 90 percent contracted and priced in 2015. Our forecasted coal requirements for 2016 are 44 percent contracted and priced. Our coal transportation requirements are more than 90 percent contracted and priced for the next several years. We look to procure and price additional fuel opportunistically.

For Planning Year 2013-2014, MISO capacity cleared at $1.05 per MW-day for all zones. This low clearing price was likely caused by excess capacity conditions prevailing in MISO for the term of the planning year. For Planning Year 2014-2015, MISO capacity cleared at $16.75 per MW-day for Local Resource Zone 4, in which our assets are located. In the future, we expect to benefit from the potential retirement of approximately 9 GW of marginal MISO coal capacity due to poor economics or expected environmental mandates. In addition, confirmed future capacity exports from MISO to PJM could also increase MISO capacity and energy pricing. Current OTC bilateral capacity transactions in MISO have traded in excess of $65.75 per MW-day for each Planning Year 2015-2016 through Planning Year 2019-2020. In 2014, our Coal segment entered into total bilateral forward capacity sales in MISO in excess of 1,400 MW.

Based on analysis of historical constraints near our generating facilities, we have identified opportunities to invest in transmission facilities upgrades which will help to mitigate the impact of congestion around our Baldwin plant. We are working with the transmission owner to implement these upgrades. We continue to assess grid constraints impacting our other facilities to identify other opportunities to reduce congestion and improve LMPs at our Coal and IPH facilities.

IPH. The IPH segment consists of five plants, totaling 4,057 MW. The Coffeen, Edwards, Duck Creek and Newton facilities are located in the MISO region. Joppa, which is within the EEI control area, is interconnected to MISO, TVA and LGE where it sells its power.

As of February 10, 2015, our IPH expected generation volumes are 67 percent hedged volumetrically for 2015 and approximately 36 percent hedged volumetrically for 2016. The IPH hedging program will continue to use our retail business, Homefield Energy, to hedge a portion of the output from our IPH facilities. The retail hedges are well correlated to our facilities due to the close proximity of the hedge and through participation in FTR markets. We may use other instruments to hedge the power revenue. Homefield Energy’s ability to keep and possibly grow its existing market share will impact IPH’s hedge levels in the future.

As of February 10, 2015, our expected coal requirements for IPH are 91 percent contracted and 73 percent priced for 2015. Our forecasted coal requirements for 2016 are 75 percent contracted and 54 percent priced. Our coal transportation requirements are more than 90 percent contracted and priced for the next several years. We look to procure and price additional fuel opportunistically.

IPH realized capacity sales in the latest MISO Planning Year 2014-2015 capacity auction, clearing 1,995 MW. On May 23, 2014, PJM’s RPM released its results for Planning Year 2017-2018 with a clearing price of $120 per MW-day, of which the IPH segment cleared 847 MW. We have also secured one segment of the transmission path required to offer an additional 240 MW of capacity and energy into PJM. In July 2014, we executed a long-term wholesale contract for up to 120 MW annually for energy and capacity in Illinois from 2018 to 2026 bringing long-term, annual origination sales from the IPH segment to more than 470 MW.

Gas. Currently, the Gas segment consists of six plants, geographically diverse in four markets, totaling 6,109 MW. Following the close of the Pending Acquisitions, our Gas segment will be comprised of 17 operating natural gas-fired power generation facilities located in California, Connecticut, Illinois, Maine, Massachusetts, New York, Ohio and Pennsylvania and two fuel-oil fired power generation facilities located in California and Ohio, totaling 13,315 MW of electric generating capacity. The discussion below excludes the impact of the Pending Acquisitions.

Excluding volumes subject to tolling agreements, as of February 10, 2015, our Gas portfolio is 50 percent hedged volumetrically through 2015 and approximately 7 percent hedged volumetrically for 2016. As a result of the offsetting risks of our Gas and Coal segments, we are able to reduce the costs associated with hedging with third parties by executing a portion of our natural gas hedges with an internal affiliate. We continue to manage our remaining commodity price exposure to changing fuel and power prices in accordance with our risk management policy.

The CAISO capacity market is a bilateral market in which Load Serving Entities (“LSEs”) are required to procure sufficient resources to meet their peak load plus a 15 percent reserve margin. The CAISO faces challenges to ensure system reliability and the ability to integrate renewables into the system given the state’s mandate to have 33 percent renewable resources by 2020. The CAISO and CPUC recently approved the Joint Reliability Plan in which the CAISO and CPUC will collaborate on several initiatives: (i) determination of multi-year resource adequacy procurement obligations for CPUC jurisdictional LSEs; (ii) development of a joint long-term planning assessment and (iii) development of a market-based reliability backstop mechanism to replace the capacity procurement mechanism, which is the administratively-priced mechanism currently used by CAISO. A flexible capacity requirement to support renewable integration has been imposed on CPUC jurisdictional LSEs and will be mandatory starting in 2015. The CAISO Board approved the methodology and “must-offer” obligations for flexible capacity developed through a

Table of Contents

stakeholder process, and the tariff provisions were recently approved by FERC. A Flexible Ramping Product has been developed in the CAISO stakeholder process and approved by the CAISO Board; tariff language is now in development. We do not anticipate a significant near term change in capacity prices because energy efficiency programs and distributed generation of residential and commercial rooftop solar power have kept energy demand growth relatively flat. Additionally, CAISO studies on flexible capacity appear to show ample supplies through 2018.

In 2014, we began a strategic review of our California assets. Recently the review was completed, and we have determined that our best alternative is to retain these assets and continue to operate them as part of the Dynegy portfolio.

In New England, where our Casco Bay facility is located, nine forward capacity auctions have been held since the ISO-NE transitioned to a forward capacity market in June 2010. The highest clearing price of $15 per kW-month occurred in the previous auction for Planning Year 2017-2018. However, the “insufficient competition” clause in the ISO-NE tariff was triggered, resulting in existing generation receiving an administrative cap price of $7.025 per kW-month. Due to oversupply conditions, the seven prior annual auctions cleared at the designated floor. For the eighth auction, the floor price was removed and existing generation received the administrative cap due to significant retirements in the region. Two rule changes were implemented for FCA-9 covering Planning Year 2018-2019. These rules include a downward sloping demand curve and performance incentives. The downward sloping demand curve replaces the administrative pricing rules for the entire region. The performance incentive rules have the potential to increase capacity payments for those resources that are providing excess energy or reserves during a shortage event, while penalizing those that produce less than the required level. The FCA-9 auction for Planning Year 2018-2019 was held on February 2, 2015. Rest-of-Pool, which includes our Casco Bay facility, cleared at a price of $9.551 per kW-month. SEMA-RI had insufficient supply to satisfy its capacity requirements. As a result, the zone separated from Rest-of-Pool, with existing resources in the zone receiving the Net CONE price of $11.080 per kW-month and new resources in the zone receiving the auction starting price of $17.728 per kW-month.

In PJM, where the Kendall and Ontelaunee combined-cycle plants are located, eleven forward capacity auctions (known as RPM) have been held since the transition from a daily capacity market in June 2007. RPM clearing prices have ranged from $16.46 per MW-day (Kendall, Planning Year 2012-2013) and $40.77 per MW-day (Ontelaunee, Planning Year 2007-2008) to $174.29 per MW-day (Kendall, Planning Year 2010-2011) and $226.15 per MW-day (Ontelaunee, Planning Year 2013-2014). The latest RPM auction was for Planning Year 2017-2018, which cleared at $120.00 per MW-day for both Kendall and Ontelaunee. The next RPM auction, for Planning Year 2018-2019, will be conducted in May 2015. PJM has recently proposed sweeping changes to their capacity market with a product called Capacity Performance. Capacity Performance was developed by PJM, the PJM Board, and stakeholders in response to the increased forced-outage rates during the Polar Vortex of January 2014. Capacity Performance features increased availability and flexibility requirements, incentives for performance, severe penalties for non-performance and the ability to bid in a risk premium and recover costs previously disallowed by PJM and the independent market monitor.

Capacity pricing for the NYISO, where our Independence facility is located, is recovering from the low point in 2011. The most recent summer and winter auctions have cleared higher than the previous auctions with summer 2014 at $5.15 per kW-month and winter 2014-2015 at $2.90 per kW-month for the rest of state market. We attribute the rebound in part to the FERC Order on buyer-side mitigation, affecting in-city resources, and retirements. As of February 10, 2015, approximately 84 percent of the 2015 capacity revenue for our Independence facility has been contracted.

On May 23, 2014, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit (“D.C. Circuit”) vacated FERC Order No. 745, which provides compensation for demand response resources that participate in the energy markets administered by RTOs and ISOs. FERC requested a review of this decision on July 7, 2014, and the court denied the request on September 17, 2014. On October 20, 2014, the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals granted FERC’s motion for a stay of the mandate, pending the deadline for filing of a petition for writ of certiorari with the U.S. Supreme Court. On January 15, 2015, two petitions were filed with the U.S. Supreme Court seeking review of the D.C. Circuit’s decision in the case, one by FERC and one by private parties who intervened in the court of appeals in support of FERC. Briefs in opposition are currently due March 19, 2015. Should the U.S, Supreme Court decide to hear the case, a decision will likely issue sometime in late 2015 or early 2016. Each of the ISO/RTOs is evaluating options for complying with the decision, but it is unclear how Demand Response will participate in the energy, ancillary service and capacity markets, and therefore, it is too early to evaluate market impacts at this time.

SEASONALITY

Our revenues and operating income are subject to fluctuations during the year, primarily due to the impact seasonal factors have on sales volumes and the prices of power and natural gas. Power marketing operations and generating facilities have higher volatility and demand in the summer cooling months and winter heating season.

Table of Contents

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Our Accounting Department is responsible for the development and application of accounting policy and control procedures. This department conducts these activities independent of any active management of our risk exposures, is independent of our business segments and reports to the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”).

The process of preparing financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires our management to make estimates and judgments. It is possible that materially different amounts could be recorded if these estimates and judgments change or if actual results differ from these estimates and judgments. We have identified the following critical accounting policies that require a significant amount of estimation and judgment and are considered important to the portrayal of our financial position and results of operations:


•	Revenue Recognition and Derivative Instruments;


•	Fair Value Measurements;


•	Accounting for Income Taxes; and


•	Business Combinations.

Revenue Recognition and Derivative Instruments

We earn revenue from our facilities in three primary ways: (i) the sale of energy, including fuel, through both physical and financial transactions; (ii) sale of capacity; and (iii) sale of ancillary services, which are the products of a generation facility that support the transmission grid operation, allow generation to follow real-time changes in load and provide emergency reserves for major changes to the balance of generation and load. We recognize revenue from these transactions when the product or service is delivered to a customer, unless they meet the definition of a derivative. Please read “Derivative Instruments—Generation” below for further discussion of the accounting for these types of transactions.

Derivative Instruments—Generation. We enter into commodity contracts that meet the definition of a derivative. These contracts are often entered into to mitigate or eliminate market and financial risks associated with our generation business. These contracts include forward contracts, which commit us to sell commodities in the future; futures contracts, which are generally broker-cleared standard commitments to purchase or sell a commodity; option contracts, which convey the right to buy or sell a commodity; and swap agreements, which require payments to or from counterparties based upon the differential between two prices for a predetermined quantity. There are three different ways to account for these types of contracts: (i) as an accrual contract, if the criteria for the “normal purchase, normal sale” exception are met and documented; (ii) as a cash flow or fair value hedge, if the criteria are met and documented; or (iii) as a mark-to-market contract with changes in fair value recognized in current period earnings. All derivative commodity contracts that do not qualify for the “normal purchase, normal sale” exception are recorded at fair value in risk management assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets with the associated changes in fair value recorded currently in earnings. Dynegy does not elect hedge accounting for any of its derivative instruments.

Entities may choose whether or not to offset related assets and liabilities and report the net amounts on their consolidated balance sheet if the right of offset exists. We elect to offset fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments executed with the same counterparty under a master netting agreement and we elected to offset the fair value of amounts recognized for the Daily Cash Settlements paid or received against the fair value of amounts recognized for derivative instruments executed with the same counterparty under a master netting agreement. As a result, our consolidated balance sheets present derivative assets and liabilities, as well as the related cash collateral paid or received, on a net basis.

Derivative Instruments—Financing Activities. We are exposed to changes in interest rate risk through our variable rate debt. In order to manage our interest rate risk, we enter into interest rate swap agreements that meet the definition of a derivative. All derivative instruments are recorded at their fair value on the consolidated balance sheet with the changes in fair value recorded to interest expense. Our interest-based derivative instruments are not designated as hedges of our variable debt.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair Value Measurements. Accounting standards define fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. In estimating fair value, we use discounted cash flow (“DCF”) projections, recent comparable market transactions, if available, or quoted prices. We consider assumptions that third parties would make in estimating fair value, including the highest and best use of the asset. There is a significant amount of judgment involved in cash-flow estimates, including assumptions regarding market convergence, discount rates and capacity prices. The assumptions used by another party could differ significantly from our assumptions.

Our estimate of fair value reflects the impact of credit risk. We utilize market data or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk and the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation

Table of Contents

technique. These inputs are classified as readily observable, market corroborated or generally unobservable. We primarily apply the market approach for recurring fair value measurements and endeavor to utilize the best available information. Accordingly, we utilize valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. We classify fair value balances based on the classification of the inputs used to calculate the fair value of a transaction. The inputs used to measure fair value have been placed in a hierarchy based on priority. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted, readily observable quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are classified as follows:


•	Level 1—Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date. Active markets are those in which transactions for the asset or liability occur in sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis. Level 1 primarily consists of financial instruments such as listed equities.

•

Level 2—Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets included in Level 1, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date. Level 2 includes those financial instruments that are valued using industry-standard models or other valuation methodologies, in which substantially all assumptions are observable in the marketplace throughout the full term of the instrument, can be derived from observable data or are supported by observable levels at which transactions are executed in the marketplace. Instruments in this category include non-exchange-traded derivatives such as OTC forwards, options, and swaps.

•

Level 3—Pricing inputs include significant inputs that are generally less observable from objective sources. These inputs may be used with internally developed methodologies that result in management’s best estimate of fair value. Level 3 instruments include those that may be more structured or otherwise tailored to our needs. At each balance sheet date, we perform an analysis of all instruments and include in Level 3 all of those whose fair value is based on significant unobservable inputs.

Fair Value Measurements—Risk Management Activities. The determination of the fair value for each derivative contract incorporates various factors. These factors include not only the credit standing of the counterparties involved and the impact of credit enhancements (such as cash deposits, letters of credit and priority interests), but also the impact of our nonperformance risk on our liabilities. Valuation adjustments are generally based on capital market implied ratings evidence when assessing the credit standing of our counterparties and when applicable, adjusted based on management’s estimates of assumptions market participants would use in determining fair value.

Assets and liabilities from risk management activities may include exchange-traded derivative contracts and OTC derivative contracts. Exchange-traded derivatives, as discussed above, are generally classified as Level 1; however, some exchange-traded derivatives are valued using broker or dealer quotations or market transactions in either the listed or OTC markets. In such cases, these exchange-traded derivatives are classified within Level 2. OTC derivative instruments include swaps, forwards and options. In certain instances, these instruments may utilize models to measure fair value. Generally, we use a similar model to value similar instruments. Valuation models utilize various inputs that include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, other observable inputs for the asset or liability and market-corroborated inputs. Where observable inputs are available for substantially the full term of the asset or liability, the instrument is categorized in Level 2. Other OTC derivatives trade in less active markets with a lower availability of pricing information. In addition, complex or structured transactions, such as heat-rate call options, can introduce the need for internally-developed model inputs that might not be observable in or corroborated by the market. When such inputs have a significant impact on the measurement of fair value, the instrument is categorized in Level 3.

Accounting for Income Taxes

We file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. We use the asset and liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes and provide deferred income taxes for all significant differences.

As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating our actual current tax payable and related tax expense together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing tax and accounting treatment of certain items, such as depreciation, for tax and accounting purposes. These differences can result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheet. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

Table of Contents

temporary differences. We project the rates at which state tax temporary differences will reverse based upon estimates of revenues and operations in the respective jurisdictions in which we conduct business.

The guidance related to accounting for income taxes requires that a valuation allowance be established when it is more-likely-than-not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income of the appropriate character during the periods in which those temporary differences are deductible. In making this determination, management considers all available positive and negative evidence affecting specific deferred tax assets, including our past and anticipated future performance, the reversal of deferred tax liabilities and the implementation of tax planning strategies.

We do not believe we will produce sufficient future taxable income, nor are there tax planning strategies available to realize the tax benefits from net deferred tax assets not otherwise realized by reversing existing taxable temporary differences. Therefore, we continue to recognize a valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2014. Any change in the valuation allowance would impact our income tax benefit (expense) and net income (loss) in the period in which the change occurs.

Accounting for uncertainty in income taxes requires that we determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position we have taken will be sustained upon examination. If we determine that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained, we recognize the largest amount of the benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement. There is a significant amount of judgment involved in assessing the likelihood that a tax position will be sustained upon examination and in determining the amount of the benefit that will ultimately be realized.

We recognize accrued interest expense and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense.

Please read Note 13—Income Taxes for further discussion of our accounting for income taxes, uncertain tax positions and changes in our valuation allowance.

Business Combinations

U.S. GAAP requires that the purchase price for an acquisition, such as our AER Acquisition, be assigned and allocated to the individual assets and liabilities based upon their fair value (or in the case of fresh-start accounting, the reorganization value as approved by the Bankruptcy Court). Generally, the amount recorded in the financial statements for an acquisition is the purchase price (value of the consideration paid), but a purchase price that exceeds the fair value of the assets acquired will result in the recognition of goodwill. In addition to the potential for the recognition of goodwill, differing fair values will impact the allocation of the purchase price to the individual assets and liabilities and can impact the gross amount and classification of assets and liabilities recorded on our consolidated balance sheets and can impact the timing and the amount of depreciation and amortization expense recorded in any given period. We utilize our best effort to make our determinations and review all information available including estimated future cash flows and prices of similar assets when making our best estimate. We also may hire independent appraisers to help us make this determination as we deem appropriate under the circumstances.

There is a significant amount of judgment in determining the fair value of the acquisitions and in allocating value to individual assets and liabilities. Had different assumptions been used, our investment value in the entities acquired could have been significantly higher or lower with a corresponding increase or reduction in our asset and liability values. Refer to Note 3—Merger and Acquisitions for further discussion of the AER Acquisition.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Please read Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for further discussion of accounting principles adopted and accounting principles not yet adopted.

Table of Contents

RISK MANAGEMENT DISCLOSURES

The following table provides a reconciliation of the risk management data on the consolidated balance sheets on a net basis:



(amounts in millions)
Fair value of portfolio at December 31, 2013	$	(62	)
Risk management losses recognized through the statement of operations in the period, net	(56		)
Contracts realized or otherwise settled during the period	30
Change in collateral/margin netting	5
Fair value of portfolio at December 31, 2014	$	(83	)

The net risk management liability of $83 million is the aggregate of the following line items on our consolidated balance sheets: Current Assets—Assets from risk management activities, Other Assets—Assets from risk management activities, Current Liabilities—Liabilities from risk management activities and Other Liabilities—Liabilities from risk management activities.

Risk Management Asset and Liability Disclosures. The following table provides an assessment of net contract values by year as of December 31, 2014, based on our valuation methodology:

Net Fair Value of Risk Management Portfolio



(amounts in millions)	Total			2015			2016			2017			2018			2019			Thereafter
Market quotations (1) (2)	$	(88	)	$	(60	)	$	(14	)	$	(8	)	$	(4	)	$	(2	)	$	—
Prices based on models (2)	(4		)	(4		)	—			—			—			—			—
Total (3)	$	(92	)	$	(64	)	$	(14	)	$	(8	)	$	(4	)	$	(2	)	$	—

_________________________________________


(1)	Prices obtained from actively traded, liquid markets for commodities.


(2)	The market quotations category represents our transactions classified as Level 1 and Level 2. The prices based on models category represents transactions classified as Level 3. Please read Note 4—Risk Management Activities, Derivatives and Financial Instruments for further discussion.


(3)	Excludes $9 million of broker margin that has been netted against Risk management liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet. Please read Note 4—Risk Management Activities, Derivatives and Financial Instruments for further discussion.

Table of Contents

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to commodity price variability related to our power generation business. In order to manage these commodity price risks, we routinely utilize various fixed-price forward purchase and sales contracts, futures and option contracts traded on the NYMEX or the Intercontinental Exchange and swaps and options traded in the OTC financial markets to:


•	manage and hedge our fixed-price purchase and sales commitments;


•	reduce our exposure to the volatility of cash market prices; and


•	hedge our fuel requirements for our generating facilities.

The potential for changes in the market value of our commodity and interest rate portfolios is referred to as “market risk.” A description of each market risk category is set forth below:


•	commodity price risks result from exposures to changes in spot prices, forward prices and volatilities in commodities, such as electricity, natural gas, coal, fuel oil, emissions and other similar products; and


•	interest rate risks primarily result from exposures to changes in the level, slope and curvature of the yield curve and the volatility of interest rates.

In the past, we have attempted to manage these market risks through diversification, controlling position sizes and executing hedging strategies. The ability to manage an exposure may, however, be limited by adverse changes in market liquidity, our credit capacity or other factors.

VaR. The modeling of the risk characteristics of our mark-to-market portfolio involves a number of assumptions and approximations. We estimate VaR using a Monte Carlo simulation-based methodology. Inputs for the VaR calculation are prices, positions, instrument valuations and the variance-covariance matrix. VaR does not account for liquidity risk or the potential that adverse market conditions may prevent liquidation of existing market positions in a timely fashion. While management believes that these assumptions and approximations are reasonable, there is no uniform industry methodology for estimating VaR, and different assumptions and/or approximations could produce materially different VaR estimates.

We use historical data to estimate our VaR and, to better reflect current asset and liability volatilities, this historical data is weighted to give greater importance to more recent observations. Given our reliance on historical data, VaR is effective in estimating risk exposures in markets in which there are not sudden fundamental changes or abnormal shifts in market conditions. An inherent limitation of VaR is that past changes in market risk factors, even when weighted toward more recent observations, may not produce accurate predictions of future market risk. VaR should be evaluated in light of this and the methodology’s other limitations.

VaR represents the potential loss in value of our mark-to-market portfolio due to adverse market movements over a defined time horizon within a specified confidence level. For the VaR numbers reported below, a one-day time horizon and a 95 percent confidence level were used. This means that there is a one in 20 chance that the daily portfolio value will drop in value by an amount larger than the reported VaR. Thus, an adverse change in portfolio value greater than the expected change in portfolio value on a single trading day would be anticipated to occur, on average, about once a month. Gains or losses on a single day can exceed reported VaR by significant amounts. Gains or losses can also accumulate over a longer time horizon such as a number of consecutive trading days.

In addition, we have provided our VaR using a one-day time horizon with a 99 percent confidence level. The purpose of this disclosure is to provide an indication of earnings volatility using a higher confidence level. Under this presentation, there is a one in 100 statistical chance that the daily portfolio value will fall below the expected maximum potential reduction in portfolio value at least as large as the reported VaR. We have also disclosed a two-year comparison of daily VaR in order to provide context for the one-day amounts.

The following table sets forth the aggregate daily VaR of the mark-to-market portion of our risk-management portfolio primarily associated with the Coal and Gas segments. The VaR calculation does not include market risks associated with the accrual portion of the risk-management portfolio that is designated as “normal purchase, normal sale,” nor does it include expected future production from our generating assets.

The increase in the December 31, 2014 one day VaR compared to December 31, 2013 was primarily due to increased forward prices and positions. The increase in the December 31, 2014 average VaR compared to December 31, 2013 was primarily due to an increase in position as a result of the AER Acquisition.

Table of Contents

Daily and Average VaR for Risk-Management Portfolios



(amounts in millions)	December 31, 2014		December 31, 2013
One day VaR—95 percent confidence level	$	10	$	7
One day VaR—99 percent confidence level	$	14	$	10
Average VaR—95 percent confidence level for the rolling twelve months ended	$	8	$	4

Credit Risk. Credit risk represents the loss that we would incur if a counterparty fails to perform pursuant to the terms of its contractual obligations. To reduce our credit exposure, we execute agreements that permit us to offset receivables, payables and mark-to-market exposure. We attempt to reduce credit risk further with certain counterparties by obtaining third-party guarantees or collateral as well as the right of termination in the event of default.

Our Credit Department, based on guidelines approved by the Board of Directors, establishes our counterparty credit limits. Our industry typically operates under negotiated credit lines for physical delivery and financial contracts. Our credit risk system provides current credit exposure of wholesale counterparties on a daily basis and outstanding receivable size and aging information of retail customers on a weekly basis.

The following table represents our credit exposure at December 31, 2014 associated with the wholesale mark-to-market portion of our risk-management portfolio, on a net basis. We have no exposure related to non-investment grade quality counterparties.

Credit Exposure Summary



(amounts in millions)	Investment Grade Quality
Type of Business:
Financial institutions	$	2
Oil and gas producers	2
Utility and power generators	8
Total	$	12

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to fluctuating interest rates related to variable rate financial obligations, which consist of amounts outstanding under our Credit Agreement. We currently use interest rate swaps to mitigate this interest rate exposure. Our interest rate hedging instruments are recorded at their fair value. As a result of our outstanding interest rate derivatives, we do not have any significant exposure to changes in LIBOR.

The absolute notional amounts associated with our interest rate contracts were as follows at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively:



	December 31, 2014		December 31, 2013
Interest rate swaps (in millions of U.S. dollars)	$	785	$	796
Fixed interest rate paid (percent)	3.19		3.19

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The report of our independent registered public accounting firm and our Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules are filed pursuant to this Item 8 and are included later in this report. See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules on page F-1.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not applicable.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this report, an evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and our CFO, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act). This evaluation included consideration of the various processes carried out under the direction of our disclosure committee. This evaluation also considered the work completed relating to our compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Based on this evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2014.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:


(i)	pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;


(ii)	provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of our company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and


(iii)	provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the CEO and CFO, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014. In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. Based on the results of this assessment and on those criteria, we concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2014.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is included herein.

Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting that materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal controls over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2014.

Item 9B. Other Information

Not applicable.

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Executive Officers. We intend to include the information with respect to our executive officers required by this Item 10 in our definitive proxy statement for our 2015 annual meeting of stockholders under the heading “Executive Officers,” which information will be incorporated herein by reference; such proxy statement will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after December 31, 2014. However, if such proxy statement is not filed within such 120-day period, information with respect to Executive Officers will be filed as part of an amendment to this Form 10-K not later than the end of the 120-day period.

Code of Ethics. We have adopted a Code of Ethics within the meaning of Item 406(b) of Regulation S-K. This Code of Ethics applies to our CEO, CFO, Chief Accounting Officer and other persons performing similar functions designated by the CFO, and is filed as an exhibit to this Form 10-K.

Other Information. We intend to include the other information required by this Item 10 in our definitive proxy statement for our 2015 annual meeting of stockholders under the headings “Proposal 1—Election of Directors” and “Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act,” which information will be incorporated herein by reference; such proxy statement will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after December 31, 2014. However, if such proxy statement is not filed within such 120-day period, information with respect to Other Information will be filed as part of an amendment to this Form 10-K not later than the end of the 120-day period.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

We intend to include information with respect to executive compensation in our definitive proxy statement for our 2015 annual meeting of stockholders under the heading “Executive Compensation,” which information will be incorporated herein by reference; such proxy statement will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after December 31, 2014. However, if such proxy statement is not filed within such 120-day period, information with respect to executive compensation will be filed as part of an amendment to this Form 10-K not later than the end of the 120-day period.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

We intend to include information regarding ownership of our outstanding securities in our definitive proxy statement for our 2015 annual meeting of stockholders under the heading “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plan,” respectively, which information will be incorporated herein by reference; such proxy statement will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after December 31, 2014. However, if such proxy statement is not filed within such 120-day period, information with respect to beneficial ownership will be filed as part of an amendment to this Form 10-K not later than the end of the 120-day period.

SECURITIES AUTHORIZED FOR ISSUANCE UNDER EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS

The following table sets forth certain information as of December 31, 2014 as it relates to our equity compensation plans for our common stock:



Plan Category	Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options and rights (a)	Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options and rights (b)		Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) (c)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders (1)	2,722,205	$	22.05	2,924,626
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders	—	—		—
Total	2,722,205	$	22.05	2,924,626

__________________________________________


(1)	The plan that is approved by our security holders is the 2012 Long Term Incentive Plan. Please read Note 16—Capital Stock—Stock Award Plans for further discussion.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

We intend to include the information regarding related party transactions and director independence in our definitive proxy statement for our 2015 annual meeting of stockholders under the headings “Transactions with Related Persons, Promoters and Certain Control Persons,” and “Corporate Governance,” respectively, which information will be incorporated herein by reference; such proxy statement will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after December 31, 2014. However, if such proxy statement is not filed within such 120-day period, information with respect to certain relationships will be filed as part of an amendment to this Form 10-K not later than the end of the 120-day period.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

We intend to include information regarding principal accountant fees and services in our definitive proxy statement for our 2015 annual meeting of stockholders under the heading “Independent Registered Public Auditors—Principal Accountant Fees and Services,” which information will be incorporated herein by reference; such proxy statement will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after December 31, 2014. However, if such proxy statement is not filed within such 120-day period, information with respect to the principal accountant fees and services will be filed as part of an amendment to this Form 10-K not later than the end of the 120-day period.

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) The following documents, which we have filed with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are by this reference incorporated in and made a part of this report:

1. Financial Statements—Our consolidated financial statements are incorporated under Item 8. of this report.

2. Financial Statement Schedules—Financial Statement Schedules are incorporated under Item 8. of this report.

3. Exhibits—The following instruments and documents are included as exhibits to this report.



Exhibit Number			Description
1.1			Underwriting Agreement relating to the Common Stock, dated October 7, 2014, between Dynegy Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC and UBS Securities LLC, as representatives of the underwriters (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on October 14, 2014, File No. 001-33443).
1.2			Underwriting Agreement relating to the Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock, dated October 7, 2014, between Dynegy Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC and UBS Securities LLC, as representatives of the underwriters (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on October 14, 2014 File No. 001-33443).
2.1			Confirmation Order for Dynegy Inc. and Dynegy Holdings, LLC, as entered by the Bankruptcy Court on September 10, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. and Dynegy Holdings, LLC filed on September 13, 2012, File No. 001-33443).
*2.2			Purchase and Sale Agreement by and among Duke Energy SAM, LLC and Duke Energy Commercial Enterprises, Inc., as sellers, and Dynegy Resources I, LLC, as buyer, dated as of August 21, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on August 26, 2014 File No. 001-33443).
*2.3			Letter Agreement to Purchase and Sale Agreement by and among Duke Energy SAM, LLC and Duke Energy Commercial Enterprises, Inc., as sellers, and Dynegy Resources I, LLC, as buyer, dated as of October 24, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended September 30, 2014 of Dynegy Inc. File No. 001-33443).
*2.4			Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Energy Capital Partners II, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-A, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-B, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-C (Direct IP), LP, Energy Capital Partners II-D, LP and Energy Capital Partners II (EquiPower Co-Invest), LP, Energy Capital Partners II-C, LP, for the limited purposes set forth therein, EquiPower Resources Corp., Dynegy Resource II, LLC, and Dynegy Inc., for the limited purposes set forth therein, dated as of August 21, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on August 26, 2014 File No. 001-33443).
***2.5			Letter Agreement to Purchase and Sale Agreement by and among Energy Capital Partners II, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-A, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-B, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-C (Direct IP), LP, Energy Capital Partners II-D, LP and Energy Capital Partners II (EquiPower Co-Invest), LP, Energy Capital Partners II-C, LP, for the limited purposes set forth therein, EquiPower Resources Corp., Dynegy Resource II, LLC, and Dynegy Inc., for the limited purposes set forth therein, dated November 12, 2014.
*2.6			Stock Purchase Agreement and Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Energy Capital Partners GP II, LP, Energy Capital Partners II, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-A, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-B, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-D, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-C (Cayman), LP, Energy Capital Partners II-C, LP, for the limited purposes set forth therein, Brayton Point Holdings, LLC, Dynegy Resource III, LLC, Dynegy Resource III-A, LLC, and Dynegy Inc., for the limited purposes set forth therein, dated as of August 21, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on August 26, 2014 File No. 001-33443).



***2.7			Letter Agreement to Purchase and Sale Agreement by and among Energy Capital Partners II, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-A, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-B, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-C (Direct IP), LP, Energy Capital Partners II-D, LP and Energy Capital Partners II (EquiPower Co-Invest), LP, Energy Capital Partners II-C, LP, for the limited purposes set forth therein, EquiPower Resources Corp., Dynegy Resource II, LLC, and Dynegy Inc., for the limited purposes set forth therein, and Stock Purchase Agreement and Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Energy Capital Partners GP II, LP, Energy Capital Partners II, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-A, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-B, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-D, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-C (Cayman), LP, Energy Capital Partners II-C, LP, for the limited purposes set forth therein, Brayton Point Holdings, LLC, Dynegy Resource III, LLC, Dynegy Resource III-A, LLC, and Dynegy Inc., for the limited purposes set forth therein dated November 25, 2014.
***2.8			Revised Attachment A to the Letter Agreement to Purchase and Sale Agreement by and among Energy Capital Partners II, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-A, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-B, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-C (Direct IP), LP, Energy Capital Partners II-D, LP and Energy Capital Partners II (EquiPower Co-Invest), LP, Energy Capital Partners II-C, LP, for the limited purposes set forth therein, EquiPower Resources Corp., Dynegy Resource II, LLC, and Dynegy Inc., for the limited purposes set forth therein, and Stock Purchase Agreement and Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Energy Capital Partners GP II, LP, Energy Capital Partners II, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-A, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-B, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-D, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-C (Cayman), LP, Energy Capital Partners II-C, LP, for the limited purposes set forth therein, Brayton Point Holdings, LLC, Dynegy Resource III, LLC, Dynegy Resource III-A, LLC, and Dynegy Inc., for the limited purposes set forth therein dated February 4, 2015.
2.9			Agreement and Plan of Merger between Dynegy Inc. and Dynegy Holdings, LLC, dated September 28, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on October 2, 2012, File No. 001-33443).
*2.10			Transaction Agreement by and between Ameren Corporation and Illinois Power Holdings, LLC, dated as of March 14, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on March 15, 2013 File No. 001-33443).
*2.11			Letter Agreement, dated December 2, 2013, between Ameren Corporation and Illinois Power Holdings, LLC, amending the Transaction Agreement, dated as of March 14, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on December 4, 2013 File No. 001-33443).
2.12			Confirmation Order for Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc., Hudson Power, L.L.C., Dynegy Danskammer, L.L.C., and Dynegy Roseton, L.L.C., as entered by the Bankruptcy Court on March 15, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on March 19, 2013 File No. 001-33443).
3.1			Dynegy Inc. Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on October 4, 2012, File No. 001-33443).
3.2			Dynegy Inc. Sixth Amended and Restated Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on August 26, 2014 File No. 001-33443).
3.3			Certificate of Designations of the 5.375% Series A Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock of Dynegy Inc., filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and effective October 14, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on October 14, 2014 File No. 001-33443).
4.1			Registration Rights Agreement, dated October 1, 2012, by and among the Company and the investors party thereto (Common Stock) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on October 4, 2012, File No. 001-33443).
4.2			Indenture, dated May 20, 2013, among Dynegy Inc., the Guarantors and Wilmington Trust, National Association as Trustee (5.875% Senior Notes due 2023) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on May 21, 2013 File No. 001-33443).
4.3			First Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 5, 2013 to the Indenture, dated May 20, 2013, among Dynegy Inc., the Guarantors and Wilmington Trust, National Association as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 2013 of Dynegy Inc. File No. 001-33443).
4.4			Indenture dated as of November 1, 2000, from Illinois Power Generating Company to The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as successor trustee (Genco Indenture) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Illinois Power Generating Company Filed March 6, 2001, File No. 333-56594).



4.5			Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 1, 2002, to Genco Indenture, relating to the 7.95% Senior Notes, Series E due 2032 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002 of Illinois Power Generating Company, File No. 333-56594).
4.6			Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 15, 2003, to Genco Indenture, relating to the 7.95% Senior Notes, Series F due 2032 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 of Illinois Power Generating Company, File No. 333-56594).
4.7			Fifth Supplemental Indenture dated as of April 1, 2008, to Genco Indenture, relating to the 7.00% Senior Notes, Series G due 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Illinois Power Generating Company filed on April 9, 2008, File No. 333-56594).
4.8			Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 7, 2008, to Genco Indenture, relating to the 7.00% Senior Notes, Series H due 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.55 to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 of Illinois Power Generating Company, Filed November 17, 2008, File No. 333-56594).
4.9			Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 1, 2009, to Genco Indenture, relating to the 6.30% Senior Notes, Series I due 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Illinois Power Generating Company filed on November 17, 2009, File No. 333-56594).
4.10			Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 6, 2002 among Illinois Power Generating Company and the Initial Purchasers relating to the Illinois Power Generating Company 7.95% Senior Notes, Series E due 2032 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002 of Illinois Power Generating Company, File No. 333-56594).
4.11			Registration Rights Agreement, dated April 9, 2008 among Illinois Power Generating Company and the Initial Purchasers relating to the Illinois Power Generating Company 7.00% Senior Notes, Series G due 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Illinois Power Generating Company Filed May 19, 2008, File No. 333-56594).
4.12			2019 Unit Agreement, dated October 27, 2014, among Dynegy Finance I, Inc., Dynegy Finance II, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as unit agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on October 30, 2014 File No. 001-33443).
4.13			2022 Unit Agreement, dated October 27, 2014, among Dynegy Finance I, Inc., Dynegy Finance II, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as unit agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on October 30, 2014 File No. 001-33443).
4.14			2024 Unit Agreement, dated October 27, 2014, among Dynegy Finance I, Inc., Dynegy Finance II, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as unit agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on October 30, 2014 File No. 001-33443).
4.15			Finance I 2019 Notes Indenture, dated October 27, 2014, among Dynegy Finance I, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on October 30, 2014 File No. 001-33443).
4.16			Finance I 2022 Notes Indenture, dated October 27, 2014, among Dynegy Finance I, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on October 30, 2014 File No. 001-33443).
4.17			Finance I 2024 Notes Indenture, dated October 27, 2014, among Dynegy Finance I, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on October 30, 2014 File No. 001-33443).
4.18			Finance II 2019 Notes Indenture, dated October 27, 2014, among Dynegy Finance II, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on October 30, 2014 File No. 001-33443).
4.19			Finance II 2022 Notes Indenture, dated October 27, 2014, among Dynegy Finance II, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on October 30, 2014 File No. 001-33443).
4.20			Finance II 2024 Notes Indenture, dated October 27, 2014, among Dynegy Finance II, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on October 30, 2014 File No. 001-33443).



4.21			Registration Rights Agreement, dated October 27, 2014, among Dynegy Finance I, Inc., Dynegy Finance II, Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC and UBS Securities LLC as representatives of the initial purchasers identified therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on October 30, 2014 File No. 001-33443).
10.1			Limited Guaranty, dated March 14, 2013, by Dynegy Inc. in favor of Ameren Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on March 15, 2013 File No. 001-33443).
10.2			Dynegy Inc. Executive Severance Pay Plan, as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on January 4, 2008, File No. 1-15659).††
10.3			First Amendment to the Dynegy Inc. Executive Severance Pay Plan effective as of January 1, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2009 of Dynegy Inc, File No. 1-15659).††
10.4			Second Amendment to the Dynegy Inc. Executive Severance Pay Plan, dated as of September 20, 2010. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended September 30, 2010 of Dynegy Inc, File No. 1-15659).††
10.5			Third Amendment to the Dynegy Inc. Executive Severance Pay Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on March 22, 2011, File No. 1-33443).††
10.6			Fourth Amendment to the Dynegy Inc. Executive Severance Pay Plan, dated as of August 8, 2011(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10. 1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended September 30, 2011 of Dynegy Inc., File No. 1- 33443).††
10.7			Dynegy Inc. Executive Change in Control Severance Pay Plan effective April 3, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on April 8, 2008, File No. 1-15659).††
10.8			First Amendment to the Dynegy Inc. Executive Change In Control Severance Pay Plan, dated as of September 22, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended September 30, 2010 of Dynegy Inc, File No. 1-15659).††
10.9			Second Amendment to the Dynegy Inc. Executive Change in Control Severance Pay Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on March 22, 2013 File No. 001-33443). ††
10.10			Dynegy Inc. Restoration 401(k) Savings Plan, effective June 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Dynegy Inc. filed on August 7, 2008, File No. 001-33443).††
10.11			First Amendment to the Dynegy Inc. Restoration 401(k) Savings Plan, effective June 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Dynegy Inc. filed on August 7, 2008, File No. 001-33443).††
10.12			Second Amendment to Dynegy Inc. Restoration 401(k) Savings Plan, effective January 1, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Dynegy Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2011, File No. 1-33443).††
10.13			Dynegy Inc. Restoration Pension Plan, effective June 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Dynegy Inc. filed on August 7, 2008, File No. 001-33443).††
10.14			First Amendment to the Dynegy Inc. Restoration Pension Plan, effective June 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Dynegy Inc. filed on August 7, 2008, File No. 001-33443).††
10.15			Second Amendment to the Dynegy Inc. Restoration Pension Plan, executed on July 2, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Dynegy Inc. and Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on August 6, 2010, File No. 000-29311).††
10.16			Third Amendment to Dynegy Inc. Restoration Pension Plan, effective January 1, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Dynegy Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2011, File No. 1-33443).††
10.17			Dynegy Inc. 2009 Phantom Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on March 10, 2009, File No. 001-33443).††
10.18			First Amendment to the Dynegy Inc. 2009 Phantom Stock Plan, dated as of July 8, 2011(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended June 30, 2011 of Dynegy Inc., File No. 1- 33443).††



10.19			Dynegy Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Certain Directors, as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.55 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2009, filed on February 26, 2009, File No. 001-33443).††
10.20			Trust under Dynegy Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Certain Directors, effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.56 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2009, filed on February 26, 2009, File No. 001-33443).††
10.21			Dynegy Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective May 21, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2010, File No. 001-33443)††
10.22			2012 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on October 4, 2012, File No. 001-33443).††
10.23			Assignment Agreement by and between Dynegy Inc. and Dynegy Operating Company, dated July 5, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. on July 10, 2012, File No. 001-33443).††
10.24			Employment Agreement between Dynegy Inc. and Robert Flexon dated June 22, 2011(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended June 30, 2011 of Dynegy Inc., File No. 1- 33443).††
10.25			Second Amendment to Employment Agreement by and between Dynegy Operating Company and Robert C. Flexon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on March 22, 2013 File No. 001-33443). ††
10.26			Employment Agreement between Dynegy Inc. and Clint C. Freeland dated June 23, 2011(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended June 30, 2011 of Dynegy Inc., File No. 1- 33443).††
10.27			Second Amendment to Employment Agreement by and between Dynegy Operating Company and Clint C. Freeland (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on March 22, 2013 File No. 001-33443). ††
10.28			Employment Agreement between Dynegy Inc. and Carolyn J. Burke dated July 5, 2011(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended June 30, 2011 of Dynegy Inc., File No. 1- 33443).††
10.29			Second Amendment to Employment Agreement by and between Dynegy Operating Company and Carolyn J. Burke (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on March 22, 2013 File No. 001-33443). ††
10.30			Third Amendment to Employment Agreement by and between Dynegy Operating Company and Carolyn J. Burke (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended September 30, 2014 of Dynegy Inc. File No. 001-33443).††
10.31			Employment Agreement between Dynegy Inc. and Catherine Callaway dated September 16, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10. 2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended September 30, 2011 of Dynegy Inc., File No. 1- 33443).††
10.32			Second Amendment to Employment Agreement by and between Dynegy Operating Company and Catherine B. Callaway (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on March 22, 2013 File No. 001-33443). ††
10.33			Employment Agreement by and among Dynegy Operating Company, Dynegy Inc. and Henry D. Jones (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on February 12, 2013, File No. 001-33443). ††
10.34			First Amendment to Employment Agreement by and between Dynegy Operating Company and Henry D. Jones (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on March 22, 2013 File No. 001-33443). ††
10.35			Form Award Agreement for 2012 Long Term Incentive Program Award-Cash (CEO) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on January 9, 2012 File No. 001-33443).††
10.36			Form Award Agreement for 2012 Long Term Incentive Program Award-Cash (EVP) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on January 9, 2012 File No. 001-33443).††
10.37			Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (2012 Awards) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. on November 2, 2012, File No. 001-33443). ††



10.38			Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (2013 Awards) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on March 22, 2013 File No. 001-33443). ††
10.39			Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (2014 Awards) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended March 31, 2014 of Dynegy Inc. File No. 001-33443).††
10.40			Form of Stock Unit Award Agreement - Officers (2012 Awards) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. on November 2, 2012, File No. 001-33443). ††
10.41			Form of Stock Unit Award Agreement - Officers (2013 Awards) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on March 22, 2013 File No. 001-33443). ††
10.42			Form of Stock Unit Award Agreement - Officers (2014 Awards) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended March 31, 2014 of Dynegy Inc. File No. 001-33443). ††
10.43			Form of Stock Unit Award Agreement - Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. on November 2, 2012, File No. 001-33443). ††
10.44			Form of Performance Award Agreement (2013 Awards) (for Managing Directors and Above) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on March 22, 2013 File No. 001-33443). ††
10.45			Form of Performance Award Agreement (2013 Awards) (for Managing Directors and Above)(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended March 31, 2014 of Dynegy Inc. File No. 001-33443). ††
10.46			Form of Phantom Stock Unit Award Agreement - MD & Above Version (2012 LTIP Awards) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended September 30, 2012 of Dynegy Inc., File No. 1- 33443). ††
10.47			Form of Phantom Stock Unit Award Agreement - MD & Above Version (2012 Replacement Shares) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended September 30, 2012 of Dynegy Inc., File No. 1- 33443). ††
10.48			Credit Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2013, among Dynegy Inc., as borrower and the guarantors, lenders and other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on April 24, 2013 File No. 001-33443).
10.49			Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2013 among Dynegy Inc., the subsidiaries of the borrower from time to time party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as Collateral Trustee(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on April 24, 2013 File No. 001-33443).
10.50			Collateral Trust and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2013 among Dynegy, the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined therein), Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch and each person party thereto from time to time (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on April 24, 2013 File No. 001-33443).
10.51			Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of September 18, 2014 among Dynegy Inc., Macquarie Bank Limited, and Macquarie Energy LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on September 22, 2014 File No. 001-33443).
10.52			Purchase Agreement, dated May 15, 2013, among Dynegy Inc., the Guarantors, Morgan Stanley and Credit Suisse (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on May 21, 2013 File No. 001-33443).
10.53			Purchase Agreement, dated October 10, 2014, among Dynegy Inc., Dynegy Finance I, Inc., Dynegy Finance II, Inc., the guarantors identified therein and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC and UBS Securities LLC, as representatives of the initial purchasers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on October 14, 2014 File No. 001-33443).



10.54			Escrow Agreement, dated October 27, 2014, among Dynegy Finance I, Inc., Dynegy Finance II, Inc., Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee under each of the indentures and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as escrow agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on October 30, 2014 File No. 001-33443).
10.55			Revolving Promissory Note by and between Dynegy Inc., as Lender, and Illinois Power Resources, LLC (formerly New Ameren Energy Resources, LLC), as Borrower (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on December 4, 2013 File No. 001-33443).
10.56			Guaranty by Illinois Power Generating Company in favor of Ameren Corporation, dated December 2, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Illinois Power Generating Company filed on December 5, 2013 File No. 333-56594).
10.57			Guaranty, dated August 21, 2014, by Dynegy Inc., for the benefit of Duke Energy SAM, LLC and Duke Energy Commercial Enterprises, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on August 26, 2014 File No. 001-33443).
****10.58			Warrant Agreement, dated October 1, 2012, by and among Dynegy Inc., Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as warrant agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on October 4, 2012, File No. 001-33443).
10.59			Letter of Credit and Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2014 between Illinois Power Marketing Company and Union Bank, N.A.(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. and Illinois Power Generating Company filed on February 4, 2014, File No. 001-33443).
10.60			Waiver and Amendment No. 1 to Letter of Credit and Reimbursement Agreement by and between Illinois Power Marketing Company and Union Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended June 30, 2014 of Dynegy Inc., File No. 001-33443).
14.1			Dynegy Inc. Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Professionals, as amended on July 23, 2013(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 2013 of Dynegy Inc. File No. 001-33443).
***21.1			Significant subsidiaries of the Registrant
***23.1			Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
***31.1			Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), As Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
***31.2			Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), As Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
†32.1			Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 United States Code Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
†32.2			Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 United States Code Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
**101.INS			XBRL Instance Document
**101.SCH			XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
**101.CAL			XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
**101.DEF			XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
**101.LAB			XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
**101.PRE			XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

__________________________________________


*	Pursuant to Item 6.01(b)(2) of Regulation S-K exhibits and schedules are omitted. Dynegy agrees to furnish to the Commission supplementally a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit upon request of the Commission.

XBRL information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Section 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and is not subject to liability under those sections, is not part of any registration statement or prospectus to which it relates and is not incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference into any registration statement, prospectus or other document.

*** Filed herewith.


****	Pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, portions of this Exhibit have been redacted and filed separately with the SEC as required by Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

† Pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Release No. 33-8238, this certification will be treated as “accompanying” this report and not “filed” as part of such report for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, and this certification will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act.


††	Management contract or compensation plan.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, the thereunto duly authorized.




		DYNEGY INC.
Date:	February 25, 2015	By:	/s/ ROBERT C. FLEXON Robert C. Flexon President and Chief Executive Officer

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.




/s/ ROBERT C. FLEXON Robert C. Flexon	President and Chief Executive Officer & Director (Principal Executive Officer)	February 25, 2015
/s/ CLINT C. FREELAND Clint C. Freeland	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)	February 25, 2015
/s/ J. CLINTON WALDEN J. Clinton Walden	Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)	February 25, 2015
/s/ PAT WOOD III Pat Wood III	Chairman of the Board	February 25, 2015
/s/ HILARY E. ACKERMANN Hilary E. Ackermann	Director	February 25, 2015
/s/ PAUL M. BARBAS Paul M. Barbas	Director	February 25, 2015
/s/ RICHARD LEE KUERSTEINER Richard Lee Kuersteiner	Director	February 25, 2015
/s/ JEFFREY S. STEIN Jeffrey S. Stein	Director	February 25, 2015
/s/ JOHN R. SULT John R. Sult	Director	February 25, 2015

DYNEGY INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS




	Page
Consolidated Financial Statements
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets:
December 31, 2014 and 2013		F-4
Consolidated Statements of Operations:
For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (Successor), for the period October 2, 2012 through December 31, 2012 (Successor) and for the period January 1, 2012 through October 1, 2012 (Predecessor)		F-6
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss:
For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (Successor), for the period October 2, 2012 through December 31, 2012 (Successor) and for the period January 1, 2012 through October 1, 2012 (Predecessor)		F-7
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows:
For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (Successor), for the period October 2, 2012 through December 31, 2012 (Successor) and for the period January 1, 2012 through October 1, 2012 (Predecessor)		F-8
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity:
For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (Successor), for the period October 2, 2012 through December 31, 2012 (Successor) and for the period January 1, 2012 through October 1, 2012 (Predecessor)		F-9
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		F-10

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Dynegy Inc.:

We have audited Dynegy Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission “(2013 framework)” (the COSO criteria). Dynegy Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

In our opinion, Dynegy Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 2014 consolidated financial statements of Dynegy Inc. and our report dated February 25, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Houston, Texas

February 25, 2015

F-2

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Dynegy Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Dynegy Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 (Successor), and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (Successor), the period from October 2, 2012 through December 31, 2012 (Successor), and the period from January 1, 2012 through October 1, 2012 (Predecessor). These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Dynegy Inc. at December 31, 2014 and 2013 (Successor), and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (Successor), the period from October 2, 2012 through December 31, 2012 (Successor), and the period from January 1, 2012 through October 1, 2012 (Predecessor), in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Notes 2 and 20 to the consolidated financial statements, on September 10, 2012, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order confirming the Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization, which became effective on October, 1, 2012. Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial statements for the period from October 2, 2012 through December 31, 2012 have been prepared in conformity with Accounting Standards Codification 852-10, Reorganizations, applying fresh-start accounting as described in Notes 2 and 20.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Dynegy Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission “(2013 framework)” and our report dated February 25, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Houston, Texas

February 25, 2015

F-3

Item 1—FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DYNEGY INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in millions, except share data)



	December 31, 2014			December 31, 2013
ASSETS
Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	1,870		$	843
Restricted cash	113			—
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2 and zero respectively	270			420
Inventory	208			181
Assets from risk management activities	78			25
Intangible assets	27			108
Prepayments and other current assets	108			108
Total Current Assets	2,674			1,685

Property, Plant and Equipment	3,685			3,527
Accumulated depreciation	(430		)	(212		)
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net	3,255			3,315
Other Assets
Restricted cash	5,100			—
Assets from risk management activities	2			11
Intangible assets	38			68
Deferred income taxes	20			100
Other long-term assets	143			112
Total Assets	$	11,232		$	5,291

See the notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4

Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in millions, except share data)



	December 31, 2014			December 31, 2013
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current Liabilities
Accounts payable	$	216		$	329
Accrued interest	80			13
Deferred income taxes	20			100
Intangible liabilities	45			62
Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities	157			139
Liabilities from risk management activities	132			65
Debt, current portion	31			13
Total Current Liabilities	681			721
Debt, long-term portion	7,075			1,979
Other Liabilities
Liabilities from risk management activities	31			33
Asset retirement obligations	205			173
Other long-term liabilities	217			178
Total Liabilities	8,209			3,084
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 15)

Stockholders’ Equity
Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value, 20,000,000 authorized at December 31, 2014 and 2013:
Series A 5.375% mandatory convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 4,000,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014	387			—
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 420,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2014 and 2013; 124,436,941 shares and 100,202,036 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013	1			1
Additional paid-in capital	3,351			2,614
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax	20			58
Accumulated deficit	(736		)	(463		)
Total Dynegy Stockholders’ Equity	3,023			2,210
Noncontrolling interest	—			(3		)
Total Equity	3,023			2,207
Total Liabilities and Equity	$	11,232		$	5,291

See the notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5

Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in millions, except per share data)



	Successor									Predecessor
	Year Ended December 31, 2014			Year Ended December 31, 2013			October 2 Through December 31, 2012			January 1 Through October 1, 2012
Revenues	$	2,497		$	1,466		$	312		$	981
Cost of sales, excluding depreciation expense	(1,661		)	(1,145		)	(268		)	(662		)
Gross margin	836			321			44			319
Operating and maintenance expense	(477		)	(308		)	(81		)	(148		)
Depreciation expense	(247		)	(216		)	(45		)	(110		)
Gain on sale of assets, net	18			2			—			—
General and administrative expense	(114		)	(97		)	(22		)	(56		)
Acquisition and integration costs	(35		)	(20		)	—			—
Operating income (loss)	(19		)	(318		)	(104		)	5
Bankruptcy reorganization items, net	3			(1		)	(3		)	1,037
Earnings from unconsolidated investments	10			2			2			—
Interest expense	(223		)	(97		)	(16		)	(120		)
Loss on extinguishment of debt	—			(11		)	—			—
Impairment of Undertaking receivable, affiliate	—			—			—			(832		)
Other income and expense, net	(39		)	8			8			31
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes	(268		)	(417		)	(113		)	121
Income tax benefit (Note 13)	1			58			—			9
Income (loss) from continuing operations	(267		)	(359		)	(113		)	130
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax (Note 22)	—			3			6			(162		)
Net loss	(267		)	(356		)	(107		)	(32		)
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest	6			—			—			—
Net loss attributable to Dynegy Inc.	(273		)	(356		)	(107		)	(32		)
Less: Dividends on preferred stock	5			—			—			—
Net loss attributable to Dynegy Inc. common stockholders	$	(278	)	$	(356	)	$	(107	)	$	(32	)

Loss Per Share (Note 14):
Basic and diluted loss per share attributable to Dynegy Inc. common stockholders:
Loss from continuing operations	$	(2.65	)	$	(3.59	)	$	(1.13	)	N/A
Income from discontinued operations	—			0.03			0.06			N/A
Basic and diluted loss per share attributable to Dynegy Inc. common stockholders	$	(2.65	)	$	(3.56	)	$	(1.07	)	N/A

Basic and diluted shares outstanding	105			100			100			N/A

See the notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6

Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in millions)



	Successor									Predecessor
	Year Ended December 31, 2014			Year Ended December 31, 2013			October 2 Through December 31, 2012			January 1 Through October 1, 2012
Net loss	$	(267	)	$	(356	)	$	(107	)	$	(32	)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications:
Actuarial gain (loss) and plan amendments (net of tax expense of zero, $31, zero and zero, respectively)	(36		)	57			11			—
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):
Reclassification of curtailment gain included in net loss (net of tax of zero, zero, zero, and zero, respectively)	—			(7		)	—			—
Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost (credit) and actuarial loss (gain) (net of tax of zero, zero, zero and zero, respectively)	(5		)	(2		)	—			(1		)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax	(41		)	48			11			(1		)
Comprehensive loss	(308		)	(308		)	(96		)	(33		)
Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest	3			1			—			—
Total comprehensive loss attributable to Dynegy Inc.	$	(311	)	$	(309	)	$	(96	)	$	(33	)

See the notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-7

Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in millions)



	Successor									Predecessor
	Year Ended December 31, 2014			Year Ended December 31, 2013			October 2 Through December 31, 2012			January 1 Through October 1, 2012
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net loss	$	(267	)	$	(356	)	$	(107	)	$	(32	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash flows from operating activities:
Depreciation expense	247			216			45			110
Loss on extinguishment of debt	—			11			—			—
Non-cash interest expense (benefit)	21			2			(19		)	8
Amortization of intangibles	45			251			60			79
Bankruptcy reorganization items, net	—			—			—			(947		)
Impairment and other charges	—			—			—			832
Risk management activities	26			38			(46		)	(82		)
Gain on sale of assets, net	(18		)	(2		)	—			—
Deferred income taxes	(1		)	(56		)	—			(9		)
Change in value of common stock warrants	40			1			(8		)	—
Other	35			14			(3		)	(10		)
Changes in working capital:
Accounts receivable, net	161			(75		)	—			9
Inventory	(20		)	24			1			7
Prepayments and other current assets	22			48			49			(43		)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	(131		)	71			(3		)	38
Affiliate transactions	—			—			—			19
Changes in non-current assets	(4		)	(12		)	(10		)	(16		)
Changes in non-current liabilities	7			—			(3		)	—
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	163			175			(44		)	(37		)
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Capital expenditures	(132		)	(98		)	(46		)	(63		)
Proceeds from asset sales, net	18			3			—			—
(Increase) decrease in restricted cash	(5,148		)	335			311			88
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired/divestitures	—			234			—			256
Deconsolidation of DNE Debtor Entities	—			—			—			(22		)
Payments received for Undertaking, receivable affiliate	—			—			—			16
Other investing	—			—			—			3
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	(5,262		)	474			265			278
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net	387			—			—			—
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net	719			—			—			—
Payment to unsecured creditors	—			—			—			(200		)
Proceeds from long-term borrowings, net of financing costs	5,055			1,768			—			—
Repayments of borrowings, including debt extinguishment costs	(14		)	(1,917		)	(328		)	(11		)
Interest rate swap settlement payments	(18		)	(5		)	—			—
Recapitalization of Legacy Dynegy	—			—			—			27
Other financing	(3		)	—			—			—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	6,126			(154		)	(328		)	(184		)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	1,027			495			(107		)	57
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period	843			348			455			398
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	$	1,870		$	843		$	348		$	455

See the notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-8

Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

(in millions)



	Preferred Stock		Common Stock			Additional Paid-In Capital			Member’s Contribution			Affiliate Receivable			AOCI (Loss)			Accumulated Deficit			Total Controlling Interests			Noncontrolling Interest			Total
December 31, 2011 (Predecessor)	$	—	$	—		$	—		$	5,135		$	(846	)	$	1		$	(4,258	)	$	32		$	—		$	32
Net loss	—		—			—			—			—			—			(32		)	(32		)	—			(32		)
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax	—		—			—			—			—			(1		)	—			(1		)	—			(1		)
Affiliate activity (Note 12)	—		—			—			—			846			—			(846		)	—			—			—
DMG Acquisition	—		—			—			—			—			(24		)	—			(24		)	—			(24		)
Merger	—		1			5,166			(5,135		)	—			—			—			32			—			32
October 1, 2012 (Predecessor)	—		1			5,166			—			—			(24		)	(5,136		)	7			—			7
Fresh-start adjustments:
Elimination of Predecessor equity	—		(1		)	(5,166		)	—			—			24			5,136			(7		)	—			(7		)
Issuance of new equity interests (Note 20)	—		1			2,597			—			—			—			—			2,598			—			2,598
October 2, 2012 (Successor)	—		1			2,597			—			—			—			—			2,598			—			2,598
Net loss	—		—			—			—			—			—			(107		)	(107		)	—			(107		)
Share-based compensation expense, net of tax	—		—			1			—			—			—			—			1			—			1
Other comprehensive income, net of tax	—		—			—			—			—			11			—			11			—			11
December 31, 2012 (Successor)	—		1			2,598			—			—			11			(107		)	2,503			—			2,503
Net loss	—		—			—			—			—			—			(356		)	(356		)	—			(356		)
Other comprehensive income, net of tax	—		—			—			—			—			47			—			47			1			48
Share-based compensation expense, net of tax	—		—			14			—			—			—			—			14			—			14
Options exercised	—		—			2			—			—			—			—			2			—			2
AER Acquisition	—		—			—			—			—			—			—			—			(4		)	(4		)
December 31, 2013 (Successor)	—		1			2,614			—			—			58			(463		)	2,210			(3		)	2,207
Net income (loss)	—		—			—			—			—			—			(273		)	(273		)	6			(267		)
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax	—		—			—			—			—			(38		)	—			(38		)	(3		)	(41		)
Share-based compensation expense, net of tax	—		—			17			—			—			—			—			17			—			17
Options exercised	—		—			1			—			—			—			—			1			—			1
Issuance of new equity interests (Note 16)	387		—			719			—			—			—			—			1,106			—			1,106
December 31, 2014 (Successor)	$	387	$	1		$	3,351		$	—		$	—		$	20		$	(736	)	$	3,023		$	—		$	3,023

See the notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-9

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1—Organization and Operations

We are a holding company and conduct substantially all of our business operations through our subsidiaries. Our current business operations are focused primarily on the power generation sector of the energy industry. Unless the context indicates otherwise, throughout this report, the terms “Dynegy,” “the Company,” “we,” “us,” “our” and “ours” are used to refer to Dynegy Inc. and its direct and indirect subsidiaries. Discussions or areas of this report that apply only to Dynegy, Legacy Dynegy or Dynegy Holdings, LLC (“DH”) are clearly noted in such sections or areas and specific defined terms may be introduced for use only in those sections or areas. We report the results of our power generation business as three segments in our consolidated financial statements: (i) the Coal segment (“Coal”), (ii) the IPH segment (“IPH”) and (iii) the Gas segment (“Gas”). Our consolidated financial results also reflect corporate-level expenses such as general and administrative expense, interest expense and income tax benefit (expense). All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated. Please read Note 24—Segment Information for further discussion.

Illinois Power Holdings, LLC (“IPH”) and its direct and indirect subsidiaries are organized into ring-fenced groups in order to maintain corporate separateness from Dynegy and its other subsidiaries. Certain of the entities in the IPH segment, including Illinois Power Generating Company (“Genco”), have an independent director whose consent is required for certain corporate actions, including material transactions with affiliates. Further, entities within the IPH segment present themselves to the public as separate entities. They maintain separate books, records and bank accounts and separately appoint officers. Furthermore, they pay liabilities from their own funds, conduct business in their own names and have restrictions on pledging their assets for the benefit of certain other persons. These provisions restrict our ability to move cash out of these entities without meeting certain requirements as set forth in the governing documents.

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation. Between November 7, 2011 and September 30, 2012, we operated as a debtor-in-possession under the supervision of the Bankruptcy Court. For financial reporting purposes, close of business on October 1, 2012, represents the date of our emergence from bankruptcy. As used herein, the following terms refer to the Company and its operations:



“Predecessor”		The Company, pre-emergence from bankruptcy
“2012 Predecessor Period”		The Company’s operations, January 1, 2012 — October 1, 2012

“Successor”		The Company, post-emergence from bankruptcy
“2012 Successor Period”		The Company’s operations, October 2, 2012 — December 31, 2012

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include our accounts and the accounts of our majority-owned or controlled subsidiaries. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Accounting policies for all of our operations are in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Unconsolidated Investments. We use the equity method of accounting for investments in affiliates over which we exercise significant influence. We use the cost method of accounting where we do not exercise significant influence.

Our share of net income (loss) from these affiliates is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations as Earnings from unconsolidated investments. All investments in unconsolidated affiliates are periodically assessed for other-than-temporary declines in value, with write-downs recognized in Earnings from unconsolidated investments in the consolidated statements of operations.

Noncontrolling Interest. Noncontrolling interest is comprised of the 20 percent of Electric Energy, Inc. (“EEI”) which we do not own. This noncontrolling interest is classified as a component of equity separate from our equity in the consolidated balance sheets.

Use of Estimates. The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make informed estimates and judgments that affect our reported financial position and results of operations based on currently available information. We review significant estimates and judgments affecting our consolidated financial statements on a recurring basis and record the effect of any necessary adjustments. Uncertainties with respect to such estimates and judgments are inherent in the preparation of financial statements. Estimates and judgments are used in, among other things, (i) developing fair value assumptions, including estimates of future cash flows and discount rates, (ii) analyzing tangible and intangible assets for possible impairment, (iii) estimating the useful lives of our assets and Asset Retirement

F-10

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Obligations (“AROs”), (iv) assessing future tax exposure and the realization of deferred tax assets, (v) determining amounts to accrue for contingencies, guarantees and, indemnifications and (vi) estimating various factors used to value our pension assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ materially from our estimates. In the opinion of management, all adjustments considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included.

Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consist of all demand deposits and funds invested in highly liquid short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less.

Restricted Cash. Restricted cash represents cash that is not readily available for general purpose cash needs. Restricted cash is classified as a current or long-term asset based on the timing and nature of when or how the cash is expected to be used or when the restrictions are expected to lapse. As of December 31, 2014, we have $5.1 billion of restricted cash classified as long-term assets and $113 million of prepaid interest classified as short term assets related to the issuance of the Notes. Please read Note 11—Debt for further information. On the consolidated statements of cash flows, we include changes in restricted cash due to the payment to the escrow agents for the Pending Acquisitions, as defined herein, and the prepayment of interest on the Notes in investing cash flows. Payments to the escrow agents for interest accrued on the Acquisition Financing are reflected in operating cash flows.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. We record accounts receivable at the net realizable value when the product or service is delivered to the customer. We establish provisions for losses on accounts receivable if it becomes probable that we will not collect all or part of outstanding balances. We review collectability and establish or adjust our allowance as necessary using the specific identification method.

Inventory. Our commodity and materials and supplies inventories are carried at the lower of weighted average cost or market.

Property, Plant and Equipment. Property, plant and equipment, which consist principally of power generating facilities, including capitalized interest, is generally recorded at historical cost. Expenditures for major installations, replacements, and improvements or betterments are capitalized and depreciated over the expected life cycle. Expenditures for maintenance, repairs and minor renewals to maintain the operating condition of our assets are expensed. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated economic service lives of the assets, ranging from one to 34 years.

The estimated economic service lives of our asset groups are as follows:



Asset Group		Range of Years
Power generation facilities		1 to 30
Environmental upgrades		10 to 30
Buildings and improvements		7 to 34
Office and other equipment		2 to 15

Gains and losses on sales of individual assets or asset groups are reflected in Gain on sale of assets, net in the consolidated statements of operations. We assess the carrying value of our property, plant and equipment to determine if an impairment is indicated when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable. If an impairment is indicated for assets or asset groups classified as held and used, the carrying value is first compared to the undiscounted cash flows for the asset’s or asset group’s remaining useful life to determine if the carrying value is recoverable. In the event the carrying value is not determined to be recoverable, an impairment is recognized for the amount of carrying value in excess of the asset’s or asset group’s fair value. Our assessment of certain events in 2014 indicated the possible impairment of certain of our assets; however, the carrying value of these assets was determined to be recoverable under the held and used model.

Intangible Assets and Liabilities. We initially record and measure intangible assets and liabilities (“intangibles”) based on the fair value of those rights transferred in the transaction in which the asset was acquired. Additionally, we recorded intangibles in connection with the application of fresh-start accounting at fair value. All recognized intangibles consist of contractual rights and obligations with finite lives. The intangibles are based on quoted market prices for the asset, if available, or measurement techniques based on the best information available such as a present value of future cash flows. We amortize our definite-lived intangibles based on the useful life of the respective contract or contracts.

F-11

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Asset Retirement Obligations. We record the present value of our legal obligations to retire tangible, long-lived assets on our balance sheets as liabilities when the liability is incurred. Our AROs relate to activities such as Coal Combustion Residuals (“CCR”) surface impoundment and landfill closure, dismantlement of power generation facilities, future removal of asbestos containing material from certain power generation facilities, closure and post-closure costs, environmental testing, remediation, monitoring and land obligations. Accretion expense is included in Operating and maintenance expense on our consolidated statements of operations. A summary of changes in our AROs is as follows:



	Year Ended December 31,
(amounts in millions)	2014			2013
Balance at beginning of year	$	181		$	83
Accretion expense	12			6
Revision of previous estimate (1)	33			36
AER Acquisition (2)	—			59
Expenditures	(2		)	(3		)
Balance at end of year	$	224		$	181

__________________________________________


(1)	During 2014 and 2013, we revised our ARO upward by $33 million and $36 million, respectively, based on observed trends in Illinois primarily related to CCR surface impoundment closures, groundwater monitoring and updated cost estimates for asbestos in accordance with the standards used in the industry.


(2)	As a result of the AER Acquisition on December 2, 2013, the AROs associated with the IPH segment were assumed.

Contingencies, Commitments, Guarantees and Indemnifications. We are involved in numerous lawsuits, claims, proceedings and tax-related audits in the normal course of our operations. We record a loss contingency for these matters when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. We review our loss contingencies on an ongoing basis to ensure that we have appropriate reserves recorded on our consolidated balance sheets. These reserves are based on estimates and judgments made by management with respect to the likely outcome of these matters, including any applicable insurance coverage for litigation matters, and are adjusted as circumstances warrant. Liabilities for environmental contingencies are recorded when an environmental assessment indicates that remedial efforts are probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. Measurement of liabilities is based, in part, on relevant past experience, currently enacted laws and regulations, existing technology, site-specific costs and cost-sharing arrangements. Recognition of any joint and several liability is based upon our best estimate of our final pro-rata share of such liability.

We disclose and account for various guarantees and indemnifications entered into during the course of business. When a guarantee or indemnification is entered into, an estimated fair value of the underlying guarantee or indemnification is recorded. Some guarantees and indemnifications could have significant financial impact under certain circumstances; however, management also considers the probability of such circumstances occurring when estimating the fair value.

Preferred Stock. Our preferred shares are mandatorily convertible and not redeemable and are classified as equity. We present the proceeds from their issuance, net of direct costs, as a single line item within equity on the balance sheet. Dividends on the preferred shares are cumulative and are presented as a reduction of net income (or increase of net loss) to derive income attributable to common shareholders on the statement of operations. Dividends are recognized in equity in the period in which they are declared and presented as a financing activity on the statement of cash flows when paid.

Revenue Recognition. We earn revenue from our facilities in three primary ways: (i) the sale of both fuel and energy through both physical and financial transactions to optimize the financial performance of our generating facilities; (ii) the sale of capacity; and (iii) the sale of ancillary services, which are the products of a generation facility that support the transmission grid operation, allow generation to follow real-time changes in load, and provide emergency reserves for major changes to the balance of generation and load. We recognize revenue from these transactions when the product or service is delivered to a customer, unless they meet the definition of a derivative. Please read “Derivative Instruments—Generation” for further discussion of the accounting for these types of transactions.

F-12

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

apply hedge accounting to our derivative commodity contracts; therefore, changes in fair value are recorded currently in earnings. As a result, these mark-to-market gains and losses are not reflected in the consolidated statements of operations in the same period as the underlying activity for which the derivative instruments serve as economic hedges. Derivative instruments and related cash collateral or margin that are executed with the same counterparty under a master netting agreement are reflected on a net basis in the consolidated balance sheets.

Cash inflows and cash outflows associated with the settlement of risk management activities are recognized in net cash provided by (used in) operating activities on the consolidated statements of cash flows.

Derivative Instruments—Financing Activities. We are exposed to changes in interest rates through our variable rate debt. In order to manage our interest rate risk, we enter into interest rate swap and cap agreements. We elect not to apply hedge accounting to our interest rate derivative contracts; therefore, changes in fair value are recorded currently in earnings through interest expense. Cash settlements related to our current interest rate contracts are classified as either inflows or outflows from financing activities on the cash flow statement due to an other-than-insignificant financing element at inception of these contracts. Please read Note 11—Debt for more information.

Fair Value Measurements. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). Our estimate of fair value reflects the impact of credit risk. We utilize market data or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk and the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique. These inputs are classified as readily observable, market corroborated or generally unobservable. We primarily apply the market approach for recurring fair value measurements and endeavor to utilize the best available information. Accordingly, we utilize valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. We classify fair value balances based on the classification of the inputs used to calculate the fair value of a transaction. The inputs used to measure fair value have been placed in a hierarchy based on priority.

The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

•

Level 1—Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date. Active markets are those in which transactions for the asset or liability occur in sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis. Level 1 primarily consists of financial instruments such as exchange-traded derivatives, listed equities and U.S. government treasury securities.

•

Level 2—Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets included in Level 1, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date. Level 2 includes those financial instruments that are valued using industry-standards models or other valuation methodologies, in which substantially all assumptions are observable in the marketplace throughout the full term of the instrument, can be derived from observable data or are supported by observable levels at which transactions are executed in the marketplace. Instruments in this category include non-exchange-traded derivatives such as over the counter forwards, options and swaps.

•

The determination of fair value incorporates various factors. These factors include not only the credit standing of the counterparties involved and the impact of credit enhancements (such as cash deposits, letters of credit and priority interests), but also the impact of our nonperformance risk on our liabilities. Valuation adjustments are generally based on capital market implied ratings evidence when assessing the credit standing of our counterparties and when applicable, adjusted based on management’s estimates of assumptions market participants would use in determining fair value.

Income Taxes. We file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. IPH and its subsidiaries (ring-fenced entities) operate under a tax sharing agreement with Dynegy.

We use the asset and liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes and provide deferred income taxes for all significant differences.

F-13

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

as depreciation for tax and accounting purposes. These differences can result in deferred tax assets and liabilities which are included within our consolidated balance sheets. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

Because we operate and sell power in many different states, our effective annual state income tax rate may vary from period to period because of changes in our sales profile by state, as well as jurisdictional and legislative changes by state. As a result, changes in our estimated effective annual state income tax rate can have a significant impact on our measurement of temporary differences. We project the rates at which state tax temporary differences will reverse based upon estimates of revenues and operations in the respective jurisdictions in which we conduct business.

The Company routinely assesses the realizability of its deferred tax assets. If the Company concludes that it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized, the tax asset is reduced by a valuation allowance. In making this determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence affecting specific deferred tax assets, including our past and anticipated future performance, the reversal of deferred tax liabilities and the implementation of tax planning strategies.

Accounting for uncertainty in income taxes requires that we determine whether it is more likely than not that a tax position we have taken will be sustained upon examination. If we determine that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained, we recognize the largest amount of the benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement. We recognize accrued interest expense and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense.

Please read Note 13—Income Taxes for further discussion of our accounting for income taxes, uncertain tax positions and changes in our valuation allowance.

Earnings (Loss) Per Share. Basic earnings (loss) per share represents the amount of earnings for the period available to each share of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share amounts include the effect of issuing shares of common stock assuming stock options and warrants are exercised and restricted stock units and performance stock units are fully vested under the treasury stock method. Diluted earnings (loss) per share also include the effect of the assumed conversion of our convertible preferred stock into common stock under the if-converted method.

Business Combinations Accounting. The Company accounts for its business combinations in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”), Business Combinations, or ASC 805. ASC 805 requires an acquirer to recognize and measure in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at fair value at the acquisition date. It also requires an acquirer to measure any goodwill acquired and determine what information to disclose to enable users of an entity’s financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. In addition, transaction costs are expensed as incurred.

Accounting Standards Adopted

Presentation of Unrecognized Tax Benefits. In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2013-11-Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss (“NOL”) Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists. The provisions of the rule require an unrecognized tax benefit to be presented as a reduction to a deferred tax asset in the financial statements for an NOL carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward except in circumstances when the carryforward or tax loss is not available at the reporting date under the tax laws of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes or the tax law does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purposes. When those circumstances exist, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. The new financial statement presentation provisions relating to this ASU are prospective and effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2013. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Joint and Several Liability Arrangements. In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-04-Liabilities (Topic 405): Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for Which the Total Amount of the Obligation Is Fixed at the Reporting Date. The provisions of the rule require an entity to measure obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation within the scope of this guidance is fixed at the reporting date, as the sum of (i) the amount the reporting entity agreed to pay on the basis of its arrangement among its co-obligors and (ii) any additional amount the reporting entity expects to pay on behalf of its co-obligors. The guidance in this ASU also requires an entity to disclose the nature and amount of the obligation as well as other information about those obligations. ASU 2013-04 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2013. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

F-14

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted

Reporting Discontinued Operations and Asset Disposals. In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-08-Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360): Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosure of Disposals of Components of an Entity. The amendments in this ASU change the requirements for reporting discontinued operations in Subtopic 205-20. An entity is required to report within discontinued operations on the statement of operations the results of a component or group of components of an entity if the disposal represents a strategic shift that has, or will have, a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results. Additionally, the associated assets and liabilities are required to be presented separately from other assets and liabilities on the balance sheet for all comparative periods. The ASU includes updated guidance regarding what meets the definition of a component of an entity. The new financial statement presentation provisions relating to this ASU are prospective and effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014, with early adoption permitted. We do not anticipate the adoption of this ASU having a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue from Contracts with Customers. In May 2014, the FASB and International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) jointly issued ASU 2014-09-Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). The amendments in this ASU develop a common revenue standard for U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) by removing inconsistencies and weaknesses in revenue requirements, providing a more robust framework for addressing revenue issues, improving comparability of revenue recognition practices, providing more useful information to users of financial statements and simplifying the preparation of financial statements. The guidance in this ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. We are currently assessing this ASU; however, we do not anticipate the adoption of this ASU having a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Note 3—Merger and Acquisitions

Acquisitions

Duke Midwest Purchase Agreement. On August 21, 2014, our wholly-owned subsidiary, Dynegy Resource I, LLC (“DRI”), entered into a purchase and sale agreement, as amended (the “Duke Midwest Purchase Agreement”) with Duke Energy SAM, LLC (“Duke Energy SAM”) and Duke Energy Commercial Enterprises, Inc. (“Duke Energy CE” and, together with Duke Energy SAM, “Duke Energy”), pursuant to which DRI will purchase from Duke Energy 100 percent of the membership interests in Duke Energy Commercial Asset Management, LLC and Duke Energy Retail Sales, LLC, thereby acquiring approximately 6,200 MW in (i) five natural gas-fired power facilities located in Ohio, Pennsylvania and Illinois, (ii) one oil-fired power facility located in Ohio, (iii) partial interests in five coal-fired power facilities located in Ohio and (iv) a retail energy business for a base purchase price of $2.8 billion in cash, subject to certain adjustments (the “Duke Midwest Acquisition”). We will operate two of the five coal-fired facilities, the Miami Fort and Zimmer facilities, and other owners will operate the three remaining facilities.

The Duke Midwest Purchase Agreement includes customary representations, warranties and covenants by the parties, and is subject to various closing conditions, including (i) obtaining approval of FERC under Section 203 of the Federal Power Act, as amended (“FERC Approval”), and other required governmental consents and approvals; (ii) no injunction or other orders preventing the consummation of the transactions contemplated under the Duke Midwest Purchase Agreement; (iii) the continuing accuracy of each party’s representations and warranties; and (iv) the satisfaction of other conditions. On February 6, 2015, we responded to a letter from FERC requesting additional information to process the applications filed with FERC on September 11, 2014.

Each party has agreed to indemnify the other for breaches of representations and warranties, breaches of covenants and certain other matters, subject to certain exceptions and limitations. The Duke Midwest Purchase Agreement contains certain termination rights for both DRI and Duke Energy, including if the closing does not occur within nine months following the date of the Duke Midwest Purchase Agreement (subject to extension to 12 months, if necessary to obtain applicable governmental approvals). In the event the Duke Midwest Purchase Agreement is validly terminated then each of the parties shall be relieved of its duties and obligations arising under this agreement.

Concurrently with the execution of the Duke Midwest Purchase Agreement, Dynegy entered into a guaranty (the “Duke Midwest Acquisition Guaranty”), capped at $2.8 billion, in favor of Duke Energy, whereby Dynegy will guarantee the payment and performance of DRI’s obligations under the Duke Midwest Purchase Agreement, as well as under a transition services agreement to be entered into upon the closing of the Duke Midwest Acquisition. Please read Note 15—Commitments and Contingencies—Guarantees for further discussion.

ECP Purchase Agreements. Also on August 21, 2014, our wholly-owned subsidiary, Dynegy Resource II, LLC (“ERC Purchaser”) entered into a stock purchase agreement (the “ERC Purchase Agreement”) with Energy Capital Partners II, LP (“ECP II”), Energy Capital Partners II-A, LP (“ECP II-A”), Energy Capital Partners II-B, LP (“ECP II-B”), Energy Capital Partners II-

F-15

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

C (Direct IP), LP (“ECP II-C”), Energy Capital Partners II-D, LP (“ECP II-D”), and Energy Capital Partners II (EquiPower Co-Invest), LP (“ECP Coinvest” and, collectively with ECP II, ECP II-A, ECP II-B, ECP II-C and ECP II-D, the “ERC Sellers”), EquiPower Resources Corp. (“ERC”), and solely for certain limited purposes set forth therein, each of Energy Capital Partners II-C, LP (“ECP II-C Fund”), and Dynegy, pursuant to which the ERC Purchaser will purchase from ERC Sellers 100 percent of the equity interests in ERC, thereby acquiring (i) five combined cycle natural-gas fired facilities in Connecticut, Massachusetts and Pennsylvania, (ii) a partial interest in one natural gas-fired peaking facility in Illinois, (iii) two gas and oil fired peaking facilities in Ohio and (iv) one coal-fired facility in Illinois (the “ERC Acquisition”).

On August 21, 2014, in a related transaction, Dynegy’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, Dynegy Resource III, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Brayton Purchaser” and, together with the ERC Purchaser, the “ECP Purchasers”), and Dynegy Resource III-A, LLC, the (“Merger Sub”), entered into a stock purchase agreement and agreement and plan of merger (the “Brayton Purchase Agreement”) with Energy Capital Partners GP II, LP (“ECP GP”), ECP II, ECP II-A, ECP II-B, ECP II-D, and Energy Capital Partners II-C (Cayman), L.P. (“ECP II-C (Cayman)” and, collectively with ECP GP, ECP II, ECP II-A, ECP II-B and ECP II-D, the “Brayton Sellers” and, together with the ERC Sellers, the “ECP Sellers”), Brayton Point Holdings, LLC (“Brayton”), and, solely for certain limited purposes set forth therein, each of ECP II-C Fund and Dynegy, pursuant to which Brayton Purchaser will, subject to the terms and conditions in the Brayton Purchase Agreement, acquire from Brayton Sellers and other holders of equity interests in Brayton, through a stock purchase and the related merger of Merger Sub with and into Brayton, 100 percent of the equity interests in Brayton (the “Brayton Acquisition”).

The closing of each of the ERC Acquisition and the Brayton Acquisition (collectively, the “EquiPower Acquisition” and, the EquiPower Acquisition together with the Duke Midwest Acquisition, the “Pending Acquisitions”) is contingent on the simultaneous closing of the other acquisition. The EquiPower Acquisition will add approximately 6,300 MW of generation in Connecticut, Illinois, Massachusetts, Ohio and Pennsylvania. The aggregate base purchase price for the EquiPower Acquisition is $3.25 billion in cash plus $200 million in common stock of Dynegy, subject to certain adjustments.

The ERC Purchase Agreement and the Brayton Purchase Agreement (collectively, the “ECP Purchase Agreements”) include customary representations, warranties and covenants by the respective parties thereto, and are subject to various closing conditions, including (i) obtaining FERC Approval and other required governmental approvals; (ii) no injunction or other legal prohibition preventing the closing under the applicable ECP Purchase Agreement; (iii) the continuing accuracy of each applicable party’s representations and warranties; and (iv) the satisfaction of other customary conditions. On February 6, 2015, we responded to a letter requesting additional information to process the applications filed with FERC on September 11, 2014.

Under the ECP Purchase Agreements, the applicable parties have agreed to indemnify the other applicable parties for breaches of representations and warranties, breaches of covenants and certain other matters, subject to certain exceptions and limitations. The ECP Purchasers shall, in aggregate, not be entitled to indemnification in excess of $276 million, and $104 million of the purchase price will be held in escrow for one year after closing to support the post-closing adjustment and indemnification obligations of the ECP Sellers.

The ECP Purchase Agreements contain certain termination rights for the respective ECP Purchasers and ECP Sellers, including if the closings of the applicable ECP Purchase Agreements do not occur by May 8, 2015. The ECP Purchase Agreements provide for the payment of a termination fee, in aggregate, of $207 million by Dynegy under specific circumstances, including where either of the applicable ECP Purchase Agreements is terminated because of a breach of the representations, warranties or covenants by the applicable ECP Purchaser. Please read Note 15—Commitments and Contingencies—Guarantees for further discussion.

Upon the closings of the Pending Acquisitions, we expect to incur certain transaction fees and expenses of approximately $108 million. These fees are contingent upon the closings, which are subject to conditions and governmental approvals, including FERC approval.

AER Transaction Agreement. On December 2, 2013, pursuant to the terms of the definitive agreement dated as of March 14, 2013 and as amended on December 2, 2013 (the “AER Transaction Agreement”) by and between IPH, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Dynegy, and Ameren Corporation (“Ameren”), IPH completed its acquisition from Ameren of 100 percent of the equity interests of New Ameren Energy Resources, LLC (“AER”) and its subsidiaries (the “AER Acquisition”). The acquisition added 4,062 MW of generation in Illinois and also included the Homefield Energy retail business. There was no cash consideration or stock issued as part of the purchase price. We acquired AER and its subsidiaries through IPH which will maintain corporate separateness from our legal entities outside of IPH.

In connection with the AER Acquisition, Ameren retained certain historical obligations of Illinois Power Resources, LLC (“IPR”) and its subsidiaries, including certain historical environmental and tax liabilities. Approximately $825 million in aggregate principal amount of Genco notes remained outstanding as an obligation of Genco. Additionally, Ameren is required to maintain its existing credit support, including all of its collateral obligations with respect to Illinois Power Marketing Company (“IPM”),

F-16

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for a period not to exceed two years following closing. Dynegy has provided a limited guaranty of certain obligations of IPH up to $25 million (the “Limited Guaranty”) as further described in Note 15—Commitments and Contingencies—Guarantees.

Business Combinations Accounting. The AER Acquisition was accounted for in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”), with identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed recorded at their estimated fair values on the acquisition date, December 2, 2013. Additionally, we estimated the fair value of the consideration provided (the liabilities assumed by Dynegy) to Ameren in order to determine the purchase price of the AER entities. The outstanding long-term Genco debt was fair valued based upon the trading price of the debt on the last trading day before the acquisition date.

To fair value the acquired property, plant and equipment, we used a Discounted Cash Flow (“DCF”) analysis based upon a debt-free, free cash flow model. This DCF model was created for each power generation facility based on its remaining useful life. The DCF model included gross margin forecasts for each power generation facility determined using forward commodity market prices obtained from third party quotations for the years 2013 through 2018, and management’s forecast of operating and maintenance expenses and capital expenditures. For the years 2019 through 2023, we used price curves developed using forward NYMEX gas prices and incorporated assumptions about reserve margins, basis differentials and capacity. For periods beyond 2023, we assumed a 2.5 percent growth rate. The resulting cash flows were then discounted using a discount rate of approximately 15 percent. Contracts with terms that are not at current market value were also valued using a DCF analysis. The cash flows generated by the contracts were compared with current market prices with the resulting difference recorded as an intangible asset or liability. These significant inputs were not observable in the market and thus represent a Level 3 measurement as defined in ASC 820.

As of June 30, 2014, we completed our valuations which resulted in immaterial changes to the fair values recognized for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with the AER Acquisition as of the acquisition date, on December 2, 2013 (in millions):



Cash and cash equivalents	$	234
Accounts receivable	237
Inventory	103
Assets from risk management activities (including $30 million current)	40
Prepayments and other current assets	36
Property, plant and equipment	379
Intangible assets (including $54 million current)	131
Other long-term assets	19
Total assets acquired	1,179
Current liabilities and accrued liabilities	(234		)
Liabilities from risk management activities (including $7 million current)	(10		)
Long-term debt	(682		)
Asset retirement obligations	(59		)
Intangible liabilities (including $63 million current)	(141		)
Other long-term liabilities	(50		)
Noncontrolling interests	4
Total liabilities and noncontrolling interests assumed	(1,172		)
Net assets acquired	$	7

We incurred acquisition and integration costs of $16 million and $20 million included in Acquisition and integration costs on our consolidated statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Revenues of $846 million and $67 million and operating loss of $2 million and $17 million attributable to IPH are included in our consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Please read Note 24—Segment Information for further discussion.

F-17

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Pro Forma Results. The unaudited pro forma financial results include the effects of the AER Acquisition as if it had occurred on January 1, 2013. The unaudited pro forma financial results may not be indicative of the results that would have occurred had the acquisitions been completed on the date indicated, nor are they indicative of future results of operations. Pro forma financial results have not been provided for the year ended December 31, 2012 as the Company considers them not comparable due to the application of fresh-start accounting on October 1, 2012.



(amounts in millions)	Year Ended December 31, 2013
Revenues	$	2,562
Net loss	$	(380	)
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests	$	3
Net loss attributable to Dynegy Inc.	$	(383	)

Merger

On September 30, 2012, pursuant to the terms of the Plan for Dynegy Holdings, LLC (“DH”) and Dynegy Inc. (“Dynegy”), DH merged with and into Legacy Dynegy with Dynegy continuing as the surviving legal entity (the “Merger”). As a result of the DH Chapter 11 Cases (as defined in Note 20—Emergence from Bankruptcy and Fresh-Start Accounting—Chapter 11 Filing and Emergence from Bankruptcy) in 2011, under applicable accounting standards, Dynegy was no longer deemed to have a controlling financial interest in DH and its wholly-owned subsidiaries; therefore, DH and its consolidated subsidiaries were no longer consolidated in Dynegy’s consolidated financial statements as of November 7, 2011. At the time of the Merger, DH held all of the substantive operations, while Legacy Dynegy had only nominal assets (consisting primarily of cash which approximated fair market value) and no operations. As a result, Legacy Dynegy was deemed to not be a business as it had no inputs or processes. As a result of these factors, the Merger was accounted for in a manner similar to a “reverse recapitalization,” whereby DH is the surviving accounting entity for financial reporting purposes. Therefore, our historical results for periods prior to the Merger are the same as DH’s historical results; accordingly, we refer to Dynegy as “Legacy Dynegy” for periods prior to the Merger.

DMG Transfer and DMG Acquisition

On September 1, 2011, Legacy Dynegy and Dynegy Gas Investments, LLC (“DGIN”), a subsidiary of DH, entered into a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement pursuant to which DGIN transferred 100 percent of its outstanding membership interests in Coal Holdco, a wholly owned subsidiary of DGIN, to Legacy Dynegy (the “DMG Transfer”). Legacy Dynegy’s management and Board of Directors, as well as DGIN’s board of managers, concluded that the fair value of the acquired equity stake in Coal Holdco at the time of the transaction was approximately $1.25 billion, after taking into account all debt obligations of Dynegy Midwest Generation, LLC (“DMG”), including in particular the DMG Credit Agreement. Legacy Dynegy provided this value to DGIN in exchange for Coal Holdco through its obligation pursuant to an unsecured undertaking agreement (the “Undertaking Agreement”).

On June 5, 2012, the effective date of the Settlement Agreement (as defined below), DH reacquired Coal Holdco from Legacy Dynegy (the “DMG Acquisition”). At such time, the Undertaking Agreement and Promissory Note were terminated with no further obligations thereunder. Please read Note 20—Emergence from Bankruptcy and Fresh-Start Accounting—Settlement Agreement and Plan Support Agreement for further discussion.

As a result of the DMG Acquisition, the results of our Coal segment are only included in our 2012 consolidated results subsequent to June 5, 2012.

The DMG Acquisition was accounted for as a business combination in DH’s financial statements as Legacy Dynegy deconsolidated DH, effective November 7, 2011, as a result of the DH Chapter 11 Cases (as defined in Note 20—Emergence from Bankruptcy and Fresh-Start Accounting—Chapter 11 Filing and Emergence from Bankruptcy). Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recognized at their fair value as of the acquisition date.

The purchase price was approximately $466 million. Consideration given by DH consisted of (i) approximately $402 million for the fair value of the Undertaking receivable, affiliate that was extinguished in connection with the transaction and (ii) approximately $64 million for the fair value of the Administrative Claim issued to Legacy Dynegy in the DH Chapter 11 Cases (as defined in Note 20—Emergence from Bankruptcy and Fresh-Start Accounting—Chapter 11 Filing and Emergence from Bankruptcy). As a result of entering into the Settlement Agreement, the Undertaking receivable was impaired to $418 million as of March 31, 2012, resulting in a charge of approximately $832 million. The carrying value of the Undertaking was adjusted to the value received in the DMG Acquisition plus interest payments received subsequent to March 31, 2012.

F-18

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Revenues and net loss attributable to the DMG Acquisition is included in our consolidated statements of operations since the date of the acquisition on June 5, 2012. During the 2012 Predecessor Period, the DMG Acquisition contributed approximately $166 million to our revenue and increased our net loss by approximately $87 million.

Pro Forma Results. The unaudited pro forma financial results for the 2012 Predecessor Period show the effect of the DMG Acquisition as if the acquisition had occurred as of January 1, 2012.



(amounts in millions)	January 1 Through October 1, 2012
Revenues	$	1,211
Income from continuing operations	$	876
Loss from discontinued operations	$	(162	)
Net income	$	714

Note 4—Risk Management Activities, Derivatives and Financial Instruments

The nature of our business necessarily involves commodity market and financial risks. Specifically, we are exposed to commodity price variability related to our power generation business. Our commercial team manages these commodity price risks with financially settled and other types of contracts consistent with our commodity risk management policy. Our treasury team manages our financial risks and exposures associated with interest rate risk.

Our commodity risk management policy gives us the flexibility to sell energy and capacity and purchase fuel through a combination of spot market sales and near-term contractual arrangements (generally over a rolling one- to three-year time frame). Our commodity risk management goal is to protect cash flow in the near-term while keeping the ability to capture value longer-term.

Many of our contractual arrangements are derivative instruments and are accounted for at fair value as part of Revenues in our consolidated statements of operations. We manage commodity price risk by entering into capacity forward sales arrangements, tolling arrangements, RMR contracts, fixed price coal purchases and other arrangements that do not receive recurring fair value accounting treatment because these arrangements do not meet the definition of a derivative or are designated as “normal purchase, normal sale,” in accordance with ASC 815. As a result, the gains and losses with respect to these arrangements are not reflected in the consolidated statements of operations until delivery occurs.

Quantitative Disclosures Related to Financial Instruments and Derivatives

As of December 31, 2014, we had net purchases and sales of derivative contracts outstanding in the following quantities:



Contract Type	Quantity		Unit of Measure	Fair Value (1)
(dollars and quantities in millions)	Purchases (Sales)			Asset (Liability)
Commodity contracts:
Electricity derivatives (2)	(25	)	MWh	$	68
Electricity basis derivatives (3)	(21	)	MWh	$	(11	)
Natural gas derivatives (2)	89		MMBtu	$	(92	)
Natural gas basis derivatives	19		MMBtu	$	(5	)
Diesel fuel	6		Gallon	$	(6	)
Coal derivatives	—		Metric Ton	$	(1	)
Crude oil derivatives	—		BBL	$	(3	)
Emissions derivatives	6		Metric Ton	$	2
Interest rate swaps	785		U.S. Dollar	$	(44	)
Common stock warrants (4)	16		Warrant	$	(61	)

_________________________________________


(1)	Includes both asset and liability risk management positions, but excludes margin and collateral netting of $9 million.


(2)	Mainly comprised of swaps, options and physical forwards.


(3)	Comprised of FTRs and swaps.


(4)	Each warrant is convertible into one share of Dynegy common stock.

F-19

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Derivatives on the Balance Sheet. The following table presents the fair value and balance sheet classification of derivatives in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were no gross amounts available to be offset that were not offset in our consolidated balance sheets.



			December 31, 2014
						Gross amounts offset in the balance sheet
Contract Type		Balance Sheet Location	Gross Fair Value			Contract Netting			Collateral or Margin Received or Paid		Net Fair Value
(amounts in millions)
Derivative assets:
	Commodity contracts	Assets from risk management activities	$	115		$	(35	)	$		$	80
	Total derivative assets		$	115		$	(35	)	$	—	$	80

Derivative liabilities:
	Commodity contracts	Liabilities from risk management activities	$	(163	)	$	35		$	9	$	(119	)
	Interest rate contracts	Liabilities from risk management activities	(44		)	—			—		(44		)
	Common stock warrants	Other long-term liabilities	(61		)	—			—		(61		)
	Total derivative liabilities		$	(268	)	$	35		$	9	$	(224	)
Total derivatives			$	(153	)	$			$	9	$	(144	)



			December 31, 2013
						Gross amounts offset in the balance sheet
Contract Type		Balance Sheet Location	Gross Fair Value			Contract Netting			Collateral or Margin Received or Paid		Net Fair Value
(amounts in millions)
Derivative assets:
	Commodity contracts	Assets from risk management activities	$	103		$	(67	)	$		$	36
	Total derivative assets		$	103		$	(67	)	$	—	$	36

Derivative liabilities:
	Commodity contracts	Liabilities from risk management activities	$	(122	)	$	67		$	4	$	(51	)
	Interest rate contracts	Liabilities from risk management activities	(47		)	—			—		(47		)
	Common stock warrants	Other long-term liabilities	(21		)	—			—		(21		)
	Total derivative liabilities		$	(190	)	$	67		$	4	$	(119	)
Total derivatives			$	(87	)	$			$	4	$	(83	)

F-20

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Certain of our derivative instruments have credit limits that require us to post collateral. The amount of collateral required to be posted is a function of the net liability position of the derivative as well as our established credit limit with the respective counterparty. If our credit rating were to change, the counterparties could require us to post additional collateral. The amount of additional collateral that would be required to be posted would vary depending on the extent of change in our credit rating as well as the requirements of the individual counterparty. The aggregate fair value of all commodity derivative instruments with credit-risk-related contingent features that are in a liability position that are not fully collateralized (excluding transactions with our clearing brokers that are fully collateralized) at December 31, 2014 is $6 million for which we have posted $3 million in collateral. Our remaining derivative instruments do not have credit-related collateral contingencies as they are included within our first-lien collateral program.

The following table summarizes our cash collateral posted as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, within Prepayments and other current assets on the balance sheet, and the amount applied against short-term risk management activities:



Location on balance sheet	December 31, 2014		December 31, 2013
(amounts in millions)
Gross collateral posted with counterparties	$	49	$	47
Less: Collateral netted against risk management liabilities	9		4
Net collateral within Prepayments and other current assets	$	40	$	43

Impact of Derivatives on the Consolidated Statements of Operations

The following discussion and table presents the location and amount of gains and losses on derivative instruments in our consolidated statements of operations.

Financial Instruments Not Designated as Hedges. We elect not to designate derivatives related to our power generation business and interest rate instruments as cash flow or fair value hedges. Thus, we account for changes in the fair value of these derivatives within the consolidated statements of operations.

The recognized impact of derivative financial instruments on our consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the 2012 Successor Period and the 2012 Predecessor Period is presented below.



		Successor									Predecessor
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedges	Location of Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives	Year Ended December 31, 2014			Year Ended December 31, 2013			October 2 Through December 31, 2012			January 1 Through October 1, 2012
(amounts in millions)
Commodity contracts	Revenues	$	(183	)	$	(101	)	$	(13	)	$	(60	)
Commodity contracts, affiliates	Revenues	$	—		$	—		$	4		$	(6	)
Interest rate contracts	Interest expense	$	(15	)	$	(7	)	$	—		$	(33	)
Common stock warrants	Other income (expense), net	$	(40	)	$	(1	)	$	8		$	—

Note 5—Fair Value Measurements

We apply the market approach for recurring fair value measurements, employing valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. We have consistently used the same valuation techniques for all periods presented. Please read Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Fair Value Measurements for further discussion.

The finance organization monitors commodity risk through the Commodity Risk Control Group (“CRCG”). The Executive Management Team (“EMT”) monitors interest rate risk. The EMT has delegated the responsibility for managing interest rate risk to the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”). The CRCG is independent of our commercial operations and has direct access to the Audit Committee. The Finance and Risk Management Committee, comprised of members of management and chaired by the CFO, meets periodically and is responsible for reviewing our overall day-to-day energy commodity risk exposure, as measured against the limits established in our Commodity Risk Policy.

Each quarter, as part of its internal control processes, representatives from the CRCG review the methodology and assumptions behind the pricing of the forward curves. As part of this review, liquidity periods are established based on third party

F-21

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

market information, the basis relationship between direct and derived curves is evaluated, and changes are made to the forward power model assumptions.

The CRCG reviews changes in value on a daily basis through the use of various reports. The pricing for power, natural gas and fuel oil curves is automatically entered into our commercial system nightly based on data received from our market data provider. The CRCG reviews the data provided by the market data provider by utilizing third party broker quotes for comparison purposes. In addition, our traders are required to review various reports to ensure accuracy on a daily basis.

The following tables set forth, by level within the fair value hierarchy, our financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and are presented on a gross basis before consideration of amounts netted under master netting agreements and the application of collateral and margin paid.



	Fair Value as of December 31, 2014
(amounts in millions)	Level 1			Level 2			Level 3			Total
Assets:
Assets from commodity risk management activities:
Electricity derivatives	$	—		$	88		$	22		$	110
Natural gas derivatives	—			3			—			3
Emissions derivatives	—			2			—			2
Total assets from commodity risk management activities	$	—		$	93		$	22		$	115
Liabilities:
Liabilities from commodity risk management activities:
Electricity derivatives	$	—		$	(27	)	$	(26	)	$	(53	)
Natural gas derivatives	—			(100		)	—			(100		)
Diesel fuel derivatives	—			(6		)	—			(6		)
Crude oil derivatives	—			(3		)	—			(3		)
Coal derivatives	—			(1		)	—			(1		)
Total liabilities from commodity risk management activities	—			(137		)	(26		)	(163		)
Liabilities from interest rate contracts	—			(44		)	—			(44		)
Liabilities from outstanding common stock warrants	(61		)	—			—			(61		)
Total liabilities	$	(61	)	$	(181	)	$	(26	)	$	(268	)

F-22

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)



	Fair Value as of December 31, 2013
(amounts in millions)	Level 1			Level 2			Level 3			Total
Assets:
Assets from commodity risk management activities:
Electricity derivatives	$	—		$	44		$	50		$	94
Natural gas derivatives	—			9			—			9
Total assets from commodity risk management activities	$	—		$	53		$	50		$	103
Liabilities:
Liabilities from commodity risk management activities:
Electricity derivatives	$	—		$	(55	)	$	(39	)	$	(94	)
Natural gas derivatives	—			(21		)	—			(21		)
Heat rate derivatives	—			—			(1		)	(1		)
Emissions derivatives	—			(2		)	—			(2		)
Coal derivatives	—			(4		)	—			(4		)
Total liabilities from commodity risk management activities	—			(82		)	(40		)	(122		)
Liabilities from interest rate contracts	—			(47		)	—			(47		)
Liabilities from outstanding common stock warrants	(21		)	—			—			(21		)
Total liabilities	$	(21	)	$	(129	)	$	(40	)	$	(190	)

Level 3 Valuation Methods. The electricity derivatives classified within Level 3 include physical sales and financial swaps executed in illiquid trading locations and FTRs. The curves used to generate the fair value of the physical sales and financial swaps are based on basis adjustments applied to forward curves for liquid trading points, while the forward market price of FTRs is derived using historical congestion patterns within the marketplace.

Sensitivity to Changes in Significant Unobservable Inputs for Level 3 Valuations. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measure of our commodity instruments categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy are estimates of forward congestion power price spreads and illiquid power location pricing basis to liquid locations. These estimates are generally independent of each other. Power price spreads are generally based on observable markets where available, or derived from historical prices and forward market prices from similar observable markets when not available. Increases in the price of the spread on a buy or sell position in isolation would result in a higher/lower fair value measurement. The significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of Dynegy’s contracts classified as Level 3 as of December 31, 2014 are as follows:

Transaction Type

Quantity

Unit of Measure

Net Fair Value

Valuation Technique

Significant Unobservable Inputs

Significant Unobservable Inputs Range

(dollars in millions)

Electricity derivatives:

Forward contracts—power (1)

)

Million MWh

Basis spread + liquid location

Basis spread

$5.00-$7.00

FTRs

Million MWh

)

Historical congestion

Forward price

$0.00-$8.00

__________________________________________


(1)	Represents forward financial and physical transactions at illiquid pricing locations.

F-23

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following tables set forth a reconciliation of changes in the fair value of financial instruments classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy:



	Year Ended December 31, 2014
(amounts in millions)	Electricity Derivatives			Heat Rate Derivatives			Total
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	11		$	(1	)	$	10
Total gains (losses) included in earnings	(9		)	1			(8		)
Settlements (1)	(6		)	—			(6		)
Balance at December 31, 2014	$	(4	)	$	—		$	(4	)
Unrealized gains (losses) relating to instruments held as of December 31, 2014	$	(9	)	$	1		$	(8	)



	Year Ended December 31, 2013
(amounts in millions)	Electricity Derivatives			Heat Rate Derivatives			Total
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	5		$	2		$	7
Total gains (losses) included in earnings	(4		)	1			(3		)
Settlements (1)	(6		)	(3		)	(9		)
AER Acquisition	16			(1		)	15
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	11		$	(1	)	$	10
Unrealized gains (losses) relating to instruments held as of December 31, 2013	$	(4	)	$	1		$	(3	)



	Year Ended December 31, 2012
(amounts in millions)	Electricity Derivatives			Heat Rate Derivatives			Administrative Claim (3)			Interest Rate Swaps (2)			Total
Balance at December 31, 2011 (Predecessor)	$	20		$	(17	)	$	—		$	(6	)	$	(3	)
Total gains (losses) included in earnings	(33		)	1			17			(24		)	(39		)
Settlements (1)	14			14			—			—			28
DMG Acquisition	4			—			—			(7		)	(3		)
Issuance of Administrative Claim	—			—			(64		)	—			(64		)
Transfer out of level 3	—			—			—			37			37
Balance at October 1, 2012 (Predecessor)	$	5		$	(2	)	$	(47	)	$	—		$	(44	)
Total losses included in earnings	—			(1		)	—			—			(1		)
Settlements (1)	—			5			47			—			52
Balance at December 31, 2012 (Successor)	$	5		$	2		$	—		$	—		$	7
Mark-to-market gains (losses) relating to instruments held as of December 31, 2012	$	1		$	(1	)	$	—		$	—		$	—

__________________________________________


(1)	For purposes of these tables, we define settlements as the beginning of period fair value of contracts that settled during the period.


(2)	The interest rate contracts classified within Level 3 in the Predecessor period include an implied credit fee that impacted the day one value of the instruments. We revalued the credit fee in connection with the application of fresh-start accounting. As a result, these instruments are classified within Level 2 in the Successor period.

F-24

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


(3)	As part of the DMG Acquisition, the Administrative Claim was issued to holders of Legacy Dynegy debt. It was classified as a contingent liability with changes in its fair value recorded to Bankruptcy reorganization items, and was settled on the Plan Effective Date. Please read Note 20—Emergence from Bankruptcy and Fresh-Start Accounting for further discussion.

Gains and losses recognized for Level 3 recurring items are included in Revenues, Interest expense and Bankruptcy reorganization items, net on the consolidated statements of operations for commodity derivatives, interest rate swaps and the Administrative Claim, respectively. We believe an analysis of commodity instruments classified as Level 3 should be undertaken with the understanding that these items generally serve as economic hedges of our power generation portfolio. We did not have any transfers between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 for years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Nonfinancial Assets and Liabilities. Nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment and may affect the valuation of fair value assets and liabilities and their placement within the fair value hierarchy levels.

We did not have any material nonfinancial assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments. The following table discloses the fair value of financial instruments recognized on our balance sheets. Unless otherwise noted, the fair value of debt as reflected in the table has been calculated based on the average of certain available broker quotes as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.



	December 31, 2014						December 31, 2013
(amounts in millions)	Carrying Amount			Fair Value			Carrying Amount			Fair Value
Dynegy Inc.:
Tranche B-2 Term Loan, due 2020 (1)(2)	$	(785	)	$	(775	)	$	(792	)	$	(802	)
5.875% Senior Notes, due 2023 (2)	$	(500	)	$	(475	)	$	(500	)	$	(468	)
Emissions Repurchase Agreements (2)	$	(23	)	$	(23	)	$	(17	)	$	(17	)
Interest rate derivatives (2)	$	(44	)	$	(44	)	$	(47	)	$	(47	)
Commodity-based derivative contracts (3)	$	(48	)	$	(48	)	$	(19	)	$	(19	)
Common stock warrants (4)	$	(61	)	$	(61	)	$	(21	)	$	(21	)
Dynegy Finance I, Inc.:
6.75% Senior Notes, due 2019 (2)	$	(840	)	$	(853	)	$	—		$	—
7.375% Senior Notes, due 2022 (2)	$	(700	)	$	(711	)	$	—		$	—
7.625% Senior Notes, due 2024 (2)	$	(500	)	$	(509	)	$	—		$	—
Dynegy Finance II, Inc.:
6.75% Senior Notes, due 2019 (2)	$	(1,260	)	$	(1,279	)	$	—		$	—
7.375% Senior Notes, due 2022 (2)	$	(1,050	)	$	(1,066	)	$	—		$	—
7.625% Senior Notes, due 2024 (2)	$	(750	)	$	(763	)	$	—		$	—
Genco:
7.95% Senior Notes Series F, due 2032 (2)(5)	$	(224	)	$	(241	)	$	(224	)	$	(216	)
7.00% Senior Notes Series H, due 2018 (2)(5)	$	(268	)	$	(264	)	$	(259	)	$	(252	)
6.30% Senior Notes Series I, due 2020 (2)(5)	$	(206	)	$	(208	)	$	(200	)	$	(196	)

__________________________________________


(1)	Term Loan carrying amount includes an unamortized discount of $3 million and $4 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. Please read Note 11—Debt for further discussion.


(2)	The fair values of these financial instruments are classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy levels.


(3)	Carrying amount of commodity-based derivative contracts excludes $9 million and $4 million of cash posted as collateral, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.


(4)	The fair value of the common stock warrants is classified as Level 1 within the fair value hierarchy levels.


(5)	Combined carrying amounts as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 include unamortized discounts of $127 million and $142 million, respectively. Please read Note 11—Debt for further discussion.

F-25

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Concentration of Credit Risk. We sell our energy products and services to customers in the electric and natural gas distribution industries, financial institutions, residential customers and to entities engaged in commercial and industrial businesses. These industry concentrations have the potential to impact our overall exposure to credit risk, either positively or negatively, because the customer base may be similarly affected by changes in economic, industry, weather or other conditions.

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, our credit exposure as it relates to the mark-to-market portion of our risk management portfolio totaled $12 million and $30 million, respectively. We seek to reduce our credit exposure by executing agreements that permit us to offset receivables, payables and mark-to-market exposure. We attempt to further reduce credit risk with certain counterparties by obtaining third party guarantees or collateral as well as the right of termination in the event of default.

We enter into master netting agreements in an attempt to both mitigate credit exposure and reduce collateral requirements. In general, the agreements include our risk management subsidiaries and allow the aggregation of credit exposure, margin and set-off. As a result, we decrease a potential credit loss arising from a counterparty default.

We include cash collateral deposited with brokers and cash paid to non-broker counterparties which has not been offset against risk management liabilities in Prepayments and other current assets on our consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, we had $40 million and $43 million recorded to Prepayments and other current assets, respectively. We include cash collateral received from non-broker counterparties in Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2014, we were not holding any collateral received from counterparties.

Note 6—Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, by component are as follows:



	Successor									Predecessor
(amounts in millions)	Year Ended December 31, 2014			Year Ended December 31, 2013			October 2 Through December 31, 2012			January 1 Through October 1, 2012
Beginning of period	$	58		$	11		$	(24	)	$	1
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications:
Actuarial gain (loss) and plan amendments (net of tax of zero, $31, zero and zero, respectively)	(33		)	56			11			—
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):
Reclassification of curtailment gain included in net loss (net of tax of zero, zero, zero, and zero, respectively) (1)	—			(7		)	—			—
Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost (credit) and actuarial loss (gain) (net of tax of zero, zero, zero and zero, respectively) (2)	(5		)	(2		)	—			(1		)
Net current period other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax	(38		)	47			11			(1		)
DMG Acquisition (3)	—			—			—			(24		)
Fresh-start adjustments (4)	—			—			24			—
End of period	$	20		$	58		$	11		$	(24	)

__________________________________________


(1)	Amount related to the DNE pension curtailment gain and was recorded in Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax on our consolidated statements of operations. Please read Note 17—Employee Compensation, Savings, Pension and Other Post-Employment Benefit Plans for further discussion.


(2)	Amounts are associated with our defined benefit pension and other post-employment benefit plans and are included in the computation of net periodic pension cost. Please read Note 17—Employee Compensation, Savings, Pension and Other Post-Employment Benefit Plans for further discussion.


(3)	Amount related to the transfer of certain defined benefit pension and other post-employment benefit plans as a part of the DMG Acquisition on June 5, 2012. Please read Note 17—Employee Compensation, Savings, Pension and Other Post-Employment Benefit Plans for further discussion.

F-26

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


(4)	Represents the fresh-start adjustment to eliminate the historical accumulated other comprehensive loss of the Predecessor.

Note 7—Cash Flow Information

Following are supplemental disclosures of cash flow and non-cash investing and financing information:



	Successor							Predecessor
(amounts in millions)	Year Ended December 31, 2014		Year Ended December 31, 2013			October 2 Through December 31, 2012		January 1 Through October 1, 2012
Interest paid (net of amount capitalized)	$	120	$	92		$	36	$	96
Taxes received, net	$	—	$	(1	)	$	—	$	(7	)
Other non-cash investing and financing activity:
Non-cash capital expenditures (1)	$	23	$	(3	)	$	3	$	(3	)
Acquisition consideration (2)	$	—	$	7		$	—	$	466
Extinguishment of liabilities subject to compromise	$	—	$	—		$	—	$	4,240
Issuance of new common stock and warrants	$	—	$	—		$	2,624	$	—

__________________________________________


(1)	These expenditures are primarily for changes in our accruals of capital expenditures for all years presented.


(2)	Represents the consideration given by us for acquisitions. Please read Note 3—Merger and Acquisitions for further discussion.

Note 8—Inventory

A summary of our inventories is as follows:



(amounts in millions)	December 31, 2014		December 31, 2013
Materials and supplies	$	83	$	81
Coal	119		92
Fuel oil	3		4
Emissions allowances (1)	2		4
Other	1		—
Total	$	208	$	181

__________________________________________


(1)	As of December 31, 2013, this inventory was held as collateral by one of our counterparties as part of a financing arrangement. Please read Note 11—Debt for further details related to the Emissions Repurchase Agreements.

During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, we recorded the lower of cost or market adjustments of $1 million and $2 million, respectively, associated with materials and supplies obsolescence. These charges are included in Cost of sales on our consolidated statements of operations.

F-27

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 9—Property, Plant and Equipment

A summary of our property, plant and equipment is as follows:



(amounts in millions)	December 31, 2014			December 31, 2013
Power generation	$	2,248		$	2,232
Environmental upgrades	926			814
Buildings and improvements	457			427
Office and other equipment	54			54
Property, plant and equipment	3,685			3,527
Accumulated depreciation	(430		)	(212		)
Property, plant and equipment, net	$	3,255		$	3,315

The following table summarizes total interest costs incurred and interest capitalized related to costs of construction projects in process:



	Successor						Predecessor
(amounts in millions)	Year Ended December 31, 2014		Year Ended December 31, 2013		October 2 Through December 31, 2012		January 1 Through October 1, 2012
Total interest costs incurred	$	187	$	86	$	35	$	97
Capitalized interest	$	9	$	2	$	—	$	5

Note 10—Intangible Assets and Liabilities

In connection with fresh-start accounting on October 1, 2012 and the AER Acquisition on December 2, 2013, we recorded intangible assets and liabilities. The following table summarizes the components of our intangible assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:



	December 31, 2014									December 31, 2013
(amounts in millions)	Gross Carrying Amount			Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount			Gross Carrying Amount			Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount
Intangible Assets:
Electricity contracts	$	111		$	(46	)	$	65		$	279		$	(103	)	$	176
Total intangible assets	$	111		$	(46	)	$	65		$	279		$	(103	)	$	176

Intangible Liabilities:
Electricity contracts	$	(20	)	$	14		$	(6	)	$	(20	)	$	4		$	(16	)
Coal contracts	(122		)	54			(68		)	(122		)	11			(111		)
Gas transport contracts	(24		)	17			(7		)	(24		)	9			(15		)
Total intangible liabilities	$	(166	)	$	85		$	(81	)	$	(166	)	$	24		$	(142	)
Intangible assets and liabilities, net	$	(55	)	$	39		$	(16	)	$	113		$	(79	)	$	34

F-28

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table presents our amortization expense (revenue) of intangible assets and liabilities for the past three years during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the 2012 Successor Period and the 2012 Predecessor Period:



	Successor									Predecessor
(amounts in millions)	Year Ended December 31, 2014			Year Ended December 31, 2013			October 2 Through December 31, 2012			January 1 Through October 1, 2012
Electricity contracts, net (1)	$	96		$	136		$	34		$	33
Coal contracts, net (1)	(43		)	122			28			49
Gas transport contracts (2)	(8		)	(7		)	(2		)	(4		)
Total	$	45		$	251		$	60		$	78

__________________________________________


(1)	The amortization of these contracts is recognized in Revenues or Cost of sales in our consolidated statements of operations.


(2)	The amortization of these contracts is recognized in Cost of sales in our consolidated statements of operations.

Amortization expense (revenue), net for the next five years as of December 31, 2014 is as follows: 2015—$(17) million, 2016—$(8) million, 2017—zero, 2018—$3 million and 2019—$2 million.

Note 11—Debt

A summary of our long-term debt is as follows:



(amounts in millions)	December 31, 2014			December 31, 2013
Dynegy Inc.:
Tranche B-2 Term Loan, due 2020	$	788		$	796
5.875% Senior Notes, due 2023	500			500
Revolving Facility	—			—
Emissions Repurchase Agreements	23			17
Dynegy Finance I, Inc.:
6.75% Senior Notes, due 2019	840			—
7.375% Senior Notes, due 2022	700			—
7.625% Senior Notes, due 2024	500			—
Dynegy Finance II, Inc.:
6.75% Senior Notes, due 2019	1,260			—
7.375% Senior Notes, due 2022	1,050			—
7.625% Senior Notes, due 2024	750			—
Genco:
7.95% Senior Notes Series F, due 2032	275			275
7.00% Senior Notes Series H, due 2018	300			300
6.30% Senior Notes Series I, due 2020	250			250
	7,236			2,138
Unamortized (discounts) premiums on debt, net	(130		)	(146		)
	7,106			1,992
Less: Current maturities, including unamortized (discounts) premiums, net	31			13
Total Long-term debt	$	7,075		$	1,979

Aggregate maturities of the principal amounts of all long-term indebtedness, excluding unamortized discounts, as of December 31, 2014 are as follows: 2015—$31 million, 2016—$8 million, 2017—$8 million, 2018—$308 million, 2019—$2.108 billion and thereafter—$4.773 billion.

F-29

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Debt Issuance

On October 27, 2014 (the “Debt Financing Closing Date”), we completed the issuance of $5.1 billion in aggregate principal amount of unsecured senior notes at a weighted average interest rate of 7.18 percent in tranches with maturities ranging from 2019 to 2024 (the “Notes”). The gross proceeds from the issuance of the Notes, less initial purchasers’ discounts and expenses, were placed into escrow (see “Escrow Agreements” below) pending the consummation of the Pending Acquisitions.

Dynegy Finance I, Inc. (the “Duke Escrow Issuer”), and Dynegy Finance II, Inc. (the “EquiPower Escrow Issuer” and, together with the Duke Escrow Issuer, the “Escrow Issuers”), each a wholly-owned subsidiary of Dynegy, completed concurrent offerings of the Notes as illustrated below (in millions):



Tranche	Maturity	Duke Escrow Issuer (Finance I Notes)		EquiPower Escrow Issuer (Finance II Notes)		Total		Interest Rate
2019 Notes	November 1, 2019	$	840	$	1,260	$	2,100	6.75	%
2022 Notes	November 1, 2022	$	700	$	1,050	$	1,750	7.375	%
2024 Notes	November 1, 2024	$	500	$	750	$	1,250	7.625	%

The Notes were sold in units (as further described below) to qualified institutional buyers in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and outside the United States in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act.

Unit Agreements. On the Debt Financing Closing Date, in connection with the issuance of the Notes, the Escrow Issuers entered into Unit Agreements with the unit agent. Pursuant to the terms of the Unit Agreements, Finance I Notes and the Finance II Notes shall not be separately transferable until (i) the closing of the Duke Midwest Acquisition with respect to the Finance I Notes or the closing of the EquiPower Acquisition with respect to the Finance II Notes, (ii) an automatic exchange under the applicable Indenture (as defined below) or (iii) following certain events of default as set forth in each of the Indentures.

Escrow Agreement. Further on the Debt Financing Closing Date, the Escrow Issuers entered into an escrow agreement (the “Escrow Agreement”) among the Escrow Issuers and the unit agent, as trustee under the indentures governing each series of Notes (each an “Indenture” and collectively, the “Indentures”) (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and the escrow agent. Pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, the Escrow Issuers have caused to be deposited the net proceeds of the sale of the Notes into separate accounts, which will be held in escrow until the date the escrow conditions for the applicable Notes (the “Escrow Conditions”) are satisfied. We have also deposited funds in the separate accounts sufficient to pay for any escrow fees and interest on the applicable Notes up to, and including, January 31, 2015. Until the earlier of an applicable special mandatory redemption under the Escrow Agreement and satisfaction of the applicable Escrow Conditions, interest will be paid on the applicable Notes out of the escrow accounts on each interest payment date. In order to prevent a special mandatory redemption, at the end of each month we are required to pre-fund 30 days of interest in escrow, in addition to all accrued interest to date. Among other things, the Escrow Conditions include the occurrence of the Duke Midwest Acquisition with respect to the Finance I Notes or the occurrence of the EquiPower Acquisition with respect to the Finance II Notes, the merger of the applicable Escrow Issuer with and into Dynegy (with Dynegy as the surviving entity), the assumption by Dynegy of all of the obligations of the applicable Escrow Issuer under the applicable Notes, the applicable Indentures and the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined below) and certain of Dynegy’s subsidiaries becoming parties to the Indentures and the Registration Rights Agreement as guarantors and issuing guarantees of the Notes.

Amounts in the escrow accounts will be pledged to the Trustee for its benefit and for the benefit of the applicable noteholders and, upon satisfaction of the Escrow Conditions, will be released to pay a portion of the Duke Midwest Acquisition purchase price (the date of such release, the “Duke Midwest Escrow Release Date”) or EquiPower Acquisition purchase price (the date of such release, the “EquiPower Escrow Release Date”), as applicable, and to pay fees and expenses. If the Escrow Conditions are not satisfied on or prior to August 24, 2015 (the “Duke Midwest Acquisition Deadline”) with respect to the Finance I Notes, or such earlier date as the escrow agent is notified by the Duke Escrow Issuer that the purchase agreement related to the Duke Midwest Acquisition has been terminated or the Duke Escrow Issuer has determined that the Duke Midwest Acquisition will not be consummated on or before the Duke Midwest Acquisition Deadline, the Finance I Notes will be subject to a special mandatory redemption at a price equal to 100 percent of the issue price of the Finance I Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, up to, but excluding, the date of redemption. If the Escrow Conditions are not satisfied on or prior to May 11, 2015 (the “EquiPower Acquisition Deadline”) with respect to the Finance II Notes, or such earlier date as the escrow agent is notified by the EquiPower Escrow Issuer that the purchase agreement related to the EquiPower Acquisition has been terminated or the EquiPower Escrow Issuer has determined that the EquiPower Acquisition will not be consummated on or before the EquiPower Acquisition Deadline, the Finance II Notes will be subject to a special mandatory redemption at a price equal to 100 percent of the issue price of the Finance II Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, up to, but excluding, the date of redemption.

F-30

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Indentures. On October 27, 2014, the Escrow Issuers entered into the Indentures with the Trustee. Before Dynegy’s assumption of the Escrow Issuers’ obligations under the Notes and the Indentures, they will be general obligations of the Escrow Issuers and will be secured by first-priority liens on amounts in the applicable escrow account. After Dynegy’s assumption of either Escrow Issuer’s obligations under the applicable Notes, the applicable Indentures and the Registration Rights Agreement, the Notes will be Dynegy’s general unsecured obligations and will be guaranteed by each of Dynegy’s current and future wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries that from time to time is a borrower or guarantor under the Credit Agreement or any indebtedness that refinances the Credit Agreement (the “Guarantors”).

The 2019 Notes, 2022 Notes and 2024 Notes bear interest at a rate of 6.75, 7.375 and 7.625 percent per annum, respectively. Interest is payable semiannually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year, to the holders of record on each specific Note at the close of business on April 15 and October 15 immediately preceding such interest payment date. The first interest payment to each of the Notes will be May 1, 2015.

The Notes will be redeemable in whole or in part, on the respective dates expressed below, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the respective Note redeemed indicated below, to but excluding the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on May 1 of the years indicated below for the 2019 Notes and November 1 for the 2022 and 2024 Notes (subject to the rights of holders of the applicable Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date):



Year	2019 Notes (1)		2022 Notes (2)		2024 Notes (3)
2017	103.375	%	—	%	—	%
2018	101.688	%	103.688	%	—	%
2019	100.000	%	101.844	%	103.813	%
2020	—	%	100.000	%	102.542	%
2021	—	%	100.000	%	101.271	%
2022 and thereafter	—	%	100.000	%	100.000	%

__________________________________________


(1)	The 2019 Notes will be redeemable in whole or in part, at any time on or after May 1, 2017. At any time prior to May 1, 2017, up to 35 percent of the 2019 Notes may be redeemed at a redemption price of 106.75 percent.


(2)	The 2022 Notes will be redeemable in whole or in part, at any time on or after November 1, 2018. At any time prior to November 1, 2018, up to 35 percent of the 2022 Notes may be redeemed at a redemption price of 107.375 percent.


(3)	The 2024 Notes will be redeemable in whole or in part, at any time on or after November 1, 2019. At any time prior to November 1, 2019, up to 35 percent of the 2024 Notes may be redeemed at a redemption price of 107.625 percent.

At any time prior to the respective date indicated above for each applicable Note, up to 35 percent of the Note may be redeemed upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a specified redemption price of the principal amount of the Note redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date (subject to the rights of holders of the respective Note on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), with the proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (as defined in the applicable Indenture); provided that: (1) at least 65 percent of the aggregate principal amount of the Finance I 2019, 2022 and 2024 Notes or Finance II 2019, 2022, and 2024 Notes, as applicable, issued on the Debt Financing Closing Date (excluding notes held by the Duke Escrow Issuer with respect to the Finance I 2019, 2022 and 2024 Notes and the EquiPower Issuer with respect to the Finance II 2019, 2022 and 2024 Notes) remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and (2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering.

The Escrow Issuers may also redeem the 2019 Notes, the 2022 Notes and the 2024 Notes in whole or in part, at any time prior to May 1, 2017, November 1, 2018 and November 1, 2019, respectively, in each case, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100 percent of the principal amount of the applicable Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium (as defined in the applicable Indenture) and accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

Registration Rights Agreement. On the Debt Financing Closing Date, in connection with the issuance and sale of the Notes, the Escrow Issuers entered into a registration rights agreement with the Representatives (the “Notes Registration Rights Agreement”). Pursuant to the Notes Registration Rights Agreement, the Escrow Issuers have agreed for the benefit of the holders of the Notes to use commercially reasonable efforts to register with the SEC a new issue of each series of Notes having substantially identical terms as the applicable Notes (except for the provisions relating to the transfer restrictions and payment of special interest) as part of an offer to exchange freely tradable exchange notes for the Notes. Pursuant to the Notes Registration Rights Agreement, the Escrow Issuers have agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause a registration statement relating to such exchange offer to be declared effective on or prior to the later of (i) 360 days after the Debt Financing Closing Date and (ii) 180 days after

F-31

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

the later of (x) the earlier of (1) the Duke Midwest Escrow Release Date and (2) the Duke Midwest Assets Acquisition Deadline and (y) the earlier of (1) the EquiPower Escrow Release Date and (2) the EquiPower Acquisition Deadline. Further, pursuant to the Notes Registration Rights Agreement, the Escrow Issuers have agreed to, if required under certain circumstances, file a shelf registration statement with the SEC covering resales of the applicable Notes.

If the Escrow Issuers fail to satisfy certain of their obligations under the Notes Registration Rights Agreement (a “Registration Default”), they will be required to pay special interest on the applicable series of Notes equal to an additional 0.25 percent per annum of the principal amount of such Notes outstanding during the 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of such default. The amount of special interest will increase by an additional 0.25 percent per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until such Registration Default is cured, up to a maximum amount of special interest for all Registration Defaults of 0.50 percent per annum of the principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) outstanding.

Credit Agreement

The Company has a $1.275 billion credit agreement that consists of (i) an $800 million seven-year senior secured term loan B facility (the “Tranche B-2 Term Loan”) and (ii) a $475 million five-year senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility,” and collectively with the Tranche B-2 Term Loan, the “Credit Agreement”). The Credit Agreement was offered to investors below par with an original issue discount of 99.5. The Tranche B-2 Term Loan bears interest at LIBOR plus 3.00 percent per annum with a one percent floor. The Tranche B-2 Term Loan mature April 23, 2020 and will amortize in equal quarterly installments in aggregate annual amounts equal to 1.00 percent of the original principal amount with the balance payable on the maturity date. The Revolving Facility bears interest, initially, at LIBOR plus 2.75 percent per annum, with step downs based on a Senior Secured Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and matures April 23, 2018. The Revolving Facility has a commitment fee of 0.50 percent on the unutilized portion of the facility, with step downs based on a Senior Secured Leverage Ratio. The commitment fees are due and payable quarterly in arrears.

At December 31, 2014, there were no amounts drawn on the Revolving Facility; however, we had outstanding letters of credit of approximately $123 million, which reduces the amount available under the Revolving Facility.

The Credit Agreement contains customary events of default and affirmative and negative covenants, subject to certain specified exceptions, including a Senior Secured Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) calculated on a rolling four quarters basis. Based on the calculation outlined in the Credit Agreement, we are in compliance at December 31, 2014.

Senior Notes

On May 20, 2013, Dynegy and its Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined in the Credit Agreement) entered into an indenture (the “Indenture”) pursuant to which Dynegy issued $500 million in aggregate principal amount of unsecured senior notes (the “Senior Notes”) at par. The Senior Notes bear interest at a rate of 5.875 percent per annum. The Senior Notes mature on June 1, 2023. The Indenture limits, among other things, the ability of Dynegy or any of its Subsidiary Guarantors to (i) create liens upon any principal property to secure debt for borrowed money and (ii) consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of their assets. In the event of a Change of Control (as defined in the Indenture), Dynegy will be required to make an offer to each holder of the Senior Notes to repurchase all or any part of that holder’s Senior Notes at a repurchase price in cash equal to 101 percent of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes repurchased plus accrued interest. If an event of default arises from certain bankruptcy or insolvency events, all outstanding Senior Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. In addition, under the Indenture, the Senior Notes may be declared due and payable immediately by the trustee or the holders of at least 25 percent in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes then outstanding, if other events of default occur, subject to certain qualifications and applicable grace periods, and are continuing under the Indenture.

Genco Senior Notes

On December 2, 2013, in connection with the AER Acquisition, Genco’s approximately $825 million in aggregate principal amount of unsecured senior notes (the “Genco Senior Notes”) remained outstanding as an obligation of Genco, a subsidiary of IPH.

Genco’s indenture includes provisions that require Genco to maintain certain interest coverage and debt-to-capital ratios in order for Genco to pay dividends, to make principal or interest payments on subordinated borrowings, to make loans to or investments in affiliates, or to incur additional external, third-party indebtedness.

F-32

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table summarizes these required ratios:



		Required Ratio
Restricted payment interest coverage ratio (1)		≥1.75
Additional indebtedness interest coverage ratio (2)		≥2.50
Additional indebtedness debt-to-capital ratio (2)		≤60%

__________________________________________


(1)	As of the date of the restricted payment, as defined, the minimum ratio must have been achieved for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters and projected by management to be achieved for each of the subsequent four six-month periods.


(2)	Ratios must be computed on a pro forma basis considering the additional indebtedness to be incurred and the related interest expense. Other borrowings from third-party external sources are included in the definition of indebtedness and are subject to these incurrence tests.

Genco’s debt incurrence-related ratio restrictions under the indenture may be disregarded if both Moody’s and S&P reaffirm the ratings in place at the time of the debt incurrence after considering the additional indebtedness. Based on December 31, 2014 calculations, Genco’s interest coverage ratios are less than the minimum ratios required for Genco to pay dividends and borrow additional funds from external, third-party sources.

Letter of Credit Facilities

On September 18, 2014, Dynegy entered into a Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement with Macquarie Bank Limited (“Macquarie Bank”) and Macquarie Energy LLC (the “Lender”), pursuant to which the Lender agreed to cause the Macquarie Bank to issue a single-use standby letter of credit in an amount not to exceed $55 million. The facility has a one-year tenor and may be extended at the Lender’s option up to one additional year. At December 31, 2014, there was $55 million outstanding under this letter of credit.

Emissions Repurchase Agreements

During the fourth quarter 2013, we entered into two repurchase transactions with a third party in which we sold $6 million in California Carbon Allowances (“CCA”) credits and $11 million of RGGI inventory and received cash. In the first quarter 2014, we entered into an additional repurchase agreement with a third party in which we sold $12 million of RGGI inventory and received cash. We repurchased $6 million in CCA credits in October 2014 and are obligated to repurchase the RGGI inventory in February 2015 at a specified price that includes a carry cost of approximately 350 basis points.

Interest Rate Swaps

Prior to executing the Credit Agreement and the issuance of the Senior Notes, we had interest rate swaps outstanding with notional amounts aggregating $1.1 billion at an average fixed rate of 2.2 percent. These swaps were scheduled to terminate in August 2016, which coincided with the termination of our previous Dynegy Power, LLC (“DPC”) and DMG credit agreements. Subsequent to executing the Credit Agreement and issuing the Senior Notes, we amended the interest rate swaps to more closely match the terms of our existing floating rate debt. The new swaps have an aggregate notional amount of approximately $785 million at an average fixed rate of 3.19 percent with a floor of one percent. Settlements on these swaps commenced in the third quarter 2013 and run through the second quarter 2020. In lieu of paying the breakage fees related to terminating the old swaps and issuing the new swaps, the costs were incorporated into the terms of the new swaps. As a result, any cash flows related to the settlement of the new swaps are reflected as a financing activity in our consolidated statement of cash flows.

F-33

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 12—Related Party Transactions

The following table summarizes the cash received (paid) during the years ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013, the 2012 Successor Period and the 2012 Predecessor Period related to various related party agreements, as discussed below.



	Successor								Predecessor
(amounts in millions)	Year Ended December 31, 2014		Year Ended December 31, 2013			October 2 Through December 31, 2012			January 1 Through October 1, 2012
Service Agreements	$	—	$	(2	)	$	(1	)	$	13
EMA Agreements	—		—			—			1
Total	$	—	$	(2	)	$	(1	)	$	14

There were no Accounts receivable, affiliates, and Accounts payable, affiliates, on our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 related to various related party agreements, as discussed below.

Service Agreements. Legacy Dynegy and certain of our subsidiaries (collectively, the “Providers”) provided certain services (the “Services”) to Dynegy Coal Investments Holdings, LLC (“DCIH”), and certain of our unconsolidated subsidiaries (collectively, the “Recipients”). Additionally, we provided certain services to DNE, Hudson, Danskammer and Roseton (the “DNE Debtor Entities”) through the effectiveness of the DNE Plan of Liquidation. Service Agreements between Legacy Dynegy and the Recipients governed the terms under which such Services were provided. The Providers acted as agents for the Recipients for the limited purpose of providing the Services set forth in the Service Agreements.

As a result of the Merger, transactions between DH and Legacy Dynegy executed under the Service Agreements subsequent to September 30, 2012, are no longer considered related party transactions because they eliminate in consolidation.

On October 1, 2012, Dynegy deconsolidated the DNE Debtor Entities. Please read Note 20—Emergence from Bankruptcy and Fresh-Start Accounting—Chapter 11 Filing and Emergence from Bankruptcy for further discussion. Our consolidated statements of operations include zero, $3 million and $3 million of power sold to our unconsolidated affiliate, which is reflected in Revenues for the years ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and the 2012 Successor Period, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2014, Bankruptcy and reorganization items, net, includes the receipt of approximately $3 million upon the liquidation of the DNE Debtor Entities.

Energy Management Agreements. Certain of our subsidiaries had an energy management agreement (“EMA”) with DMG. As a result of the DMG Acquisition, transactions executed under the EMA are not considered related party transactions subsequent to June 5, 2012 because they eliminate in consolidation. Our consolidated statements of operations include $198 million of power purchased from affiliates, which is reflected in Revenues and $79 million of coal sold to affiliates, which was reflected in Cost of sales on our consolidated statements of operations for the 2012 Predecessor Period, respectively. This affiliate activity is presented net of third party activity within Revenue and Cost of sales on our consolidated statements of operations.

DMG Transfer and Undertaking Agreement. On September 1, 2011, we completed the DMG Transfer and received the Undertaking Agreement. Please read Note 3—Merger and Acquisitions—DMG Transfer and DMG Acquisition for further discussion.

During the 2012 Predecessor Period, we recognized $24 million in interest income related to the Undertaking Agreement which is included in Other income and expense, net, in our consolidated statements of operations. We did not recognize any interest income subsequent to March 31, 2012 as we impaired the value of the Undertaking as of March 31, 2012. In addition, we received payments of $48 million from Legacy Dynegy during the 2012 Predecessor Period related to the termination of the Undertaking Agreement. The Undertaking Agreement was terminated on June 5, 2012 in connection with the Settlement Agreement. Please read Note 20—Emergence from Bankruptcy and Fresh-Start Accounting for further discussion.

Accounts receivable, affiliates. We have historically recorded intercompany transactions in the ordinary course of business, including the reallocation of deferred taxes between legal entities in accordance with applicable Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) regulations. As a result of such transactions, we had an affiliate receivable balance in the amount of $846 million at December 31, 2011. This receivable was classified within equity as there were no defined payment terms, it was not evidenced by any promissory note, and there was never an intent for payment to occur. The Accounts receivable, affiliate was settled on June 5, 2012. Please read Note 20—Emergence from Bankruptcy and Fresh-Start Accounting for further discussion.

F-34

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 13—Income Taxes

Income Tax Benefit. We are subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes on our operations.

Our loss from continuing operations before income taxes was $268 million, $417 million and $113 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the 2012 Successor Period, respectively, which was solely from domestic sources. Our income from continuing operations before income taxes was $121 million for the 2012 Predecessor Period, which was solely from domestic sources.

Our components of income tax benefit related to income (loss) from continuing operations were as follows:



	Successor							Predecessor
(amounts in millions)	Year Ended December 31, 2014		Year Ended December 31, 2013			October 2 Through December 31, 2012		January 1 Through October 1, 2012
Current tax expense	$	—	$	(9	)	$	—	$	—
Deferred tax benefit	1		67			—		9
Income tax benefit	$	1	$	58		$	—	$	9

Our income tax benefit related to income (loss) from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the 2012 Successor Period and the 2012 Predecessor Period was equivalent to effective rates of zero percent, 14 percent, zero percent and seven percent, respectively. Differences between taxes computed at the U.S. federal statutory rate and our reported income tax benefit were as follows:



	Successor									Predecessor
(amounts in millions)	Year Ended December 31, 2014			Year Ended December 31, 2013			October 2 Through December 31, 2012			January 1 Through October 1, 2012
Expected tax benefit at U.S. statutory rate (35%)	$	94		$	146		$	39		$	419
State taxes (1)	—			3			—			—
Permanent differences (2)	(15		)	2			2			—
Valuation allowance (3)(4)(5)	(331		)	(22		)	(41		)	(399		)
Uncertain tax position	244			(67		)	—			—
Unconsolidated subsidiary adjustment	5			—			—			—
Other	4			(4		)	—			(11		)
Income tax benefit	$	1		$	58		$	—		$	9

__________________________________________


(1)	We incurred a state tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2012 due to current year losses and a $6 million audit adjustment offset by a $2 million expense due to a change in Illinois tax law.


(2)	Permanent items for 2014 represent the change in the fair value of warrants during the year that are not deductible for income taxes.

(3)

We recorded a valuation allowance of $41 million during the 2012 Successor Period to reserve our net deferred tax assets. In connection with the DMG Transfer, we recognized a deferred tax asset of approximately $466 million and subsequently recorded a valuation allowance for the full amount. We do not believe we will produce sufficient taxable income, nor are there tax planning strategies available to realize the tax benefit. The AER Acquisition in 2013 caused a change in judgment about the realizability of our deferred tax assets. As a result, we recorded a $36 million reduction to our valuation allowance in connection with the AER Acquisition.


(4)	Pre-tax income from components other than continuing operations provided a source of income that allowed for the reduction of the valuation allowance from continuing operations.

(5)

On April 14, 2014, we received final notice from the IRS that their audit of our 2012 tax year has been completed. In accordance with accounting guidance in ASC 740, we recognized $270 million of net tax benefits for tax positions included in the 2012 tax return that had not previously met the “more-likely-than-not” recognition threshold. These benefits were recognized in the second quarter 2014 as a discrete item with a corresponding adjustment to the valuation allowance.

F-35

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Deferred Tax Liabilities and Assets. Our significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:



(amounts in millions)	Year Ended December 31, 2014			Year Ended December 31, 2013
Current:
Deferred tax assets:
Reserves (legal, environmental and other)	$	5		$	1
Intangible contracts and other	44			52
Derivative contracts	28			—
Other	9			—
Subtotal	86			53
Less: valuation allowance	(72		)	(38		)
Total current deferred tax assets	14			15
Deferred tax liabilities:
Derivative contracts	(23		)	(4		)
Other	(11		)	(111		)
Total current deferred tax liabilities	(34		)	(115		)
Net current deferred tax liabilities	(20		)	(100		)
Non-current:
Deferred tax assets:
NOL carryforwards	1,305			1,093
AMT and state tax credit carryforwards	280			280
Reserves (legal, environmental and other)	6			2
Pension and other post-employment benefits	20			15
Asset retirement obligations	81			70
Deferred financing costs and intangible/other contracts	40			58
Derivative contracts	14			—
Other	14			—
Subtotal	1,760			1,518
Less: valuation allowance	(1,463		)	(1,111		)
Total non-current deferred tax assets	297			407
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and other property differences	(209		)	(278		)
Deferred financing costs and power contracts	—			—
Derivative contracts	(14		)	—
Other	(54		)	(29		)
Subtotal	(277		)	(307		)
Net non-current deferred tax assets	20			100
Net deferred tax liability	$	—		$	—

NOL Carryforwards. As of December 31, 2014, we had approximately $3.3 billion of federal tax NOL carryforwards and $2.6 billion of state NOL carryforwards that can be used to offset future taxable income. The federal NOLs expire beginning in 2024 through 2034. Similarly, the state NOLs will expire at various dates (based on the company’s review of the application of apportionment factors and other state tax limitations). Under federal income tax law, our NOL carryforwards can be utilized to reduce future taxable income subject to certain limitations, including if we were to undergo an ownership change as defined by Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) Section 382. We experienced an ownership change on May 9, 2012 and October 1, 2012. If a subsequent ownership change were to occur as a result of future transactions in our stock, our ability to utilize the NOL carryforwards may be significantly limited.

F-36

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Alternative Minimum Tax Credit Carryforwards. While our Alternative Minimum Tax (“AMT”) credits do not expire, the change in control that occurred on May 9, 2012 materially impacted our ability to utilize the AMT credits.

Change in Valuation Allowance. Realization of our deferred tax assets is dependent upon, among other things, our ability to generate taxable income of the appropriate character in the future. At December 31, 2014, we have a valuation allowance against our net deferred assets including federal and state NOLs and AMT credit carryforwards. Additionally, at December 31, 2014, our temporary differences were in a net deferred tax asset position. We do not believe we will produce sufficient future taxable income, nor are there tax planning strategies available, to realize the tax benefits of our net deferred tax asset associated with temporary differences. Accordingly, we have recorded a full valuation allowance against the net asset temporary differences related to federal income tax and the net asset temporary differences related to state income tax.

The changes in the valuation allowance were as follows:



(amounts in millions)	Balance at Beginning of Period		Charged to Costs and Expenses	Charged to Other Accounts		Additions/ (Deductions)	Balance at End of Period
Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Successor)
Changes in valuation allowance—continuing operations	$	1,149	370	16		—	$	1,535
Year Ended December 31, 2013 (Successor)
Changes in valuation allowance—continuing operations	$	1,121	28	—		—	$	1,149
October 2, 2012 through December 31, 2012 (Successor)
Changes in valuation allowance—continuing operations	$	1,072	54	(5	)	—	$	1,121
January 1 through October 1, 2012 (Predecessor)
Changes in valuation allowance—continuing operations	$	673	875	(476	)	—	$	1,072

Unrecognized Tax Benefits. We are complete with federal income tax audits by the IRS through 2012 as a result of our participation in the IRS’ Compliance Assurance Process. However, any NOLs we claim in future years to reduce taxable income could be subject to additional IRS examination regardless of when the NOLs occurred. We are generally not subject to examinations for state and local taxes for tax years 2010 or earlier with few exceptions.

A reconciliation of our beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits follows:



	Successor							Predecessor
amounts in millions	Year Ended December 31, 2014			Year Ended December 31, 2013		October 2 Through December 31, 2012		January 1 Through October 1, 2012
Unrecognized tax benefits, beginning of period	$	274		$	1	$	1	$	4
Increase based on tax positions related to the prior period	—			273		—		—
Decrease due to settlements and payments	(270		)	—		—		(3		)
Unrecognized tax benefits, end of period	$	4		$	274	$	1	$	1

As of December 31, 2014, approximately $4 million of unrecognized tax benefits would impact our effective tax rate if recognized.

Note 14—Loss Per Share

The reconciliation of basic loss per share from continuing operations to diluted loss per share from continuing operations of our common stock outstanding during the period is shown in the following table. Basic loss per share represents the amount of losses for the period available to each share of our common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted loss per share represents the amount of losses for the period available to each share of our common stock outstanding during the period plus each share that would have been outstanding assuming the issuance of common shares for all dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period.

F-37

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Prior to the Merger, DH was organized as a limited liability company and the capital structure of DH did not change until September 30, 2012. Although Legacy Dynegy’s shares were publicly traded, DH did not have any publicly traded shares during the Predecessor periods; therefore, no loss per share is presented for any period prior to the Plan Effective Date.



(in millions, except per share amounts)	Year Ended December 31, 2014			Year Ended December 31, 2013			October 2 Through December 31, 2012
Loss from continuing operations	$	(267	)	$	(359	)	$	(113	)
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest	6			—			—
Loss from continuing operations attributable to Dynegy Inc.	(273		)	(359		)	(113		)
Less: Dividends on preferred stock	5			—			—
Loss from continuing operations attributable to Dynegy Inc. common stockholders	$	(278	)	$	(359	)	$	(113	)

Basic and diluted weighted-average shares (1)	105			100			100

Basic and diluted loss per share from continuing operations attributable to Dynegy Inc. common stockholders (1)	$	(2.65	)	$	(3.59	)	$	(1.13	)

__________________________________________


(1)	Entities with a net loss from continuing operations are prohibited from including potential common shares in the computation of diluted per share amounts. Accordingly, we have utilized the basic shares outstanding amount to calculate both basic and diluted loss per share for all periods presented.

The following potentially dilutive securities were not included in the computation of diluted per share amounts because the effect would be anti-dilutive:



(in millions of shares)	Year Ended December 31, 2014	Year Ended December 31, 2013	October 2 Through December 31, 2012
Stock options	1.4	1.0	0.7
Restricted stock units	1.0	0.7	0.3
Performance stock units	0.3	0.1	—
Warrants	15.6	15.6	15.6
Series A 5.375% mandatory convertible preferred stock	4.0	—	—
Total	22.3	17.4	16.6

Note 15—Commitments and Contingencies

Legal Proceedings

Set forth below is a summary of our material ongoing legal proceedings. We record accruals for estimated losses from contingencies when available information indicates that a loss is probable and the amount of the loss, or range of loss, can be reasonably estimated. In addition, we disclose matters for which management believes a material loss is reasonably possible. In all instances, management has assessed the matters below based on current information and made judgments concerning their potential outcome, giving consideration to the nature of the claim, the amount, if any, and nature of damages sought and the probability of success. Management regularly reviews all new information with respect to such contingency and adjusts its assessment and estimates of such contingencies accordingly. Because litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties including unfavorable rulings or developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of our legal proceedings could involve amounts that are different from our currently recorded accruals and that such differences could be material.

In addition to the matters discussed below, we are party to other routine proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business or related to discontinued business operations. Any accruals or estimated losses related to these matters are not material. In management’s judgment, the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

F-38

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Stockholder Litigation Relating to the 2011 Prepetition Restructuring. In connection with the prepetition restructuring and corporate reorganization of the DH Debtor Entities and their non-debtor affiliates in 2011 (the “2011 Prepetition Restructuring”), and specifically the transfer of DMG, a putative class action stockholder lawsuit captioned Charles Silsby v. Carl C. Icahn, et al., Case No. 12CIV2307 (the “Securities Litigation”), was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. The lawsuit challenged certain disclosures made in connection with the transfer of DMG. As a result of the filing of the voluntary petition for bankruptcy by Dynegy Inc., this lawsuit was stayed as against Dynegy Inc. and, as a result of the confirmation of the Joint Chapter 11 Plan (the “Plan”), the claims against Dynegy Inc. in the Securities Litigation are permanently enjoined.

On August 24, 2012, the lead plaintiff in the Securities Litigation filed an objection to the confirmation of the Plan asserting, among other things, that lead plaintiff should be permitted to opt-out of the non-debtor releases and injunctions (the “Non-Debtor Releases”) in the Plan on behalf of all putative class members. We opposed that relief. On October 1, 2012, the Bankruptcy Court ruled that lead plaintiff did not have standing to object to the Plan and did not have authority to opt-out of the Non-Debtor Releases on behalf of any other party-in-interest. Accordingly, the Securities Litigation may only proceed against the non-debtor defendants with respect to members of the putative class who individually opted out of the Non-Debtor Releases. The lead plaintiff filed a notice of appeal on October 10, 2012. On June 4, 2013, the District Court dismissed the appeal. On October 31, 2014, the Second Circuit affirmed the District Court’s dismissal based upon the lead plaintiff’s lack of standing. The lead plaintiff did not appeal to the U.S. Supreme Court.

Additionally, on July 19, 2013, the defendants filed a substantive motion to dismiss the plaintiff’s remaining claims by any opt-out plaintiffs against the non-debtor defendants. On April 30, 2014, the District Court granted the defendants’ motion and dismissed the action. Plaintiff is appealing this decision to the Second Circuit, but no decision has been issued.

Gas Index Pricing Litigation. We, several of our affiliates, our former joint venture affiliate and other energy companies were named as defendants in numerous lawsuits in state and federal court claiming damages resulting from alleged price manipulation and false reporting of natural gas prices to various index publications in the 2000-2002 time frame. Many of the cases have been resolved. All of the remaining cases contain similar claims that we individually, and in conjunction with other energy companies, engaged in an illegal scheme to inflate natural gas prices in four states by providing false information to natural gas index publications. In July 2011, the court granted defendants’ motions for summary judgment, thereby dismissing all of plaintiffs’ claims. Plaintiffs appealed the decision to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit which reversed the summary judgment on April 10, 2013. On August 26, 2013, we and the other defendants filed a request for review with the U.S. Supreme Court. On July 1, 2014, the Supreme Court accepted review and held oral arguments on January 12, 2015.

Illinova Generating Company Arbitration. In May 2007, our subsidiary Illinova Generating Company (“IGC”) received an adverse award in an arbitration brought by Ponderosa Pine Energy, LLC (“PPE”). The award required IGC to pay PPE $17 million, which IGC paid in June 2007 under protest while simultaneously seeking to vacate the award in the District Court of Dallas County, Texas. In March 2010, the Dallas District Court vacated the award, finding that one of the arbitrators had exhibited evident partiality. PPE appealed that decision to the Fifth District Court of Appeals in Dallas, Texas. Coincident with the appeal, IGC filed a claim against PPE seeking recovery of the $17 million plus interest. In September 2010, the Dallas District Court ordered PPE to deposit the $17 million principal in an interest-bearing escrow account jointly owned by IGC and PPE. On August 20, 2012, the Dallas Court of Appeals reversed the Dallas District Court and reinstated the award. IGC and the other respondents filed a petition for review with the Texas Supreme Court on December 5, 2012. On May 23, 2014, the Texas Supreme Court reversed the Dallas Court of Appeals and reinstated the trial court’s judgment vacating the arbitration award. The Texas Supreme Court denied rehearing on August 22, 2014. On November 20, 2014, PPE initiated a new arbitration against IGC and its co-respondents, but the Dallas District Court enjoined the arbitration from proceeding against IGC while any dispute over the escrow account remains pending. On December 16, 2014, the Dallas District Court entered a judgment requiring a full distribution of the escrow account to IGC and an additional $2.5 million in interest. PPE agreed to distribution of the $17 million principal to IGC from the escrow account, but may also appeal the judgment.

Other Commitments and Contingencies

In conducting our operations, we have routinely entered into long-term commodity purchase and sale commitments, as well as agreements that commit future cash flow to the lease or acquisition of assets used in our businesses. These commitments have been typically associated with commodity supply arrangements, capital projects, reservation charges associated with firm transmission, transportation, storage and leases for office space, equipment, design and construction, plant sites, power generation assets and liquefied petroleum gas vessel charters. The following describes the more significant contingencies and commitments outstanding at December 31, 2014.

Dam Safety Assessment Reports. In response to the failure at the TVA’s Kingston plant, the EPA initiated a nationwide investigation of the structural integrity of CCR surface impoundments. The EPA assessments found all of our surface impoundments to be in satisfactory or fair condition, with the exception of the surface impoundments at the Baldwin and Hennepin facilities.

F-39

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The Baldwin and Hennepin reports rate the impoundments at each facility as “poor,” meaning that a deficiency was recognized for a required loading condition in accordance with applicable dam safety criteria or that certain documentation was lacking or incomplete or further critical studies are needed to identify any potential dam safety deficiencies. The reports included recommendations for further studies, repairs and changes in operating practices.

In response to the Baldwin report, we notified the EPA in April 2013 of our action plan, which included implementation of recommended operating practices and certain recommended studies. In 2014, we updated the EPA on the status of our Baldwin action plan, including the completion of certain studies and implementation of remedial measures and our ongoing evaluation of potential long-term measures in the context of our concurrent ongoing evaluation at Baldwin of groundwater corrective actions. In December 2014, we began engineering design work to address repairs of the affected south berm at the Baldwin CCR surface impoundment. We also performed a deformation analysis of the Baldwin CCR surface impoundment’s north berm at the request of the EPA. The nature and scope of repairs that ultimately may be needed at the Baldwin CCR surface impoundment to address the EPA’s dam safety assessment is dependent, in part, on the Illinois EPA’s response to our groundwater corrective action evaluation recommendations. Please read “Vermilion and Baldwin Groundwater” below for further discussion. At this time, if the Illinois EPA approves our proposed approach to address groundwater at Baldwin and the EPA concurs, we estimate the cost to repair the affected berm at the Baldwin CCR surface impoundment would be approximately $3 million. If such approach is not approved by the Illinois EPA we are unable, at this time, to estimate a reasonably possible cost, or range of costs, of repairs at the Baldwin CCR surface impoundment.

New Source Review and Clean Air Litigation. Since 1999, the EPA has been engaged in a nationwide enforcement initiative to determine whether coal-fired power plants failed to comply with the requirements of the New Source Review and New Source Performance Standard provisions under the Clean Air Act (“CAA”) when the plants implemented modifications. The EPA’s initiative focuses on whether projects performed at power plants triggered various permitting requirements, including the need to install pollution control equipment.

IPH Segment CAA Section 114 Information Requests. Commencing in 2005, the IPH facilities received a series of information requests from the EPA pursuant to Section 114(a) of the CAA. The requests sought detailed operating and maintenance history data with respect to the Coffeen, Newton, Edwards, Duck Creek and Joppa facilities. In August 2012, the EPA issued a Notice of Violation alleging that projects performed in 1997, 2006 and 2007 at the Newton facility violated Prevention of Significant Deterioration, Title V permitting and other requirements. We believe our defenses to the allegations described in the Notice of Violation are meritorious. A decision by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit in 2013 held that similar claims older than five years were barred by the statute of limitations. If not overturned, this decision may provide an additional defense to the allegations in the Newton facility Notice of Violation.

Ultimate resolution of these matters could have a material adverse impact on IPH’s future financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. A resolution could result in increased capital expenditures for the installation of pollution control equipment, increased operations and maintenance expenses, and penalties. At this time we are unable to make a reasonable estimate of the possible costs, or range of costs, that might be incurred to resolve these matters.

Edwards CAA Litigation. In April 2013, environmental groups filed a CAA citizen suit in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of Illinois alleging violations of opacity and particulate matter limits at our IPH segment’s Edwards facility. The District Court has scheduled the trial date for May 2016. IPH disputes the allegations and will defend the case vigorously. At this time we are unable to make a reasonable estimate of the possible costs, or range of costs, that might be incurred to resolve this matter.

IPH Variance. In January 2014, an environmental group filed a petition for review of the IPCB’s November 2013 decision and order granting the variance relief in the Illinois Fourth District Appellate Court. In response, we filed a Motion to Dismiss, and on February 24, 2014, the Appellate Court granted our motion and dismissed the appeal. In April 2014, the

F-40

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

environmental group filed a petition for leave to appeal the Appellate Court’s decision with the Illinois Supreme Court. We filed an answer opposing review by the court. On September 24, 2014, the Illinois Supreme Court denied the petition for leave to appeal.

Vermilion and Baldwin Groundwater. In response to requests by the Illinois EPA, we have implemented hydrogeologic investigations for the CCR surface impoundment at our Baldwin facility and for two CCR surface impoundments at our Vermilion facility.

Groundwater monitoring results indicate that the CCR surface impoundment at Baldwin impacts onsite groundwater. Also, at the request of the Illinois EPA, in late 2011 we initiated an investigation at Baldwin to determine if the facility’s CCR surface impoundment impacts offsite groundwater. Results of the offsite groundwater quality investigation at Baldwin, as submitted to the Illinois EPA on April 24, 2012, indicate two localized areas where Class I groundwater standards were exceeded. If offsite groundwater impacts are ultimately attributed to the Baldwin CCR surface impoundment and remediation measures are necessary in the future, we may incur significant costs that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. At this time we cannot reasonably estimate the costs, or range of costs, of corrective action that ultimately may be required at Baldwin.

In April 2012, we submitted to the Illinois EPA proposed corrective action plans for two of the CCR surface impoundments at the Vermilion facility (i.e., the old east CCR surface impoundment and the north CCR surface impoundment). The proposed corrective action plans reflect the results of a hydrogeologic investigation, which indicate that the facility’s old east and north CCR surface impoundments impact groundwater quality onsite and that such groundwater migrates offsite to the north of the property and to the adjacent Middle Fork of the Vermilion River. The proposed corrective action plans include groundwater monitoring and recommend closure of both CCR surface impoundments, including installation of a geosynthetic cover. In addition, we submitted an application to the Illinois EPA to establish a groundwater management zone while impacts from the facility are mitigated. In March 2014, we submitted a revised corrective action plan for the old east CCR surface impoundment at Vermilion. Our estimated cost of the recommended closure alternative for both the Vermilion old east and north CCR surface impoundments, including post-closure care, is approximately $10 million. The Vermilion facility also has a third CCR surface impoundment, the new east CCR surface impoundment that is lined and is not known to impact groundwater. Although not part of the proposed corrective action plans, if we decide to close the new east CCR surface impoundment by removing its CCR contents concurrent with the recommended closure alternative for the old east and north CCR surface impoundments, the associated estimated closure cost would add an additional $2 million to the above estimate.

In July 2012, the Illinois EPA issued violation notices alleging violations of groundwater standards onsite at the Baldwin and Vermilion facilities. In December 2012, the Illinois EPA provided written notice that it may pursue legal action with respect to each matter through referral to the Illinois Office of the Attorney General. In accordance with work plans approved by the Illinois EPA, in 2013 we performed a geotechnical study at Vermilion and began a 12-month geotechnical/hydraulic/hydrogeologic study needed to analyze corrective action alternatives at Baldwin. The geotechnical study at Vermilion confirmed that the cap closure option proposed in our corrective action plans for the north and old east CCR surface impoundments is technically feasible. In September 2014, the Illinois EPA requested additional analyses concerning the closure plans for the Vermilion old east and north CCR surface impoundments. Those analyses, if performed, would not be completed until late 2015. In June 2014, we submitted the results of our evaluation at Baldwin to the Illinois EPA. Based on the results of that evaluation, we recommended to the Illinois EPA that the closure process for the Baldwin out-of-service east CCR surface impoundment begin and that a geotechnical investigation of the existing soil cap on the Baldwin out-of-service old east CCR surface impoundment be undertaken. In October 2014, we submitted a supplemental groundwater modeling report to the Illinois EPA that indicates no known offsite water supply wells will be impacted under the various Baldwin CCR surface impoundment closure scenarios modeled. At this time we cannot reasonably estimate the costs of resolving these groundwater issues, but resolution of these matters may cause us to incur significant costs that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

IPH Segment Groundwater. Hydrogeologic investigations of the CCR surface impoundments have been performed at the IPH segment facilities. Groundwater monitoring results indicate that the CCR surface impoundments at each of the IPH segment facilities potentially impact onsite groundwater.

In 2012, the Illinois EPA issued violation notices with respect to groundwater conditions at the Newton and Coffeen facilities’ CCR surface impoundments. In February 2013, the Illinois EPA provided written notice that it may pursue legal action with respect to each of these matters through referral to the Illinois Office of the Attorney General. In addition, the Illinois EPA has issued a permit modification for the Newton facility’s active CCR surface impoundment that requires us to perform assessment monitoring concerning previously reported groundwater quality standard exceedances and to submit the findings of that assessment, including proposed courses of action, in April 2015. The Illinois EPA also has required assessment monitoring at the Duck Creek facility’s active CCR surface impoundment, with the findings of that assessment, including proposed remedial action, if any, due in September 2015.

F-41

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In April 2013, Ameren Energy Resources Company filed a proposed site-specific rulemaking with the IPCB which, if approved, would provide for the systematic and eventual closure of its CCR surface impoundments that impact groundwater in exceedance of applicable groundwater standards. In October 2013, the Illinois EPA filed a proposed rulemaking with the IPCB that would establish processes governing monitoring, corrective action and closure of CCR surface impoundments at all power generating facilities in Illinois. The site-specific rulemaking, which now covers IPH CCR surface impoundments, has been stayed to allow the Illinois EPA proposed rulemaking to proceed.

At this time we cannot reasonably estimate the costs or range of costs of resolving the Newton, Duck Creek and Coffeen groundwater matters, but resolution of these matters may cause IPH to incur significant costs that could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Station Power Proceedings. On May 4, 2010, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit (the “D.C. Circuit”) vacated FERC’s acceptance of station power rules for the CAISO market and remanded the case for further proceedings at FERC. On August 30, 2010, FERC issued an Order on Remand (“remand order”) effectively disclaiming jurisdiction over how the states impose retail station power charges. Due to reservation-of-rights language in the California utilities’ state-jurisdictional station power tariffs, the California utilities have argued that FERC’s ruling requires California generators to pay state-imposed retail charges back to the date of enrollment by the facilities in the CAISO’s station power program. The remand order could impact FERC’s station power policies in all of the organized markets throughout the nation. On February 28, 2011, the FERC issued an order denying rehearing of the remand order. Dynegy Moss Landing, LLC, together with other generators, filed an appeal of the remand order in the D.C. Circuit. On December 18, 2012, the D.C. Circuit issued an order denying the appeal of the generator group and affirming FERC’s orders on remand.

On November 18, 2011, Pacific Gas and Electric Company (“PG&E”) filed with the CPUC, seeking authorization to begin charging generators station power charges, and to assess such charges retroactively, which the Company and other generators have challenged. Dynegy Morro Bay, LLC, Dynegy Moss Landing, LLC and Dynegy Oakland, LLC filed a protest with the CPUC objecting to PG&E’s filing. On October 25, 2013, PG&E filed revisions to its November 18, 2011 Advice Letter, seeking to limit retroactive charges to December 18, 2012 forward, rather than from April 2006 to present, as originally proposed. On July 14, 2014, the CPUC’s Energy Division issued a Draft Resolution that orders retroactive charges to be assessed against generators dating back to August 30, 2010. On August 15, 2014, the CPUC approved the Resolution. Dynegy Morro Bay, LLC, Dynegy Moss Landing, LLC and Dynegy Oakland, LLC filed for rehearing of the August 15, 2014 Resolution on September 15, 2014. We believe we have established an appropriate accrual.

Contractual Service Agreements. Contractual service agreements represent obligations with respect to long-term plant maintenance agreements. Recently we have undertaken several measures to restructure our existing maintenance agreements as well as negotiate new long-term maintenance service agreements with proven turbine service providers. The term of these agreements will be determined by the maintenance cycles of the respective facility. We currently estimate these agreements will be in effect for a period of 15 or more years. Either party can terminate the agreements based on certain events as specified in the contracts. As of December 31, 2014, our minimum obligation with respect to these agreements is limited to the termination payments, which are approximately $161 million and $217 million in the event all contracts are terminated by us or the counterparty, respectively.

Coal Commitments. At December 31, 2014, we had contracts in place to purchase coal for our various generation facilities with minimum commitments of $1.127 billion through 2020. To the extent forecasted volumes have not been priced but are subject to a price collar structure, the obligations have been calculated using the minimum purchase price of the collar.

Coal Transportation. At December 31, 2014, we had coal transportation contracts in place through 2023 and rail car leases in place through 2026 with aggregate minimum commitments of $530 million.

Gas Transportation. We have firm capacity payments related to transportation of natural gas in place through 2020. Such arrangements are routinely used in the physical movement and storage of energy. The total of such obligations was $118 million as of December 31, 2014.

Indemnifications and Guarantees

In the ordinary course of business, we routinely enter into contractual agreements that contain various representations, warranties, indemnifications and guarantees. Examples of such agreements include, but are not limited to, service agreements, equipment purchase agreements, engineering and technical service agreements, asset sales agreements, and procurement and construction contracts. Some agreements contain indemnities that cover the other party’s negligence or limit the other party’s liability with respect to third party claims, in which event we will effectively be indemnifying the other party. Virtually all such agreements contain representations or warranties that are covered by indemnifications against the losses incurred by the other parties in the event such representations and warranties are false. While there is always the possibility of a loss related to such

F-42

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

representations, warranties, indemnifications and guarantees in our contractual agreements, and such loss could be significant, in most cases management considers the probability of loss to be remote.

Indemnities

We have accrued no amounts as of December 31, 2014 related to the indemnifications discussed below because none were probable of occurring nor could they be reasonably estimated.

LS Power Indemnities. In connection with the transaction with LS Power we agreed in the purchase and sale agreement to indemnify LS Power against claims regarding any breaches in our representations and warranties and certain other potential liabilities. Even though Dynegy was discharged from any claims pursuant to the order confirming the Plan (as defined herein) (the “Confirmation Order”), Dynegy Power Generation Inc., DPC, DMG and DYPM remain jointly and severally liable for any indemnification claims (the “LS Indemnity Entities”). Claims for indemnification shall survive until 12 months subsequent to closing with exceptions for tax claims, which shall survive for the applicable statute of limitations plus 30 days, and certain other representations and potential liabilities, which shall survive indefinitely. The indemnifications provided to LS Power are limited to $1.3 billion in total; however, several categories of indemnifications are not available to LS Power until the liabilities incurred in the aggregate are equal to or exceed $15 million and are capped at a maximum of $100 million. Further, the purchase and sale agreement provides in part that the LS Indemnity Entities may not reduce or avoid liability for a valid claim based on a claim of contribution. In addition to the above indemnities related to the LS Power Transactions, the LS Indemnity Entities may be required to indemnify LS Power against claims related to the Riverside/Foothills Project for certain aspects of the project. The indemnities related solely to the Riverside/Foothills Project are capped at a maximum of $180 million and extend until the earlier of the expiration of the tax agreement or December 26, 2026. At this time, no significant expenses have been incurred under these indemnities.

Illinois Power Indemnities. We have indemnified third parties against losses resulting from possible adverse regulatory actions taken by the ICC that could prevent Illinois Power from recovering costs incurred in connection with purchased natural gas and investments in specified items. Even though Dynegy was discharged from any claims pursuant to the Plan and Confirmation Order, Illinova Corporation (“Illinova”) remains liable for any indemnification claims. Although there is no absolute limitation on Illinova’s liability under this indemnity, the amount of the indemnity is limited to 50 percent of any such losses. We have in the past made certain payments in respect of these indemnities following regulatory action by the ICC, and have established reserves for certain indemnity claims. Further events, which fall within the scope of the indemnity, may still occur. However, we are not currently required to accrue a liability in connection with future potential indemnifications, as management cannot reasonably estimate a range of outcomes or at this time considers the probability of an adverse outcome as only reasonably possible. We intend to contest any proposed regulatory actions.

Other Indemnities. We entered into indemnifications regarding environmental, tax, employee and other representations when completing asset sales such as, but not limited to, Calcasieu and Heard County power generating facilities, the sale of our midstream business, Dynegy Midstream Services L.P. (“DMSLP”), and the sale of Illinois Power Company. DPC remains the sole entity liable for indemnification claims with respect to Calcasieu and Heard County. DYPM remains liable for indemnification claims with respect to DMSLP. Illinova remains liable for any indemnification claims resulting from the Illinois Power Company sale. As of December 31, 2014, no claims have been made against us and we have not recorded a liability for these indemnities.

Guarantees

Limited Guaranty. In connection with the AER Acquisition, Dynegy has provided a Limited Guaranty of certain obligations of IPH up to $25 million. Concurrently with the execution of the AER Transaction Agreement, Dynegy entered into the Limited Guaranty, capped at $25 million in favor of Ameren, for a period of two years after the closing (subject to certain exceptions) with respect to IPH’s indemnification obligations and certain reimbursement obligations under the AER Transaction Agreement.

Duke Midwest Acquisition Guaranty. Concurrently with the execution of the Duke Midwest Purchase Agreement, Dynegy entered into the Duke Midwest Acquisition Guaranty, capped at $2.8 billion, in favor of Duke Energy, whereby Dynegy will guarantee the payment and performance of DRI’s obligations under the Duke Midwest Purchase Agreement, as well as under a transition services agreement to be entered into upon the closing of the Duke Midwest Acquisition. Please read Note 3—Merger and Acquisitions for further discussion of the Duke Midwest Acquisition.

EquiPower Acquisition. Dynegy is a party to the ECP Purchase Agreements, which provide for issuing $200 million in common stock as part of the base purchase price and paying a termination fee of $207 million, under specific circumstances, including where the applicable ECP Purchase Agreements are terminated because of a breach of the representations, warranties or covenants by the applicable ECP Purchaser. Please read Note 3—Merger and Acquisitions for further discussion of the EquiPower Acquisition.

F-43

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Other Minimum Commitments

We have an interconnection obligation with respect to interconnection services for our Ontelaunee facility. This agreement expires in 2027. Our obligation under this agreement is approximately $1 million per year through the term of the contract. In addition, we have other obligations of $22 million for a capital parts agreement for our Kendall facility through 2021, $5 million for information technology-related contracts through 2019, $4 million for harbor support and utility work for our Moss Landing facility through 2056, $4 million for a facilities service agreement for our Coffeen facility through 2039 and $2 million for other agreements for our Ontelaunee and Havana facilities through 2030.

Minimum lease payment obligations associated with office space and equipment leases for the next five years are as follows:



For the Year Ended December 31,	Amounts (in millions)
2015	$	3
2016	$	3
2017	$	4
2018	$	4
2019	$	3

During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the 2012 Successor Period and the 2012 Predecessor Period, we recognized rental expense of approximately $5 million, $6 million, $3 million and $5 million, respectively.

In addition, we are party to two charter agreements related to very large gas carriers (“VLGCs”) previously utilized in our former global liquids business. The primary term of one charter expired at the end of September 2013 but has been extended for a second consecutive year, through September 2015, at the option of the counterparty. The primary term of the second charter was through September 2014 but also has been extended for a period of one year at the option of the counterparty. The first charter may be extended one additional year, and the second charter has two optional one-year extensions remaining. Both of these VLGCs have been sub-chartered to a wholly-owned subsidiary of Transammonia Inc. on terms that are identical to the terms of the original charter agreements. The aggregate minimum base commitment of the charter party agreements is approximately $11 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. To date, the subsidiary of Transammonia Inc. has complied with the terms of the sub-charter agreement and has not exercised the remaining optional extensions.

Note 16—Capital Stock

Preferred Stock

We have authorized preferred stock consisting of 20 million shares, $0.01 par value. Our preferred stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, the shares of each series to have such designations and powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof as specified by our Board of Directors. As of December 31, 2014, there were 4 million shares of our Series A Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock (as described below) issued and outstanding.

Series A Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock. On October 14, 2014, we issued 4 million shares, $0.01 par value, pursuant to a registered public offering, of our 5.375% Series A Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock (“Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock”) at $100 per share, for gross proceeds of approximately $400 million, before underwriting discounts and commissions of $13 million (“Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock Offering”). The underwriters in the Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock Offering had an option for 30 days to purchase an additional 0.6 million shares of our Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock at $100 per share; however, the option was not exercised.

The Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference of $100 per share, or an aggregate preference of $400 million. Dividends accrue at 5.375 percent per annum on the liquidation preference and will be payable on a cumulative basis when and if declared by our board of directors. We may pay declared dividends in cash or, subject to certain limitations, in shares of our common stock or by delivery of any combination of cash and shares of our common stock on February 1, May 1, August 1 and November 1 of each year, commencing on February 1, 2015, and to, and including, November 1, 2017. On January 15, 2015, our Board of Directors declared a dividend on our Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock of $1.64 per share, or approximately $7 million in the aggregate. The dividend is for the initial dividend period beginning on October 14, 2014 and ending on January 31, 2015. Such dividends were paid on February 2, 2015 to stockholders of record as of January 15, 2015. As long as we are not in default on our credit agreements, we are not restricted from paying dividends on the Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock.

F-44

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

At any time prior to November 1, 2017, other than during a Fundamental Change Conversion Period (as defined in the Certificate of Designations for the Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Certificate of Designations”)), holders of the Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock have the right to elect to convert their shares in whole or in part at the Minimum Conversion Rate of 2.5806 shares of our common stock per share of Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock. This Minimum Conversion Rate is subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments. The Certificate of Designations provides that during a Fundamental Change Conversion Period the shares may be converted by the holder at the Fundamental Change Conversion Rate, as defined therein.

Each share of Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock will, unless previously converted, automatically convert on November 1, 2017, into between 2.5806 and 3.2258 shares of our common stock, subject to anti-dilution and other adjustments. We have the option to redeem the Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock, in whole but not in part, at the redemption price set forth in the offering documents if (i) on the date that is nine months after the date of issuance (the “Outside Date”), the consummation of either or both of the acquisitions has not occurred, or (ii) an acquisition termination event, as defined in the offering documents, occurs prior to the Outside Date. Other than pursuant to the acquisition termination redemption provisions described above, the Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock is not redeemable by us. The holders of the Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock generally have no voting rights except in the case of dividend arrearages. Holders are not entitled to participate in any dividends which may be declared and paid on our common stock.

Common Stock

As of the Plan Effective Date, we authorized 420 million shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of which approximately 100 million shares were issued in the aggregate and no shares were held in treasury. On October 14, 2014, we issued 22.5 million shares, pursuant to a registered public offering, of our common stock at $31.00 per share (“Common Stock Offering”). On November 13, 2014, we issued an additional 1.5 million shares, pursuant to the exercise by the underwriters of their 30 day option to purchase up to 3.375 million additional shares of our common stock, at $31.00 per share. The aggregate gross proceeds received by Dynegy from the Common Stock Offering were approximately $744 million, before underwriting discounts and commissions of $25 million. During the year ended December 31, 2014, no quarterly cash dividends were paid by us.

As of the Plan Effective Date, we issued to Legacy Dynegy stockholders Warrants to purchase up to 15.6 million shares of common stock for an exercise price of $40 per share. The Warrants have a five-year term expiring on October 2, 2017. The exercise price of the Warrants and the number of shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants are subject to adjustment upon certain events including: stock subdivisions, combinations, splits, stock dividends, capital reorganizations, or capital reclassifications of common stock. Further, in connection with Subject Transactions (as defined in the Warrant Agreement) warrant holders are entitled to certain distributions. If the value of the warrants is underwater upon the determination date of a Subject Transaction, such distributions are equivalent to $0.01 per warrant, or approximately $150 thousand for all Warrants outstanding. As a result of this potential distribution, the Warrants are classified as a liability in our consolidated financial statements and are adjusted to their estimated fair value each reporting period with the change in fair value recognized in Other income (expense) on our consolidated statement of operations. Please read Note 4—Risk Management Activities, Derivatives and Financial Instruments for further discussion.

Stock Award Plans

We have one stock award plan, which provides for the issuance of authorized shares of our common stock. Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”), Performance Stock Units (“PSUs”) and option grants were issued under this plan following the Plan Effective Date. Each option granted is exercisable at a strike price, which ranges from $18.70 per share to $24.12 per share for options currently outstanding. A brief description of the plan is provided below:

•

Dynegy 2012 Long Term Incentive Plan. This plan is a broad-based plan and provides for the issuance of approximately 6.1 million authorized shares through October 2022. The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be subject to options, restricted stock awards, stock unit awards, stock appreciation rights, phantom stock awards and performance awards, denominated in shares of common stock granted to any one individual during any calendar year may not exceed approximately 1.2 million shares or the equivalent of approximately 1.2 million shares of common stock (subject to adjustment in accordance with the provisions of the 2012 Long Term Incentive Plan). The maximum amount of compensation that may be paid under all performance awards denominated in cash (including the fair market value of any shares of common stock paid in satisfaction of such performance awards) granted to any one individual during any calendar year may not exceed a fair market value of $10 million. Any options granted under the plan will expire no later than 10 years from the date of the grant.

All options granted under our 2012 Long Term Incentive Plan cease vesting for employees who are terminated with cause. For severance-eligible terminations, as defined under the applicable severance or change in control pay plan, disability, retirement or death, immediate or continued vesting and/or an extended period in which to exercise vested options may apply, dependent

F-45

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

upon the terms of the grant agreement applying to a specific grant that was awarded. It has been our practice to issue shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options from previously unissued shares.

All RSUs granted under our 2012 Long Term Incentive Plan contain a service condition and cease vesting for employees or directors who are terminated with cause. For severance-eligible employee terminations, as defined under the applicable severance or change in control pay plan, director terminations without cause, employee or director disability, retirement or death, immediate vesting of some or all of the RSUs may apply, dependent upon the terms of the grant agreement applying to a specific grant that was awarded. It has been our practice to issue shares of common stock upon vesting of RSUs from previously unissued shares.

All PSUs granted under our 2012 Long Term Incentive Plan contain a performance condition and cease vesting for employees who do not remain continuously employed during the performance period under the grant agreements. For severance-eligible terminations, as defined under the applicable severance pay plan, disability, retirement or death, immediate vesting of some or all of the PSUs may apply, dependent upon the terms of the grant agreement applying to a specific grant that was awarded. Upon a corporate change, employees receive an immediate vesting of PSUs regardless of whether the employee is terminated.

On the Plan Effective Date, certain incentive plans were terminated and all the outstanding awards issued under such plans were cancelled.

We use the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. Compensation expense related to options, RSUs and PSUs granted and restricted stock awarded totaled $19 million, $15 million, $1 million, and $5 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the 2012 Successor Period and the 2012 Predecessor Period, respectively. We recognize compensation expense ratably over the vesting period of the respective awards. Tax benefits for compensation expense related to options, RSUs and PSUs granted and restricted stock awarded totaled $7 million, $5 million, zero and $2 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the 2012 Successor Period and the 2012 Predecessor Period, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, $16 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to options, RSUs and PSUs granted is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.5 years. The total fair value of options, RSUs and PSUs vested was $14 million, $5 million and $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the 2012 Successor Period, respectively. We did not capitalize or use cash to settle any share-based compensation in the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the 2012 Successor Period and the 2012 Predecessor Period.

There were no options exercised during the 2012 Successor Period. Cash received from option exercises for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $1 million and $2 million, respectively, and the tax benefit realized for the additional tax deduction from share-based payment awards totaled less than $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

The following summarizes our stock option activity:



	Year Ended December 31, 2014
	Options (in thousands)		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (in years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value (amounts in millions)
Outstanding at beginning of period	1,000		$	20.36
Granted	409		$	23.03
Exercised	(37	)	$	20.65
Outstanding at end of period	1,372		$	21.15	8.95	$	13
Vested and unvested expected to vest	1,372		$	21.15	8.95	$	13
Exercisable at end of period	505		$	19.72	7.94	$	5

During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the 2012 Successor Period, we did not grant any options at an exercise price less than the market price on the date of grant. The weighted average exercise price of options granted during the year ended December 31, 2013 and the 2012 Successor Period was $22.84 and $18.70, respectively. The intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was less than $1 million. There were no options exercised during the 2012 Successor Period.

F-46

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For stock options, we determine the fair value of each stock option at the grant date using a Black-Scholes model, with the following weighted-average assumptions used for grants:



	Year Ended December 31, 2014		Year Ended December 31, 2013		October 2 through December 31, 2012
Dividends	—		—		—
Expected volatility (1)	23.96	%	32.79	%	41.19	%
Risk-free interest rate (2)	1.61	%	1.05	%	0.85	%
Expected option life (3)	5.5 years		5.5 years		5.5 years

__________________________________________

(1)

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the expected volatility was calculated based on the historical volatilities of our stock since October 3, 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2013 and the 2012 Successor Period, the expected volatility was calculated based on five-year historical volatilities of the stock of comparable companies whose shares are traded using daily stock price returns equivalent to the expected term of the options.


(2)	The risk-free interest rate was calculated based upon observed interest rates appropriate for the term of our employee stock options.


(3)	Currently, we calculate the expected option life using the simplified methodology suggested by authoritative guidance issued by the SEC.

The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the 2012 Successor Period was $5.91, $7.35 and $7.21, respectively.

The following summarizes our RSU activity:



	Year Ended December 31, 2014
	RSUs (in thousands)		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Outstanding at beginning of period	745		$	22.23
Granted	611		$	23.36
Vested and released	(291	)	$	22.02
Forfeited	(19	)	$	22.84
Outstanding at end of period	1,046		$	22.94

For RSUs, we consider the fair value to be the closing price of the stock on the grant date. The weighted average grant date fair value of RSUs granted during the year ended December 31, 2013 and the 2012 Successor Period was $23.15 and $18.70, respectively. We recognize the fair value of our share-based payments over the vesting periods of the awards, which is typically a three-year service period.

There were no PSUs granted during the 2012 Successor Period. The following summarizes our PSU activity:



	Year Ended December 31, 2014
	PSUs (in thousands)		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Outstanding at beginning of period	124		$	23.10
Granted	186		$	23.03
Vested and released	(1	)	$	25.34
Forfeited	(5	)	$	28.61
Outstanding at end of period	304		$	23.06

The weighted average grant date fair value of PSUs granted during the year ended December 31, 2013 was $23.10.

F-47

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The fair value of PSUs is determined using total shareholder return (“TSR”), measured over a three-year period relative to a selected group of energy industry peer companies, using a Monte Carlo model. The key characteristics of the PSUs are as follows:


•	Three-year performance period;


•	Payout opportunity of 0-200 percent of target, intended to be settled in shares;


•	Cumulative TSR percentile ranking calculated at end of performance period and applied to the payout scale to determine the number of earned/vested PSUs; and


•	If absolute TSR is negative, PSU award payouts will be capped at 100 percent of the target number of PSUs granted, regardless of relative TSR positioning.

Note 17—Employee Compensation, Savings, Pension and Other Post-Employment Benefit Plans

We sponsor and administer defined benefit plans and defined contribution plans for the benefit of our employees and also provide other post-employment benefits to retirees who meet age and service requirements. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the 2012 Successor Period and the 2012 Predecessor Period, our contributions related to these plans were approximately $37 million, $28 million, $5 million and $26 million, respectively. The following summarizes these plans:

Short-Term Incentive Plan. Dynegy maintains a discretionary incentive compensation plan to provide our employees with rewards for the achievement of corporate goals and individual, professional accomplishments. Specific awards are determined by Dynegy’s Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors and are based on predetermined goals and objectives established at the start of each performance year.

Phantom Stock Plan. Dynegy has issued phantom stock units under its 2009 Phantom Stock Plan. Units awarded under this plan are long term incentive awards that grant the participant the right to receive a cash payment based on the fair market value of Dynegy’s stock on the vesting date of the award. As these awards must be settled in cash, we account for them as liabilities, with changes in the fair value of the liability recognized as expense in our consolidated statements of operations. Expense recognized in connection with these awards during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the 2012 Successor Period and 2012 Predecessor Period was $4 million, $5 million, $2 million and $2 million, respectively.

Dynegy Inc. 401(k) Savings Plans. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the 2012 Successor Period and the 2012 Predecessor Period, our employees participated in several 401(k) savings plans, all of which meet the requirements of IRC Section 401(k) and are defined contribution plans subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act. The following summarizes the plans:

•

Dynegy 401(k) Plan. This plan and the related trust fund are established and maintained for the exclusive benefit of participating employees in the U.S. Generally, all employees of designated Dynegy subsidiaries are eligible to participate in this plan. Except for certain represented employees, employee pre-tax and Roth contributions to the plan are matched by the Company at 100 percent, up to a maximum of five percent of base pay (subject to IRS limitations) and vesting in company contributions is based on years of service with 50 percent vesting per full year of service. Effective December 2, 2013, IPH employees participate in this plan and effective January 1, 2014, EEI employees participate in this plan. This plan also allows for a discretionary contribution to eligible employee accounts for each plan year, subject to the sole discretion of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors. No discretionary contributions were made for any of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014.

•

EEI Bargaining Unit 401(k) Plan. Under this plan we match 50 percent of employee pre-tax contributions up to eight percent of base pay for EEI union employees, subject to IRS limitations. Effective January 1, 2014, plan benefits were frozen and contributions stopped as of that date and participants became eligible to participate in the Dynegy Inc. 401(k) Plan. This plan was merged into the Dynegy 401(k) Plan on June 26, 2014.

•

EEI Management 401(k) Plan. Under this plan we match we match 50 percent of employee pre-tax contributions up to eight percent of base pay for EEI management employees, subject to IRS limitations. Effective January 1, 2014, plan benefits were frozen and contributions stopped as of that date and participants became eligible to participate in the Dynegy Inc. 401(k) Plan. This plan was merged into the Dynegy 401(k) Plan on June 26, 2014.

During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the 2012 Successor Period and the 2012 Predecessor Period, we recognized aggregate costs related to these employee compensation plans of $7 million, $4 million, $1 million and $3 million, respectively.

Pension and Other Post-Employment Benefits

We have various defined benefit pension plans and post-employment benefit plans. Generally, all employees participate in the pension plans (subject to the plans eligibility requirements), but only some of our employees participate in the other post-

F-48

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

employment medical and life insurance benefit plans. The pension plans are in the form of cash balance plans and more traditional career average or final average pay formula plans. Separately, our EEI employees and retirees participate in EEI’s single-employer pension and other post-employment plans. EEI’s pension plan is the Revised Retirement Plan for Employees of Electric Energy, Inc. EEI’s other post-employment plans are the Group Insurance Plan for Management Employees of Electric Energy, Inc. and the Group Insurance Plan for Bargaining Unit Employees of Electric Energy, Inc. We consolidate EEI, and therefore, EEI’s plans are reflected in our pension and post-employment balances and disclosures. Dynegy and EEI both use a measurement date of December 31 for their pension and post-employment benefit plans.

As a result of the DMG Transfer on September 1, 2011, we and our subsidiaries were no longer the primary participant in certain defined benefit pension and other post-employment benefit plans sponsored by Legacy Dynegy; therefore, we began accounting for our participation in these plans as multi-employer plans. Additionally, we completed the DMG Acquisition on June 5, 2012, and we were once again the primary participant in certain defined benefit pension and other post-employment benefit plans; therefore, the costs related to these plans were only included within net periodic benefit costs subsequent to June 5, 2012. The transfer of the plans was recorded as part of the DMG Transfer as a common control transaction. From September 1, 2011 through June 5, 2012, the date of the DMG Acquisition, we recorded our share of expenses in the plans based upon the amounts billed to us through the Service Agreements which was approximately $7 million for the 2012 Predecessor Period. Please read Note 12—Related Party Transactions—Service Agreements for further discussion.

In December 2013, we recognized a curtailment loss of $1 million related to EEI’s other post-employment plan for EEI salaried employees, resulting from a plan amendment and terminations associated with the AER Acquisition. During the second quarter 2013, we recognized a curtailment gain of $7 million in connection with the termination of a majority of the Danskammer employees and the sale of our Roseton facility. As a result of the curtailment, the DNE pension plan was remeasured. On September 20, 2013, we reached an agreement with the union (“IBEW Local 51”) that resulted in amendments to certain pension and other post-employment benefit plans. As a result of these amendments, we remeasured our benefit obligations and the funded status of the affected plans. As a result of the remeasurements, we recorded a pre-tax gain of approximately $71 million ($46 million, net of tax) through accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) during the third quarter 2013.

Obligations and Funded Status. The following tables contain information about the obligations, plan assets and funded status of plans in which we, or one of our subsidiaries, formerly sponsored or participated in on a combined basis. These amounts include the obligations, plan assets and funded status of EEI’s pension and post-employment plans.



	Pension Benefits						Other Benefits
(amounts in millions)	Year Ended December 31, 2014			Year Ended December 31, 2013			Year Ended December 31, 2014			Year Ended December 31, 2013
Benefit obligation, beginning of the year	$	390		$	337		$	81		$	55
Service cost	12			9			1			1
Interest cost	17			14			4			2
Actuarial (gain) loss	40			(31		)	15			(2		)
Benefits paid	(37		)	(16		)	(6		)	(2		)
Plan change	—			(14		)	—			(30		)
Curtailment loss	—			1			—			1
Settlements	(14		)	—			—			—
AER Acquisition	—			90			—			56
Benefit obligation, end of the year	$	408		$	390		$	95		$	81
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of the year	$	373		$	277		$	67		$	—
Actual return on plan assets	39			30			5			1
Employer contributions	3			7			—			—
Benefits paid	(37		)	(16		)	(4		)	(1		)
Settlements	(14		)	—			—			—
AER Acquisition	—			75			—			67
Fair value of plan assets, end of the year	$	364		$	373		$	68		$	67
Funded status	$	(44	)	$	(17	)	$	(27	)	$	(14	)

Our accumulated benefit obligation related to pension plans was $408 million and $388 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Our accumulated benefit obligation related to other post-employment plans was $95 million and $81 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

F-49

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:



	Pension Benefits						Other Benefits
(amounts in millions)	December 31, 2014			December 31, 2013			December 31, 2014			December 31, 2013
Non-current assets	$	1		$	1		$	15		$	21
Current liabilities	—			—			(2		)	(2		)
Non-current liabilities	(45		)	(18		)	(40		)	(33		)
Net amount recognized	$	(44	)	$	(17	)	$	(27	)	$	(14	)

Pre-tax amounts recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”) consist of:



	Pension Benefits						Other Benefits
(amounts in millions)	Year Ended December 31, 2014			Year Ended December 31, 2013			Year Ended December 31, 2014			Year Ended December 31, 2013
Prior service credit	$	(12	)	$	(13	)	$	(27	)	$	(29	)
Actuarial loss (gain)	(21		)	(45		)	12			(3		)
Net gain recognized	$	(33	)	$	(58	)	$	(15	)	$	(32	)

The net actuarial gain and prior service credit that were amortized from AOCI into net periodic benefit cost during the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the 2012 Successor Period and the 2012 Predecessor Period for the defined benefit pension plans were $2 million, $1 million, zero and zero, respectively. The net prior service credit that was amortized from AOCI into net periodic benefit cost during the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the 2012 Successor Period and the 2012 Predecessor Period for other post-employment benefit plans was $3 million, $1 million, zero and zero, respectively.

The expected amounts that will be amortized from AOCI and recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost (credit) in 2015 are as follows:



(amounts in millions)	Pension Benefits			Other Benefits
Prior service credit	$	(1	)	$	(3	)
Actuarial loss (gain)	—			—
Net gain recognized	$	(1	)	$	(3	)

The amortization of prior service cost is determined using a straight line amortization of the cost over the average remaining service period of employees expected to receive benefits under the Plan.

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost (Gain). The components of net periodic benefit cost (gain) were as follows:



	Pension Benefits
	Successor									Predecessor
(amounts in millions)	Year Ended December 31, 2014			Year Ended December 31, 2013			October 2 Through December 31, 2012			January 1 Through October 1, 2012
Service cost benefits earned during period	$	12		$	9		$	3		$	3
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation	17			14			3			4
Expected return on plan assets	(21		)	(19		)	(5		)	(5		)
Amortization of:
Prior service credit	(1		)	(1		)	—			—
Actuarial loss (gain)	(1		)	—			—			2
Net periodic benefit cost	6			3			1			4
Curtailment gain (1)	—			(7		)	—			—
Total benefit cost (gain)	$	6		$	(4	)	$	1		$	4

__________________________________________


(1)	The curtailment gain was related to the DNE pension plan and resulted from the Roseton sale and the termination of a majority of the Danskammer employees.

F-50

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)



	Other Benefits
	Successor								Predecessor
(amounts in millions)	Year Ended December 31, 2014			Year Ended December 31, 2013			October 2 Through December 31, 2012		January 1 Through October 1, 2012
Service cost benefits earned during period	$	1		$	1		$	—	$	2
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation	4			2			1		1
Expected return on plan assets	(4		)	—			—		—
Amortization of:
Prior service credit	(3		)	(1		)	—		—
Net periodic benefit cost (gain)	(2		)	2			1		3
Curtailment loss (1)	—			1			—		—
Total benefit cost (gain)	$	(2	)	$	3		$	1	$	3

__________________________________________


(1)	The curtailment loss for the year ended December 31, 2013 was related to EEI’s other post-employment plan for EEI salaried employees, resulting from a plan amendment and terminations associated with the AER Acquisition.

Assumptions. The following weighted average assumptions were used to determine benefit obligations:



	Pension Benefits				Other Benefits
	Year Ended December 31, 2014		Year Ended December 31, 2013		Year Ended December 31, 2014		Year Ended December 31, 2013
Discount rate (1)	4.00	%	4.82	%	4.00	%	4.78	%
Rate of compensation increase (2)	3.50	%	3.50	%	3.50	%	3.50	%

________________________________________


(1)	We utilized a yield curve approach to determine the discount. Projected benefit payments for the plans were matched against the discount rates in the yield curve.


(2)	The rate of compensation increase used for other post-employment benefits is specifically related to the EEI post-employment plans.

The following weighted average assumptions were used to determine net periodic benefit cost:



	Pension Benefits								Other Benefits
	Successor						Predecessor		Successor						Predecessor
	Year Ended December 31, 2014		Year Ended December 31, 2013		October 2 Through December 31, 2012		January 1 Through October 1, 2012		Year Ended December 31, 2014		Year Ended December 31, 2013		October 2 Through December 31, 2012		January 1 Through October 1, 2012
Discount rate	4.00	%	4.82	%	3.89	%	4.80	%	4.00	%	4.78	%	4.03	%	4.93	%
Dynegy - Expected return on plan assets	6.00	%	7.00	%	7.00	%	7.00	%	N/A		N/A		N/A		N/A
EEI - Expected return on plan assets (1)	6.25	%	6.25	%	N/A		N/A		6.00	%	6.00	%	N/A		N/A
Rate of compensation increase (2)	3.50	%	3.50	%	3.50	%	3.50	%	3.50	%	3.50	%	N/A		N/A

__________________________________________


(1)	The average expected return on EEI’s other post-employment plan assets was 6 percent for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. The expected return on EEI’s other post-employment plan assets was 6.50 percent for EEI union employees and 5.50 percent for EEI salaried employees for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.


(2)	The rate of compensation increase used for other post-employment benefits for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 is specifically related to the EEI post-employment plans.

Our expected long-term rate of return on Dynegy’s pension plan assets and EEI’s pension plan assets is 5.70 percent and 6.00 percent, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015. Our expected long-term rate of return on EEI’s other post-

F-51

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

employment plan assets is 6.20 percent for EEI union and salaried employees, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015. This figure begins with a blend of asset class-level returns developed under a theoretical global capital asset pricing model methodology conducted by an outside consultant. In development of this figure, the historical relationships between equities and fixed income are preserved consistent with the widely accepted capital market principle that assets with higher volatility generate a greater return over the long term. Current market factors such as inflation and interest rates are also incorporated in the assumptions. This figure gives consideration towards the plan’s use of active management and favorable past experience. It is also net of plan expenses.

The following summarizes our assumed health care cost trend rates:



	Successor						Predecessor
	Year Ended December 31, 2014		Year Ended December 31, 2013		October 2 Through December 31, 2012		January 1 Through October 1, 2012
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year	7.25	%	7.75	%	7.75	%	7.75	%
Ultimate trend rate	4.50	%	4.50	%	4.50	%	4.50	%
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate	2023		2023		2020		2019

Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. The impact of a one percent increase/decrease in assumed health care cost trend rates is as follows:



(amounts in millions)	Increase		Decrease
Aggregate impact on service cost and interest cost	$	1	$	(1	)
Impact on accumulated post-employment benefit obligation	$	11	$	(9	)

Plan Assets. We employ a total return investment approach whereby a mix of equity and fixed income investments are used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets for a prudent level of risk. The intent of this strategy is to minimize plan expenses by outperforming plan liabilities over the long run. Risk tolerance is established through careful consideration of plan liabilities, plan funded status and corporate financial condition. The investment portfolio contains a diversified blend of equity and fixed income investments. Furthermore, equity investments are diversified across U.S. and non-U.S. stocks as well as growth, value, and small and large capitalizations. The Dynegy plans recently adopted a glide-path approach to de-risk the portfolio as funding levels increased. The target allocations for equity and fixed income investments have changed throughout 2014 and the asset mix as of December 31, 2014 was approximately 45 percent to equity investments and approximately 55 percent to fixed income investments. The target asset mix for EEI’s plan assets as of December 31, 2014 was approximately 60 percent to equity investments and approximately 40 percent to fixed income investments. EEI’s plan assets are routinely monitored and rebalanced as circumstances warrant.

Derivatives may be used to gain market exposure in an efficient and timely manner; however, derivatives may not be used to leverage the portfolio beyond the market value of the underlying investment. Investment risk is measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through quarterly investment portfolio reviews, periodic asset/liability studies and annual liability measurements.

The following tables set forth by level within the fair value hierarchy assets that were accounted for at fair value related to our pension and other post-employment plans. These assets are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment and may affect the valuation of fair value assets and liabilities and their placement within the fair value hierarchy levels.



	Fair Value as of December 31, 2014
(amounts in millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—	$	2	$	—	$	2
Equity securities:
U.S. companies (1)	7		142		—		149
Non-U.S. companies (2)	—		11		—		11
International (3)	2		53		—		55
Fixed income securities (4)	81		134		—		215
Total	$	90	$	342	$	—	$	432

F-52

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)



	Fair Value as of December 31, 2013
(amounts in millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash and cash equivalents	$	1	$	1	$	—	$	2
Equity securities:
U.S. companies (1)	35		130		—		165
Non-U.S. companies (2)	—		12		—		12
International (3)	8		45		—		53
Fixed income securities (4)	88		120		—		208
Total	$	132	$	308	$	—	$	440

________________________________________


(1)	This category comprises a domestic common collective trust not actively managed that tracks the Dow Jones total U.S. stock market.


(2)	This category comprises a common collective trust not actively managed that tracks the MSCI All Country World Ex-U.S. Index.


(3)	This category comprises actively managed common collective trusts that hold U.S. and foreign equities. These trusts track the MSCI World Index.


(4)	This category includes a mutual fund and a trust that invest primarily in investment grade corporate bonds.

Contributions and Payments. We were required to make contributions of $3 million to our pension plans and no contributions to our other post-employment benefit plans during the year ended December 31, 2014. We were not required to make contributions to our pension plans and other post-employment benefit plans during the year ended December 31, 2013; however, we made $7 million in voluntary contributions to our pension plans. We are required to make contributions of $3 million to our pension plans during 2015.

Our expected benefit payments for future services for our pension and other post-employment benefits are as follows:



(amounts in millions)	Pension Benefits		Other Benefits
2015	$	31	$	5
2016	$	31	$	5
2017	$	31	$	5
2018	$	31	$	5
2019	$	28	$	5
2020 - 2024	$	148	$	26

Note 18—Quarterly Financial Information

The following is a summary of our unaudited quarterly financial information for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively:



(amounts in millions, except per share data)	March 2014			June 2014			September 2014			December 2014
Revenues	$	762		$	521		$	615		$	599
Operating income (loss)	$	1		$	(54	)	$	22		$	12
Net loss	$	(37	)	$	(122	)	$	(5	)	$	(103	)
Net loss attributable to Dynegy Inc. common stockholders	$	(41	)	$	(123	)	$	(5	)	$	(109	)
Net loss per share attributable to Dynegy Inc. common stockholders	$	(0.41	)	$	(1.23	)	$	(0.05	)	$	(0.91	)

F-53

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)



(amounts in millions, except per share data)	March 2013			June 2013			September 2013		December 2013
Revenues	$	318		$	301		$	446	$	401
Operating income (loss)	$	(115	)	$	(111	)	$	15	$	(107	)
Net income (loss)	$	(142	)	$	(145	)	$	22	$	(91	)
Net income (loss) attributable to Dynegy Inc. common stockholders	$	(142	)	$	(145	)	$	22	$	(91	)
Net income (loss) per share attributable to Dynegy Inc. common stockholders	$	(1.42	)	$	(1.45	)	$	0.22	$	(0.91	)

Note 19—Condensed Consolidating Financial Information

On May 20, 2013, Dynegy issued the Senior Notes as further described in Note 11—Debt. On October 27, 2014, the Escrow Issuers, wholly-owned subsidiaries of Dynegy, issued the Notes as further described in Note 11—Debt. The 100 percent owned Subsidiary Guarantors, jointly, severally and unconditionally, guaranteed the payment obligations under the Senior Notes and Notes. Not all of Dynegy’s subsidiaries guarantee the Senior Notes and Notes including Dynegy’s indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary, IPH, which acquired AER and its subsidiaries on December 2, 2013. Prior to December 2, 2013, the non-guarantor subsidiaries were minor.

The following condensed consolidating financial statements present the financial information of (i) Dynegy (Parent), which is the parent and issuer of the Senior Notes, on a stand-alone, unconsolidated basis, (ii) Escrow Issuers, which are the finance company issuers of the Notes, (iii) the guarantor subsidiaries of Dynegy, (iv) the non-guarantor subsidiaries of Dynegy and (v) the eliminations necessary to arrive at the information for Dynegy on a consolidated basis.

These statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated statements and notes thereto of Dynegy. The supplemental condensed consolidating financial information has been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations for condensed financial information and does not include all disclosures included in annual financial statements.

F-54

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet for the Year Ended December 31, 2014

(amounts in millions)



	Parent		Escrow Issuers			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	1,642	$	—		$	54		$	174		$	—		$	1,870
Restricted cash	—		113			—			—			—			113
Accounts receivable, net	14		—			672			176			(592		)	270
Inventory	—		—			88			120			—			208
Other current assets	9		6			125			73			—			213
Total Current Assets	1,665		119			939			543			(592		)	2,674
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net	—		—			2,812			443			—			3,255
Other Assets
Investment in affiliates	6,133		—			—			—			(6,133		)	—
Other long-term assets	46		47			53			57			—			203
Restricted cash	—		5,100			—			—			—			5,100
Intercompany note receivable	17		—			—			—			(17		)	—
Total Assets	$	7,861	$	5,266		$	3,804		$	1,043		$	(6,742	)	$	11,232
Current Liabilities
Accounts payable	$	310	$	166		$	112		$	220		$	(592	)	$	216
Other current liabilities	51		67			250			97			—			465
Total Current Liabilities	361		233			362			317			(592		)	681
Long-term debt	1,277		5,100			—			698			—			7,075
Intercompany note payable	3,042		—			—			17			(3,059		)	—
Other long-term liabilities	158		—			105			190			—			453
Total Liabilities	4,838		5,333			467			1,222			(3,651		)	8,209
Stockholders’ Equity
Dynegy Stockholders’ Equity	3,023		(67		)	6,379			(179		)	(6,133		)	3,023
Intercompany note receivable	—		—			(3,042		)	—			3,042			—
Total Dynegy Stockholders’ Equity	3,023		(67		)	3,337			(179		)	(3,091		)	3,023
Noncontrolling interest	—		—			—			—			—			—
Total Equity	3,023		(67		)	3,337			(179		)	(3,091		)	3,023
Total Liabilities and Equity	$	7,861	$	5,266		$	3,804		$	1,043		$	(6,742	)	$	11,232

F-55

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet for the Year Ended December 31, 2013

(amounts in millions)



	Parent		Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	474	$	154		$	215		$	—		$	843
Accounts receivable, net	2		327			289			(198		)	420
Inventory	—		71			110			—			181
Other current assets	8		131			102			—			241
Total Current Assets	484		683			716			(198		)	1,685
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net	—		2,937			378			—			3,315
Other Assets
Investment in affiliates	6,281		—			—			(6,281		)	—
Other long-term assets	133		61			97			—			291
Total Assets	$	6,898	$	3,681		$	1,191		$	(6,479	)	$	5,291
Current Liabilities
Accounts payable	$	131	$	114		$	282		$	(198	)	$	329
Other current liabilities	132		139			121			—			392
Total Current Liabilities	263		253			403			(198		)	721
Long-term debt	1,285		11			683			—			1,979
Intercompany note payable	3,042		—			—			(3,042		)	—
Other long-term liabilities	98		145			141			—			384
Total Liabilities	4,688		409			1,227			(3,240		)	3,084
Stockholders’ Equity
Dynegy Stockholders’ Equity	2,210		6,314			(33		)	(6,281		)	2,210
Intercompany note receivable	—		(3,042		)	—			3,042			—
Total Dynegy Stockholders’ Equity	2,210		3,272			(33		)	(3,239		)	2,210
Noncontrolling interest	—		—			(3		)	—			(3		)
Total Equity	2,210		3,272			(36		)	(3,239		)	2,207
Total Liabilities and Equity	$	6,898	$	3,681		$	1,191		$	(6,479	)	$	5,291

F-56

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2014

(amounts in millions)



	Parent			Escrow Issuers			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Revenues	$	—		$	—		$	1,651		$	846		$	—		$	2,497
Cost of sales, excluding depreciation expense	—			—			(1,065		)	(596		)	—			(1,661		)
Gross margin	—			—			586			250			—			836
Operating and maintenance expense	—			—			(279		)	(198		)	—			(477		)
Depreciation expense	—			—			(210		)	(37		)	—			(247		)
Gain on sale of assets, net	—			—			18			—			—			18
General and administrative expense	(9		)	—			(60		)	(45		)	—			(114		)
Acquisition and integration costs	—			—			—			(35		)	—			(35		)
Operating income (loss)	(9		)	—			55			(65		)	—			(19		)
Bankruptcy reorganization items, net	3			—			—			—			—			3
Earnings from unconsolidated investments	—			—			10			—			—			10
Equity in losses from investments in affiliates	(131		)	—			—			—			131			—
Interest expense	(89		)	(67		)	—			(68		)	1			(223		)
Other income and expense, net	(39		)	—			1			—			(1		)	(39		)
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes	(265		)	(67		)	66			(133		)	131			(268		)
Income tax benefit (expense) (Note 13)	(8		)	—			—			9			—			1
Loss from continuing operations	(273		)	(67		)	66			(124		)	131			(267		)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax (Note 22)	—			—			—			—			—			—
Net loss	(273		)	(67		)	66			(124		)	131			(267		)
Less: Net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest	—			—			—			6			—			6
Net loss attributable to Dynegy Inc.	$	(273	)	$	(67	)	$	66		$	(130	)	$	131		$	(273	)

F-57

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2013

(amounts in millions)



	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations		Consolidated
Revenues	$	—		$	1,398		$	68		$	—	$	1,466
Cost of sales, excluding depreciation expense	—			(1,099		)	(46		)	—		(1,145		)
Gross margin	—			299			22			—		321
Operating and maintenance expense	—			(293		)	(15		)	—		(308		)
Depreciation expense	—			(213		)	(3		)	—		(216		)
Gain on sale of assets, net	—			2			—			—		2
General and administrative expense	(5		)	(90		)	(2		)	—		(97		)
Acquisition and integration costs	—			—			(20		)	—		(20		)
Operating loss	(5		)	(295		)	(18		)	—		(318		)
Bankruptcy reorganization items, net	(2		)	1			—			—		(1		)
Earnings from unconsolidated investments	—			2			—			—		2
Equity in losses from investments in affiliates	(315		)	—			—			315		—
Interest expense	(56		)	(36		)	(5		)	—		(97		)
Loss on extinguishment of debt	(8		)	(3		)	—			—		(11		)
Other income and expense, net	6			2			—			—		8
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes	(380		)	(329		)	(23		)	315		(417		)
Income tax benefit (expense) (Note 13)	21			58			(21		)	—		58
Loss from continuing operations	(359		)	(271		)	(44		)	315		(359		)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax (Note 22)	3			(2		)	—			2		3
Net loss	(356		)	(273		)	(44		)	317		(356		)
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to the noncontrolling interest	—			—			—			—		—
Net loss attributable to Dynegy Inc.	$	(356	)	$	(273	)	$	(44	)	$	317	$	(356	)

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the Year Ended December 31, 2014

(amounts in millions)



	Parent			Escrow Issuers			Guarantor Subsidiaries		Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net loss	$	(273	)	$	(67	)	$	66	$	(124	)	$	131		$	(267	)
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications:
Actuarial loss, net of zero tax expense	(20		)	—			—		(16		)	—			(36		)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):
Amortization of unrecognized prior service credit and actuarial gain, net of zero tax expense	(5		)	—			—		—			—			(5		)
Other comprehensive loss from investment in affiliates	(16		)	—			—		—			16			—
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax	(41		)	—			—		(16		)	16			(41		)
Comprehensive loss	(314		)	(67		)	66		(140		)	147			(308		)
Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest	3			—			—		3			(3		)	3
Total comprehensive loss attributable to Dynegy Inc.	$	(317	)	$	(67	)	$	66	$	(143	)	$	150		$	(311	)

F-58

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the Year Ended December 31, 2013

(amounts in millions)



	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net loss	$	(356	)	$	(273	)	$	(44	)	$	317		$	(356	)
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications:
Actuarial gain and plan amendments, net of $31 tax expense	53			—			4			—			57
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):
Reclassification of curtailment gain included in net loss, net of tax	(7		)	—			—			—			(7		)
Amortization of unrecognized prior service credit and actuarial gain, net of zero tax expense	(2		)	—			—			—			(2		)
Other comprehensive income from investment in affiliates	4			—			—			(4		)	—
Other comprehensive income, net of tax	48			—			4			(4		)	48
Comprehensive loss	(308		)	(273		)	(40		)	313			(308		)
Less: comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest	1			—			1			(1		)	1
Total comprehensive loss attributable to Dynegy Inc.	$	(309	)	$	(273	)	$	(41	)	$	314		$	(309	)

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flow for the Year Ended December 31, 2014

(amounts in millions)



	Parent			Escrow Issuers			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	(70	)	$	(62	)	$	353		$	(58	)	$	—		$	163
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Capital expenditures	—			—			(87		)	(45		)	—			(132		)
Proceeds from sales of assets, net	—			—			18			—			—			18
Increase in restricted cash	—			(5,148		)	—			—			—			(5,148		)
Net intercompany transfers	162			—			—			—			(162		)	—
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	162			(5,148		)	(69		)	(45		)	(162		)	(5,262		)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net	387			—			—			—			—			387
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net	719			—			—			—			—			719
Proceeds from long-term borrowings, net of financing costs	(1		)	5,044			12			—			—			5,055
Repayments of borrowings	(8		)	—			(6		)	—			—			(14		)
Interest rate swap settlement payments	(18		)	—			—			—			—			(18		)
Net intercompany transfers	—			166			(390		)	62			162			—
Other financing	(3		)	—			—			—			—			(3		)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	1,076			5,210			(384		)	62			162			6,126
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	1,168			—			(100		)	(41		)	—			1,027
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period	474			—			154			215			—			843
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	$	1,642		$	—		$	54		$	174		$	—		$	1,870

F-59

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flow for the Year Ended December 31, 2013

(amounts in millions)



	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	(61	)	$	254		$	(18	)	$	—		$	175
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Capital expenditures	—			(97		)	(1		)	—			(98		)
Decrease in restricted cash	29			306			—			—			335
Acquisitions	—			—			234			—			234
Net intercompany transfers	(1,044		)	—			—			1,044			—
Other investing	—			3			—			—			3
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	(1,015		)	212			233			1,044			474
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from long-term borrowings, net of financing costs	1,753			15			—			—			1,768
Repayments of borrowings, including debt extinguishment costs	(504		)	(1,413		)	—			—			(1,917		)
Net intercompany transfers	—			1,044			—			(1,044		)	—
Interest rate swap settlement payments	(5		)	—			—			—			(5		)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	1,244			(354		)	—			(1,044		)	(154		)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents	168			112			215			—			495
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period	306			42			—			—			348
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	$	474		$	154		$	215		$	—		$	843

Note 20—Emergence from Bankruptcy and Fresh-Start Accounting

Chapter 11 Filing and Emergence from Bankruptcy. On November 7, 2011, DH and four of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. (“DNE”), Hudson Power, L.L.C. (“Hudson”), Dynegy Danskammer, L.L.C. (“Danskammer”) and Dynegy Roseton, L.L.C. (“Roseton”, and together with DH, DNE, Hudson and Danskammer, the “DH Debtor Entities”) filed voluntary petitions (the “DH Chapter 11 Cases”) for relief under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”) in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York, Poughkeepsie Division (the “Bankruptcy Court”). The DH Chapter 11 Cases were assigned to the Honorable Cecelia G. Morris and were being jointly administered for procedural purposes only. On July 6, 2012, Legacy Dynegy filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court (the “Dynegy Chapter 11 Case,” and together with the DH Chapter 11 Cases, the “Chapter 11 Cases”). The commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases did not constitute an event of default under either the DMG Credit Agreement or the DPC Credit Agreement. Legacy Dynegy and the DH Debtor Entities (together, the “Debtor Entities”) remained in possession of their property and continued to operate their business as “debtors in possession” under the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and orders of the Bankruptcy Court. The Dynegy Chapter 11 Case was a necessary step to facilitate the restructuring contemplated by the Plan, the Settlement Agreement and the Plan Support Agreement (each as defined and described below), including the Merger.

On September 10, 2012, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order confirming the Plan and on October 1, 2012, (the “Plan Effective Date”), we consummated our reorganization under Chapter 11 pursuant to the Plan and Dynegy exited bankruptcy. The DNE Debtor Entities remained in Chapter 11 bankruptcy and continued to operate their businesses as “debtors-in-possession” (the “DNE Bankruptcy Cases”) until the effectiveness of the DNE Joint Plan of Liquidation on November 4, 2013 (as described in Note 22—Dispositions and Discontinued Operations). As a result, we deconsolidated the DNE Debtor Entities on the Plan Effective Date. Please read Note 21—Condensed Combined Financial Statements of the Debtor Entities for further discussion.

On the Plan Effective Date, we applied “fresh-start accounting.” Fresh-start accounting requires us to allocate the reorganization value to our assets and liabilities in a manner similar to that which is required using the acquisition method of accounting for a business combination. Under the provisions of fresh-start accounting, a new entity has been created for financial reporting purposes. References to “Successor” in the financial statements are in reference to reporting dates on or after October 2, 2012. References to “Predecessor” in the financial statements are in reference to reporting dates through October 1, 2012, including the impact of the Plan provisions and the application of fresh-start accounting. As such, our financial information for the Successor is presented on a basis different from, and is therefore not comparable to, our financial information for the Predecessor for the period ended and as of October 1, 2012 or for prior periods.

Settlement Agreement and Plan Support Agreement. On May 1, 2012, Legacy Dynegy and certain of its subsidiaries, including the DH Debtor Entities, entered into a settlement agreement with certain of DH’s creditors, including certain beneficial holders of DH’s then-outstanding senior notes, the owners and lessors of the Roseton and part of the Danskammer facilities, and

F-60

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. Bank, in its capacity as trustee under an indenture governing certain lease certificates guaranteed by DH (the “Original Settlement Parties”). On May 30, 2012, the Original Settlement Parties, holders of a majority of DH’s then-outstanding subordinated notes, and, solely with respect to certain sections of the Settlement Agreement, Wells Fargo N.A., as successor trustee under the indenture governing DH’s subordinated notes, entered into an amended and restated settlement agreement (the “Settlement Agreement”).

The Bankruptcy Court entered an order approving the Settlement Agreement on June 1, 2012 (the “Approval Order”) and the Settlement Agreement became effective on June 5, 2012. Pursuant to the Settlement Agreement and the Approval Order, Legacy Dynegy and DH took certain steps towards their emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy, including the DMG Acquisition and the filing of the Plan. In addition, parties to certain prepetition litigations and adversary proceedings (relating to the Roseton and Danskammer facilities) filed stipulations of dismissals in their respective litigations or proceedings. Furthermore, certain intercompany receivables pursuant to an agreement by Legacy Dynegy to make specified payments to DGIN (the “Undertaking Agreement”) and a related DH promissory note were cancelled.

On September 10, 2012, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order confirming the Plan (the “Confirmation Order”). On September 30, 2012, pursuant to the terms of the Plan, DH merged with and into Dynegy, thereby consummating the Merger. On the Plan Effective Date, we consummated our reorganization under Chapter 11 pursuant to the Plan and exited bankruptcy. The DNE Debtor Entities remained in Chapter 11 bankruptcy and continued to operate their businesses as “debtors-in-possession.” As a result, Dynegy deconsolidated the DNE Debtor Entities, which included two facilities totaling approximately 1,700 MW, effective October 1, 2012. The bankruptcy court approved agreements to sell the Danskammer and Roseton facilities (the “Danskammer APA” and the “Roseton APA,” respectively) for a combined cash purchase price of $23 million and the assumption of certain liabilities (the “Facilities Sale Transactions”). On March 12, 2013, the Bankruptcy Court approved the Plan of Liquidation for the DNE Debtor Entities. On April 30, 2013, we completed the sale of the Roseton facility. The Bankruptcy Court ordered the original purchaser of the Danskammer facility to close the transaction by July 31, 2013. The Danskammer facility sale did not close by July 31, 2013 as ordered by the Bankruptcy Court and Danskammer terminated its obligations under the original Danskammer asset purchase agreement. On August 29, 2013, the Bankruptcy Court approved the sale of the Danskammer assets to a new purchaser at the same price and on terms similar to the original Danskammer asset purchase agreement. On November 1, 2013, the Danskammer assets were sold to Helios Power Capital, LLC. On November 4, 2013, the DNE Joint Plan of Liquidation became effective and Hudson, Danskammer and Roseton were deemed to have been merged into DNE or dissolved and on December 30, 2014, DNE was dissolved. The proceeds from the Facilities Sale Transactions have been distributed pursuant to the Joint Plan of Liquidation, including any modification thereto. Please read Note 22—Dispositions and Discontinued Operations for further discussion.

In addition to the Merger, the Plan included the following key elements (Capitalized terms used, but not defined, in this section only shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan):


•	On the Plan Effective Date, all of Dynegy’s equity interests, including Dynegy’s old common stock, were cancelled.


•	Each holder of Allowed General Unsecured Claims received its Pro Rata Share of (a) 99 million shares of Dynegy Common Stock and (b) a $200 million cash payment (the “Plan Cash Payment”).

•

In full satisfaction of the Dynegy Administrative Claim (otherwise referred to herein as the “Administrative Claim”), the beneficial holders thereof (which were the holders of Dynegy’s old common stock) received their Pro Rata Share of (a) one million shares of Dynegy Common Stock and (b) warrants to purchase approximately 15.6 million shares of Dynegy Common Stock for an exercise price of $40 per share (subject to adjustment) expiring on October 2, 2017 (the “Warrants”).

•

In addition, each holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim received, as applicable, their Pro Rata Share of the proceeds of the sale of the Facilities Sale Transactions according to the Settlement Agreement; provided that, the Lease Trustee (on behalf of itself and the Lease Certificate Holders) did not receive a distribution of any amounts paid pursuant to the Facilities Sale Transactions in its capacity as holder of the Lease Guaranty Claim.

On the Plan Effective Date, and pursuant to the Plan, outstanding obligations of approximately $4 billion in aggregate principal amount were cancelled. These obligations included the following series of our notes and related indentures and guaranties, as applicable:


•	8.75 percent senior notes due 2012;


•	7.5 percent senior unsecured notes due 2015;


•	8.375 percent senior unsecured notes due 2016;


•	7.125 percent senior debentures due 2018;


•	7.75 percent senior unsecured notes due 2019;

F-61

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


•	7.625 percent senior notes due 2026; and


•	Series B 8.316 percent subordinated debentures due 2027 (the “2027 Notes”).

In addition, on the Plan Effective Date, in connection with the cancellation of the 2027 Notes, the Series B 8.316 percent subordinated capital income securities due 2027 (the “NGC Notes”) issued by NGC Corporation Capital Trust I were cancelled, our guarantee of the NGC Notes was terminated and the indenture governing the NGC Notes was cancelled.

Finally, on the Plan Effective Date, our obligations as a guarantor of the leases of the Roseton and Danskammer facilities under the guaranty dated as of May 1, 2001, made by us with respect to Roseton Units 1 and 2 and the guaranty, dated as of May 1, 2001, made by us with respect to Danskammer Units 3 and 4 (the “Guaranties”) and all obligations thereunder were cancelled. In connection with the cancellation of the Guaranties, our obligations as a lessee guarantor under the Pass Through Trust Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2001 (the “Pass Through Trust Agreement”), among Roseton, Danskammer, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as pass through trustee were terminated.

DNE Lease Termination Claim. As further described above, in connection with the DH Chapter 11 Cases, on November 7, 2011, the DH Debtor Entities filed a motion with the Bankruptcy Court for authorization to reject the Roseton and Danskammer leases. On December 20, 2011, the Bankruptcy Court entered a stipulated order approving the rejection of such leases, as amended by a stipulated order entered by the Bankruptcy Court on December 28, 2011.

The Bankruptcy Court approved the Facilities Sale Transactions for a combined cash purchase price of $23 million and the assumption of certain liabilities. On April 30, 2013, we completed the sale of the Roseton facility. On November 1, 2013, the Danskammer assets were sold to Helios Power Capital, LLC. On November 4, 2013, the DNE Joint Plan of Liquidation became effective and Hudson, Danskammer and Roseton were deemed to have been merged into DNE or dissolved and on December 30, 2014, DNE was dissolved. The proceeds from the Facilities Sale Transactions have been distributed pursuant to the Joint Plan of Liquidation, including any modification thereto.

As of December 31, 2011, we estimated the allowed claim arising from the lease rejection to be $300 million (or $190 million net of the claim of PSEG which has already been allowed by the Bankruptcy Court in the amount of $110 million).

During the first quarter 2012, the estimated amount of the allowed claim related to the Roseton and Danskammer leases was adjusted to $695 million as a result of the Settlement Agreement. As a result, we recorded a charge of $395 million which is included in Income (loss) from discontinued operations on our consolidated statement of operations.

Senior Notes and Subordinated Debentures. As of December 31, 2011, the redemption amount associated with these securities totaled $200 million. We may defer payment of interest on the Subordinated Debentures as described in the indenture, and we deferred our $8 million June 2011 payment of interest. The estimated amount of the allowed claim related to our senior notes was estimated at the face amount of the outstanding notes, plus the amount of accrued interest through November 7, 2011.

The estimated amount of the allowed claim related to the Subordinated debentures payable to affiliates, including accrued interest, was reduced to $55 million as a result of executing an amendment to the Settlement Agreement on May 30, 2012. As a result, we recorded a gain of approximately $161 million in Bankruptcy reorganization items, net on our consolidated statements of operations during the second quarter 2012.

Accounting Impact of Emergence. Upon emergence on the Plan Effective Date, we applied the provisions of fresh-start accounting to our consolidated financial statements because (i) the reorganization value of the assets of the emerging entity immediately before the date of confirmation was less than the total of all postpetition liabilities and allowed claims and (ii) the holders of the existing voting shares of the Predecessor’s common stock immediately before confirmation received less than 50 percent of the voting shares of the emerging entity.

Reorganization Value

As part of the bankruptcy process we engaged an independent financial advisor to assist in the determination of our reorganized enterprise value. The reorganization value represents the fair value of an entity before liabilities and approximates the amount a willing buyer would pay for the assets of the entity immediately after restructuring. The independent financial advisor estimated a range for our reorganization enterprise value of $3.2 billion to $4.5 billion. Our net debt was then subtracted to estimate a range of the Successor equity value of between $2.3 billion and $3.6 billion. These ranges were approved by the Bankruptcy Court. In the application of fresh-start accounting, our reorganization equity value was determined to be approximately $2.6 billion, which is within the range approved by the Bankruptcy Court.

F-62

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Allocation of Reorganization Value

When allocating the reorganization equity value to our property, plant and equipment, we used a DCF analysis based upon a debt-free, free cash flow model. This DCF model was created for each power generation facility based on its remaining useful life. The DCF included gross margin forecasts for each power generation facility determined using forward commodity market prices obtained from third party quotations for 2013 and 2014, management’s forecast of operating and maintenance expenses and capital expenditures. For 2015 through 2020, we used price curves developed using forward NYMEX gas prices and incorporated assumptions about reserve margins, basis differentials and capacity. For periods beyond 2020, we assumed a 2.5 percent growth rate. The resulting cash flows were then discounted using a range of discount rates of 10 percent to 11 percent based on the characteristics of the power generation facility.

Contracts with terms that are not at current market value were also valued using a DCF analysis. The cash flows generated by the contracts were compared with current market prices with the resulting difference recorded as an intangible asset or liability.

We recorded the fair value of some assets and liabilities at historical cost, which was an appropriate measure of fair value (i.e. cash, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable). Other assets and liabilities were adjusted to fair value based on then-current market prices (i.e. inventory). Our outstanding long-term debt was fair valued based upon the trading price of the debt on the Plan Effective Date. The Warrants were initially valued using a Black-Scholes calculation.

F-63

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following balance sheet illustrates the impact of (i) the implementation of the Plan, (ii) the application of fresh-start accounting, and (iii) the deconsolidation of the DNE Debtor Entities as of the Plan Effective Date, resulting in the opening balance sheet of the Successor:



	As of October 1, 2012
(amounts in millions)	Predecessor (a)			Deconsolidation of DNE (b)			Effects of Plan (c)				Fresh-start Adjustments (d)				Successor
Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	677		$	(22	)	$	(200	)		$	—			$	455
Restricted cash and investments	357			—			—				—				357
Accounts receivable, net	131			—			—				(22		)	(i)	109
Inventory	124			(23		)	—				1			(j)	102
Assets from risk-management activities	563			—			—				(522		)	(k)	41
Broker margin account	43			—			—				(13		)	(k)	30
Intangible assets	211			—			—				60			(l)	271
Prepayments and other current assets	124			(19		)	(2		)	(e)	(32		)	(m)	71
Total current assets	2,230			(64		)	(202		)		(528		)		1,436
Property, plant and equipment, net	3,270			—			—				(251		)	(n)	3,019
Restricted cash and investments	289			—			—				—				289
Assets from risk-management activities	16			—			—				(9		)	(k)	7
Intangible assets	96			—			—				42			(l)	138
Deferred income taxes	—			—			—				96			(o)	96
Other long-term assets	69			—			—				5			(p)	74
Total assets	$	5,970		$	(64	)	$	(202	)		$	(645	)		$	5,059

Current Liabilities
Accounts payable	$	92		$	1		$	—			$	—			$	93
Accounts payable, affiliate	—			—			—				—				—
Accrued interest	1			—			—				—				1
Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities	133			(29		)	(18		)	(f)	(4		)	(q)	82
Claims Reserve	—			—			23			(f)	—				23
Liabilities from risk-management activities	625			—			—				(561		)	(k)	64
Liabilities from risk-management activities, affiliate	—			1			—				—				1
Deferred income taxes	—			—			—				96			(o)	96
Current portion of long-term debt	16			—			—				20			(r)	36
Total current liabilities	867			(27		)	5				(449		)		396
Liabilities subject to compromise	4,290			(50		)	(4,240		)		—				—
Long-term debt	1,661			—			—				66			(r)	1,727
Liabilities from risk-management activities	48			—			—				—			(s)	48
Other long-term liabilities	255			(30		)	28			(g)	37			(t)	290
Total liabilities	7,121			(107		)	(4,207		)		(346		)		2,461

Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
Common stock, predecessor	1			—			(1		)		—				—
Common stock, successor	—			—			1				—				1
Additional paid-in-capital, predecessor	5,149			—			(5,149		)		—				—
Additional paid-in-capital, successor	—			—			2,597				—				2,597
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax	(24		)	—			—				24				—
Accumulated equity (deficit)	(6,277		)	43			6,557			(h)	(323		)		—
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)	(1,151		)	43			4,005				(299		)		2,598
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)	$	5,970		$	(64	)	$	(202	)		$	(645	)		$	5,059

F-64

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

________________________________________


(a)	Represents the consolidated balance sheet of our Predecessor as of October 1, 2012.

(b)

Reflects the deconsolidation of the DNE Debtor Entities as of October 1, 2012. The DNE Debtor Entities did not emerge from protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code; therefore, the DNE Debtor Entities were deconsolidated as of October 1, 2012. These adjustments (i) remove the balances associated with the DNE Debtor Entities from our October 1, 2012 balance sheet; (ii) impair the $13 million note receivable, which was included in Prepayments and other current assets, related to the debtor-in-possession financing provided by us to the DNE Debtor Entities; and (iii) moves balances related to service agreements and risk management activities to affiliate accounts.

(c)

Represents amounts recorded for the implementation of the Plan on the Plan Effective Date. This includes the settlement of liabilities subject to compromise through a cash payment of approximately $200 million, the authorization and distribution of New Common Stock and Warrants, and the cancellation of the Old Common Stock. Additionally, these adjustments remove the historical accumulated deficit of the predecessor. The following reflects the calculation of the total pre-tax gain (amounts in millions):



Value of claims	$	4,240
Less amounts issued to settle claims:
Common stock (at par) (Successor)	(1		)
Additional paid-in-capital (Successor)	(2,597		)
Warrants (Successor)	(28		)
Cash payment	(200		)
Total pre-tax gain on settlement of claims	$	1,414


(d)	Represents the adjustments of assets and liabilities to fair value in conjunction with the application of fresh-start accounting.


(e)	Reflects an adjustment to prepayments related to professional fees.


(f)	Reflects adjustments to the Claims reserve. The Claims reserve is included in Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet and primarily consists of accruals for professional fees. The following reflects the components of the Claims reserve as of the Plan Effective Date (amounts in millions):



Professional fees accrued at Emergence	$	5
Professional fees reclassified from accrued liabilities	18
Claims reserve at emergence	$	23


(g)	Reflects the issuance of Warrants pursuant to our Plan of Reorganization. Please read Note 16—Capital Stock for further discussion.


(h)	Reflects the impact of the reorganization adjustments (amounts in millions):



Total pre-tax gain	$	1,414
Additional professional fees	(7		)
Total impact on statement of operations	1,407
Cancellation of Predecessor common stock	1
Cancellation of Predecessor additional paid-in capital	5,149
Total reorganization adjustments	$	6,557


(i)	Reflects a reclassification of receivables to Other long-term assets.


(j)	Reflects the fair value adjustment related to inventory.

(k)

In the application of fresh-start accounting, the Successor changed its accounting policy related to the presentation of certain derivative contracts. We have elected to present these contracts on a net basis where the right of offset exists. As a result, we recorded reductions to Assets from risk-management activities (current), Broker margin account, and Assets from risk management activities (long-term) of $522 million, $13 million, and $9 million, respectively. In addition, we recorded reductions to Liabilities from risk management activities (current) and Liabilities from risk management activities (long-term) of $561 million and $9 million, respectively.

F-65

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


(l)	Reflects the fair value adjustment for short-term and long-term identifiable intangible assets of $60 million and $42 million, respectively. These contracts consist of favorable capacity contracts, tolling agreements and rail transportation contracts, which were valued based on comparing contract terms to market prices.

(m) Reflects the adjustments to eliminate historical short-term deferred financing costs of $5 million and $26 million of collateral netted against liabilities from risk management activities as discussed in (k) above.


(n)	Represents the adjustment required to present Property, plant and equipment at its estimated fair value of approximately $3 billion as of October 1, 2012.


(o)	Reflects the re-measurement of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities, unrecognized tax benefits and other tax related accounts as a result of implementing the Plan and the application of fresh-start accounting.


(p)	Reflects a $22 million reclassification of receivables as discussed in (i) above offset by the $17 million adjustment to eliminate historical long-term deferred financing costs.

(q) Reflects the fair value adjustment needed to record transportation and coal contracts included in accrued liabilities and other current liabilities at fair value, which were valued based on comparing contract terms to market prices.

(r) Reflects the amounts required to present debt at its estimated fair value. The amount has been allocated between Current portion of long-term debt and Long-term debt based on scheduled principal amounts and amortization of the premium over the next twelve months.


(s)	Reflects a $9 million increase in the liability related to our interest rate swaps as a result of a change in the calculation of the credit reserve offset by a reduction of $9 million due to the net presentation of our risk management positions as discussed in (k) above.


(t)	Reflects the fair value adjustment to other long-term liabilities which is comprised of a $42 million increase in our pension and other post-retirement benefit liabilities and a $5 million increase in our AROs, partially offset by a $7 million decrease in liabilities related to the long-term portion of unfavorable contracts as discussed in (q) above.

Note 21—Condensed Combined Financial Statements of the Debtor Entities

On the Plan Effective Date, we consummated our reorganization under Chapter 11 pursuant to the Plan and Dynegy exited bankruptcy. On the Plan Effective Date, the DNE Debtor Entities remained in Chapter 11 bankruptcy. As a result, we deconsolidated the DNE Debtor Entities on the Plan Effective Date and began accounting for our investment using the cost method. Accordingly, any activity related to our Roseton and Danskammer operations is reported in discontinued operations for all periods presented. Please read Note 22—Dispositions and Discontinued Operations for further discussion.

For the year ended and as of December 31, 2014, we do not have any subsidiaries under Chapter 11 protection included in our consolidated financial statements. The condensed combined financial statements of the Debtor Entities included in our results for the 2012 Predecessor Period is set forth below:

Condensed Combined Statement of Operations of the Debtor Entities



(amounts in millions)	January 1 Through October 1, 2012
Revenues	$	—
Cost of sales	—
Operating expenses	2
General and administrative expense	2
Operating income (loss)	4
Bankruptcy reorganization items, net	1,037
Equity losses	(1,373		)
Interest income (expense), affiliate	1
Other income and expense, net	452
Income (loss) from continuing operations, before income taxes	121
Income tax benefit	9
Income (loss) from continuing operations	130
Discontinued operations, net of tax	(162		)
Net loss	$	(32	)

F-66

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Condensed Combined Statement of Cash Flows of the Debtor Entities



(amounts in millions)	January 1 Through October 1, 2012
Net cash provided by:
Operating activities	$	32
Investing activities	5
Financing activities	—
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents	37
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period	33
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	$	70

Basis of Presentation. The condensed combined financial statements only include the financial statements of the DH Debtor Entities. Transactions and balances of receivables and payables among the DH Debtor Entities are eliminated in consolidation. However, the condensed combined balance sheets include receivables from related parties and payables to related parties that are not DH Debtor Entities. Actual settlement of these related party receivables and payables is, by historical practice, made on a net basis.

Interest Expense. The Debtor Entities discontinued recording interest on unsecured Liabilities Subject to Compromise (“LSTC”) effective November 8, 2011. Contractual interest on LSTC not reflected in the condensed combined financial statements was approximately $216 million for the 2012 Predecessor Period.

Bankruptcy Reorganization Items, net. Bankruptcy reorganization items, net represent the direct and incremental costs of bankruptcy, such as professional fees, prepetition liability claim adjustments and losses related to terminated contracts that are probable and can be estimated. Bankruptcy reorganization items, net, as shown in the condensed combined statements of operations above, consist of expense incurred or income earned as a direct and incremental result of the bankruptcy filings. The table below lists the significant items within this category:



	Predecessor
(amounts in millions)	January 1 Through October 1, 2012
Adjustments of estimated allowable claims:
DNE Leases (1)	$	(395	)
Subordinated notes (2)	161
Write-off of note payable, affiliate (3)	10
Other	(4		)
Total adjustments for estimated allowable claims	(228		)
Gain on settlement of claims (4)	1,414
Change in value of Administrative Claim (5)	17
Fresh-start adjustments	(299		)
Gain on deconsolidation of DNE	43
Professional fees (6)	(50		)
Total Bankruptcy reorganization items, net	897
Bankruptcy reorganization items, net included in discontinued operations, net of taxes	140
Total Bankruptcy reorganization items, net in continuing operations	$	1,037

__________________________________________


(1)	Amount represents adjustments to our estimate of the probable allowed claim associated with the DNE leases.


(2)	The estimated allowable claims related to the Subordinated Capital Income Securities were adjusted in 2012 based on the terms of the Settlement Agreement. Please read Note 20—Emergence from Bankruptcy and Fresh-Start Accounting for further discussion.

F-67

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


(3)	During 2012, it was determined that no claim related to the Note payable, affiliate would be made. Therefore, the estimated amount was reduced to zero.


(4)	Approximately $217 million of the gain on settlement of claims is included in Income (loss) from discontinued operations on our consolidated statement of operations in the 2012 Predecessor Period.


(5)	The Administrative Claim was issued on the effective date of the Settlement Agreement. Please read Note 4—Risk Management Activities, Derivatives and Financial Instruments and Note 20—Emergence from Bankruptcy and Fresh-Start Accounting for further discussion.


(6)	Professional fees relate primarily to the fees of attorneys and consultants working directly on the Chapter 11 Cases.

Note 22—Dispositions and Discontinued Operations

Dispositions

DMG Transfer and Undertaking Agreement. On September 1, 2011, we completed the DMG Transfer which resulted in the transfer of our Coal segment to Dynegy in exchange for the Undertaking Agreement. In connection with the DMG Transfer, we recognized a loss of $1.77 billion, which was recorded as a reduction of member’s equity because the transaction was between entities under common control at that time.

We reacquired the assets disposed of in the DMG Transfer on June 5, 2012. Please read Note 3—Merger and Acquisitions for further discussion. As a result, the Coal segment did not meet the requirements for discontinued operations presentation in our consolidated statements of operations.

Black Mountain. On June 27, 2014, we completed the sale of our 50 percent interest in Nevada Cogeneration Associates #2, a partnership that owns Black Mountain, an 85 MW (43 net MW) natural gas-fired facility in Nevada. We received $17 million in cash proceeds from the close of the transaction during the year ended December 31, 2014, which is reflected in Gain on sale of assets, net in our consolidated statements of operations. In connection with the sale, our guarantee associated with the power purchase agreement was terminated. Additionally, we received $10 million in cash distributions from Black Mountain, which is recorded as Earnings from unconsolidated investments in our consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Discontinued Operations

Following the Plan Effective Date, the DNE Debtor Entities remained in Chapter 11 bankruptcy and continued to operate their businesses as “debtors-in-possession.” As a result, Dynegy deconsolidated the DNE Debtor Entities, effective October 1, 2012. Upon deconsolidation, we estimated the fair value of our investment to be zero and recognized a gain of approximately $43 million in connection with the deconsolidation of the DNE Debtor Entities, which is included in Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax on our consolidated statements of operations. The Bankruptcy Court approved the Facilities Sale Transactions for a combined cash purchase price of $23 million and the assumption of certain liabilities. On April 30, 2013, we completed the sale of the Roseton facility. The Bankruptcy Court ordered the original purchaser of the Danskammer facility to close the transaction by July 31, 2013. The Danskammer facility sale did not close by July 31, 2013 as ordered by the Bankruptcy Court and Danskammer terminated its obligations under the original Danskammer asset purchase agreement. On August 29, 2013, the Bankruptcy Court approved the sale of the Danskammer assets to a new purchaser at the same price and on terms similar to the original Danskammer asset purchase agreement. On November 1, 2013 the Danskammer assets were sold to Helios Power Capital, LLC. On November 4, 2013, the DNE Joint Plan of Liquidation became effective and Hudson, Danskammer and Roseton were deemed to have been merged into DNE or dissolved and on December 30, 2014 DNE was dissolved. The proceeds from the Facilities Sale Transactions of $1 million have been distributed pursuant to the Joint Plan of Liquidation, including any modification thereto.

Summary. The amounts in the table below reflect the operating results of the businesses reported as discontinued operations:



	Successor							Predecessor
(amounts in millions)	Year Ended December 31, 2014		Year Ended December 31, 2013			October 2 Through December 31, 2012		January 1 Through October 1, 2012
Revenues	$	—	$	(2	)	$	—	$	61
Income (loss) from operations before taxes	$	—	$	5		$	6	$	(162	)
Income (loss) from operations after taxes	$	—	$	3		$	6	$	(162	)

F-68

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 23—Restructuring Charges

During the 2012 Predecessor Period, we recognized pre-tax charges of approximately $2 million in connection with additional restructuring activities. Approximately 15 positions were eliminated and we paid approximately $2 million and less than $1 million of severance benefits to affected employees during the 2012 Predecessor Period and the 2012 Successor Period, respectively.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, approximately 102 positions were eliminated, primarily related to the AER Acquisition. We paid approximately $3 million in severance benefits to affected employees during the year ended December 31, 2013.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, approximately 106 positions were eliminated, primarily related to the AER Acquisition. We paid approximately $12 million in severance benefits to affected employees during the year ended December 31, 2014. In 2015, we expect to payout less than $1 million of severance benefits to affected employees.

The following table summarizes activity related to liabilities associated with costs related to severance and retention benefits:



	Successor									Predecessor
(amounts in millions)	Year Ended December 31, 2014			Year Ended December 31, 2013			October 2 Through December 31, 2012			January 1 Through October 1, 2012
Beginning of period	$	12		$	2		$	2		$	2
Expense (1)	3			14			1			5
Payments	(15		)	(4		)	(1		)	(5		)
End of period	$	—		$	12		$	2		$	2

__________________________________________


(1)	Expense during the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the 2012 Successor Period and the 2012 Predecessor Period includes $1 million, $3 million, less than $1 million and $4 million in retention benefits, respectively.

Note 24—Segment Information

We report the results of our operations in three segments: (i) Coal, (ii) IPH and (iii) Gas. The Coal segment includes DMG, which owns, directly and indirectly certain of our coal-fired power generation facilities. The IPH segment includes Genco, which also owns, directly and indirectly, certain of our coal-fired power generation facilities. IPH also includes our Homefield Energy retail business in Illinois. IPH and its direct and indirect subsidiaries and Genco and its direct and indirect subsidiaries are each organized into ring-fenced groups in order to maintain corporate separateness from the Gas and Coal segments. The Gas segment includes DPC, which owns, directly or indirectly, certain of our wholly-owned natural gas-fired power generation facilities.

In connection with our emergence from bankruptcy, we deconsolidated the DNE Debtor Entities and we began accounting for our investment in the DNE Debtor Entities using the cost method. Accordingly, we have reclassified DNE’s operating results as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. Subsequent to our emergence from bankruptcy, management does not consider general and administrative expense when evaluating the performance of our Coal and Gas segments, but instead evaluates general and administrative expense on an enterprise wide basis. Accordingly, we have recast our segments to present general and administrative expense in Other and Eliminations for all periods presented.

On June 5, 2012, we completed the DMG Acquisition; therefore, the results of our Coal segment in our consolidated results were included for the period of June 6 through October 1, 2012 and in the 2012 Successor Period. Please read Note 3—Merger and Acquisitions—DMG Transfer and DMG Acquisition for further discussion.

During 2014, one customer in both Coal and IPH and one customer in Gas accounted for approximately 33 percent and 14 percent of our consolidated revenues, respectively. During 2013, one customer in both Coal and IPH and three customers in Gas accounted for approximately 36 percent, 19 percent, 16 percent and 15 percent of our consolidated revenues, respectively. During the 2012 Successor Period, one customer in Coal and four customers in Gas accounted for approximately 34 percent, 16 percent, 15 percent, 14 percent and 13 percent of our consolidated revenues, respectively. During the 2012 Predecessor Period, one customer in Coal, two customers in Gas and one customer in both Coal and Gas accounted for approximately 30 percent, 16 percent, 15 percent and 10 percent of our consolidated revenues, respectively.

Reportable segment information, including intercompany transactions accounted for at prevailing market rates, for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the 2012 Successor Period and the 2012 Predecessor Period is presented below:

F-69

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Segment Data as of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2014

(amounts in millions)



	Successor
	Coal			IPH			Gas			Other and Eliminations			Total
Domestic:
Unaffiliated revenues	$	579		$	846		$	1,072		$	—		$	2,497
Intercompany revenues	26			—			(14		)	(12		)	—
Total revenues	$	605		$	846		$	1,058		$	(12	)	$	2,497

Depreciation expense	$	(51	)	$	(37	)	$	(155	)	$	(4	)	$	(247	)
Gain on sale of assets, net	—			—			18			—			18
General and administrative expense	—			—			—			(114		)	(114		)

Operating income (loss)	$	52		$	(2	)	$	79		$	(148	)	$	(19	)

Bankruptcy reorganization items, net	—			—			—			3			3
Earnings from unconsolidated investments	—			—			10			—			10
Interest expense													(223		)
Other items, net	—			—			—			(39		)	(39		)
Loss before income taxes													(268		)
Income tax benefit													1
Net loss													(267		)
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest													6
Net loss attributable to Dynegy Inc.													$	(273	)

Identifiable assets (domestic)	$	1,163		$	1,039		$	2,027		$	7,003		$	11,232
Capital expenditures	$	(39	)	$	(45	)	$	(44	)	$	(4	)	$	(132	)

F-70

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Segment Data as of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2013

(amounts in millions)



	Successor
	Coal			IPH			Gas			Other and Eliminations			Total
Domestic:
Unaffiliated revenues	$	469		$	67		$	930		$	—		$	1,466
Intercompany revenues	(2		)	—			2			—			—
Total revenues	$	467		$	67		$	932		$	—		$	1,466

Depreciation expense	$	(50	)	$	(3	)	$	(160	)	$	(3	)	$	(216	)
Gain on sale of assets	2			—			—			—			2
General and administrative expense	—			—			—			(97		)	(97		)

Operating income (loss)	$	(207	)	$	(17	)	$	7		$	(101	)	$	(318	)

Bankruptcy reorganization items, net	—			—			—			(1		)	(1		)
Earnings from unconsolidated investments	—			2			—			—			2
Interest expense													(97		)
Loss on extinguishment of debt													(11		)
Other items, net	—			—			2			6			8
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes													(417		)
Income tax benefit													58
Loss from continuing operations													(359		)
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax													3
Net loss													(356		)
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest													—
Net loss attributable to Dynegy Inc.													$	(356	)

Identifiable assets (domestic)	$	1,153		$	1,190		$	2,303		$	645		$	5,291
Capital expenditures	$	(42	)	$	(1	)	$	(53	)	$	(2	)	$	(98	)

F-71

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Segment Data as of and for the Period October 2 Through December 31, 2012

(amounts in millions)



	Successor
	Coal			Gas			Other and Eliminations			Total
Domestic:
Unaffiliated revenues	$	107		$	205		$	—		$	312
Total revenues	$	107		$	205		$	—		$	312

Depreciation expense	$	(8	)	$	(36	)	$	(1	)	$	(45	)
General and administrative expense	—			—			(22		)	(22		)

Operating loss	$	(49	)	$	(31	)	$	(24	)	$	(104	)

Bankruptcy reorganization items, net	—			—			(3		)	(3		)
Earnings from unconsolidated investments	—			2			—			2
Interest expense										(16		)
Other items, net	—			—			8			8
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes										(113		)
Income tax benefit										—
Loss from continuing operations										(113		)
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax										6
Net loss										$	(107	)

Identifiable assets (domestic)	$	1,310		$	2,750		$	475		$	4,535
Capital expenditures	$	(26	)	$	(19	)	$	(1	)	$	(46	)

F-72

DYNEGY INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Segment Data as of and for the Period January 1 Through October 1, 2012

(amounts in millions)



	Predecessor
	Coal			Gas			Other and Eliminations			Total
Domestic:
Unaffiliated revenues	$	166		$	815		$	—		$	981
Total revenues	$	166		$	815		$	—		$	981

Depreciation expense	$	(13	)	$	(91	)	$	(6	)	$	(110	)
General and administrative expense	—			—			(56		)	(56		)

Operating income (loss)	$	(63	)	$	128		$	(60	)	$	5

Bankruptcy reorganization items, net	—			—			1,037			1,037
Interest expense										(120		)
Impairment of Undertaking receivable, affiliate	—			—			(832		)	(832		)
Other items, net	5			2			24			31
Income from continuing operations before income taxes										121
Income tax benefit										9
Income from continuing operations										130
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax										(162		)
Net loss										$	(32	)

Identifiable assets (domestic)	$	1,176		$	4,378		$	365		$	5,919
Capital expenditures	$	(33	)	$	(23	)	$	(7	)	$	(63	)

F-73

DYN-2014.12.31_10K-EX2.5

Exhibit 2.5

Dynegy Resource II, LLC

601 Travis Street, Suite 1400

Houston, Texas 77002

Phone 713.507.6400

November 12, 2014

Via facsimile 973.671.6101

Energy Capital Partners, LLC

51 John F. Kennedy Parkway, Suite 200

Short Hills, NJ 07078

Attn: Andrew Singer, General Counsel


RE:	Amendment to Company Disclosure Schedule to Stock Purchase Agreement

Dear Mr. Singer:

Following up on our discussions, this letter agreement is entered into to amend the Stock Purchase Agreement dated August 21, 2014 (the “Agreement”) by and among Energy Capital Partners II, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-A, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-B, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-C (Direct IP), LP, Energy Capital Partners II-D, LP, and Energy Capital Partners II (EquiPower Coinvest), LP (collectively, “Sellers”), Energy Capital Partners II-C, LP, EquiPower Resources Corp., Dynegy Resource II, LLC (“Purchaser”), and Dynegy Inc. by amending the Company Disclosure Schedule as set forth herein. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.

The parties hereto agree that the Company Disclosure Schedule to the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

Each of Item 5 of Section 4.05 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, Item 4 under EquiPower Resources Corp. of Section 4.10(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, Item 2 of Section 4.16 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, and Item 2 of Section 6.02(c)(i) of the Company Disclosure Schedule is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Management, Operation and Maintenance Agreement, by and between Broad River Energy LLC and EquiPower Resources Corp., dated as of December 27, 2012; for which EquiPower Resources Corp. shall deliver termination notice at Closing such that the agreement shall terminate following the required sixty (60) day termination notice.

Except as expressly amended hereby, all of the provisions of the Agreement (including all schedules and exhibits thereto) shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with their terms without change thereto.

By executing this letter in the applicable signature block below, each of Sellers, ECP II-C Fund, the Company, Purchaser and Dynegy acknowledge and agree to the foregoing.

Sincerely,

/s/ David Sladic

David Sladic

Exhibit 2.5

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED

SELLERS



ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS II, LP By: Energy Capital Partners GP II, LP Its: General Partner By: Energy Capital Partners II, LLC Its: General Partner By: _/s/ Andrew D. Singer Name: Andrew D. Singer Title: Managing Member	ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS II-A, LP By: Energy Capital Partners GP II, LP Its: General Partner By: Energy Capital Partners II, LLC Its: General Partner By: _/s/ Andrew D. Singer Name: Andrew D. Singer Title: Managing Member
ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS II-B, LP By: Energy Capital Partners GP II, LP Its: General Partner By: Energy Capital Partners II, LLC Its: General Partner By: _/s/ Andrew D. Singer Name: Andrew D. Singer Title: Managing Member	ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS II-C (DIRECT IP), LP By: Energy Capital Partners GP II, LP Its: General Partner By: Energy Capital Partners II, LLC Its: General Partner By: _/s/ Andrew D. Singer Name: Andrew D. Singer Title: Managing Member
ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS II (EQUIPOWER CO-INVEST), LP By: Energy Capital Partners GP II, Co- Investment, LLC Its: General Partner By: Energy Capital Partners II, LLC Its: Managing Member By: _/s/ Andrew D. Singer Name: Andrew D. Singer Title: Managing Member	ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS II-D, LP By: Energy Capital Partners GP II, LP Its: General Partner By: Energy Capital Partners II, LLC Its: General Partner By: _/s/ Andrew D. Singer Name: Andrew D. Singer Title: Managing Member

[Signature Page to Letter Agreement re: Amendment to SPA Disclosure Schedules]



ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS II-C LP By: Energy Capital Partners GP II, LP Its: General Partner By: Energy Capital Partners II, LLC Its: General Partner By: _/s/ Andrew D. Singer Name: Andrew D. Singer Title: Managing Member

[Signature Page to Letter Agreement re: Amendment to SPA Disclosure Schedules]

THE COMPANY

EQUIPOWER RESOURCES CORP.

By: /s/ Curt Morgan

Name: Curt Morgan

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Letter Agreement re: Amendment to SPA Disclosure Schedules]



PURCHASER DYNEGY RESOURCE II, LLC By: /s/ Robert C. Flexon Name: Robert C. Flexon Title: President and Chief Executive Officer DYNEGY INC. By: /s/ Robert C. Flexon Name: Robert C. Flexon Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

cc: Michael Rogan, Esq.

David Kurzweil, Esq.

Paul Kukish, Esq.

[Signature Page to Letter Agreement re: Amendment to SPA Disclosure Schedules]

DYN-2014.12.31_10K-EX2.7

Exhibit 2.7

EXECUTION VERSION

November 25, 2014

Via facsimile 713 507-6806

Dynegy Resources III, LLC.

Dynegy Resources II, LLC

601 Travis Street

Houston, TX 77002

Attn: Catherine Callaway, Esq.


RE:	Amendment to Brayton Point and EquiPower Agreements

Reference is hereby made to (i) that certain Stock Purchase Agreement and Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 21, 2014, by and among Energy Capital Partners GP II, LP, Energy Capital Partners II, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-A, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-B, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-D, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-C (Cayman), L.P., Energy Capital Partners II-C, LP, Brayton Point Holdings, LLC, Dynegy Resource III, LLC, Dynegy Resource III-A, LLC, and Dynegy Inc. (as amended from time to time, the “Brayton Point Agreement”) and (ii) that certain Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 21, 2014, by and among Energy Capital Partners II, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-A, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-B, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-C (Direct IP), LP, Energy Capital Partners II-D, LP, Energy Capital Partners II (EquiPower Co-Invest), LP, Energy Capital Partners II-C, LP, EquiPower Resources Corp., Dynegy Resource II, LLC, and Dynegy Inc. (as amended from time to time, the “EquiPower Agreement” and, together with the Brayton Point Agreement, the “Agreements” and each, an “Agreement”). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreements as the context requires.

The parties hereto agree that (i) Brayton Point Holdings, LLC and EquiPower Resources Corp. (either directly or through their respective subsidiaries or affiliates) may enter into hedge transactions up to the limits set forth on Attachment A hereto (collectively, the “New Hedges”), each of which shall be a Material Contract under the applicable Agreement, and (ii) provided that, prior to entering into any New Hedge transaction, Brayton Point Holdings, LLC (with respect to the New Hedges listed in Item 1 of Attachment A) and EquiPower Resources Corp. (with respect to the New Hedges listed in Item 2 of Attachment A) obtains the written approval of the “Parent” or “Purchaser”, respectively, of the price for each New Hedge transaction, (which approval may be requested by email sent to Hank Jones at hank.jones@dynegy.com, with a copy to Catherine Callaway at catherine.callaway@dynegy.com, and granted by Hank Jones via email), the amount equal to the unrealized mark to market gain or loss of such New Hedge associated with delivery dates on or after the Closing Date under each Agreement will not be included in the calculation of the Estimated Net Working Capital Adjustment Amount or the Closing Date Net Working Capital Adjustment Amount under the applicable Agreement, whether as “Mark-to-Market Derivative Assets (current and non-current)” or “Mark-to-Market Derivative Liabilities (current and non-current)” (as such terms are used in Annex D of the EquiPower Agreement and Annex A of the Brayton Point Agreement) and will not otherwise increase, reduce or be included in any calculation of the Estimated Net Working Capital Adjustment Amount, the Closing Date Net Working Capital Adjustment Amount, the Estimated Purchase Price or the Purchase Price under the applicable Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the amount equal to the realized gain or loss associated with the settlement of a New Hedge with respect to delivery dates prior to the Closing Date shall be included in the calculation of the Estimated Net Working Capital Adjustment Amount, the Closing Date Net Working Capital Adjustment Amount, the Estimated Purchase Price, and the Purchase Price under the applicable Agreement.

Exhibit 2.7

Promptly following the execution of any New Hedge, Brayton Point Holdings, LLC or EquiPower Resources Corp. shall provide a written notice to Parent or Purchaser, as the case may be, in accordance with Section 11.01 of the Agreements that provides with respect to each New Hedge the transaction information set forth in Seller’s Schedule 4.10(a) to the Agreements.

Except as expressly amended hereby, all of the provisions of the Agreements (including all schedules and exhibits thereto) shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with their terms without change thereto.

By executing this letter in the applicable signature block below, each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees to the foregoing.

[Signature Pages Follow]

Exhibit 2.7

SINCERELY:



ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS II, LP By: Energy Capital Partners GP II, LP Its: General Partner By: Energy Capital Partners II, LLC Its: General Partner By: /s/ Andrew D. Singer Name: Andrew D. Singer Title: Managing Member	ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS II-A, LP By: Energy Capital Partners GP II, LP Its: General Partner By: Energy Capital Partners II, LLC Its: General Partner By: /s/ Andrew D. Singer Name: Andrew D. Singer Title: Managing Member
ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS II-B, LP By: Energy Capital Partners GP II, LP Its: General Partner By: Energy Capital Partners II, LLC Its: General Partner By: /s/ Andrew D. Singer Name: Andrew D. Singer Title: Managing Member	ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS II-C (CAYMAN), L.P. By: Energy Capital Partners GP II, LP Its: Managing General Partner By: Energy Capital Partners II, LLC Its: General Partner By: /s/ Andrew D. Singer Name: Andrew D. Singer Title: Managing Member
ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS II-D, LP By: Energy Capital Partners GP II, LP Its: General Partner By: Energy Capital Partners II, LLC Its: General Partner By: /s/ Andrew D. Singer Name: Andrew D. Singer Title: Managing Member	ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS GP II, LP By: Energy Capital Partners II, LLC Its: General Partner By: /s/ Andrew D. Singer Name: Andrew D. Singer Title: Managing Member
ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS II-C (Direct IP), LP By: Energy Capital Partners GP II, LP Its: General Partner By: Energy Capital Partners II, LLC Its: General Partner By: /s/ Andrew D. Singer Name: Andrew D. Singer Title: Managing Member	ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS II (EquiPower Co-Invest), LP By: Energy Capital Partners GP II, LP Its: General Partner By: Energy Capital Partners II, LLC Its: General Partner By: /s/ Andrew D. Singer Name: Andrew D. Singer Title: Managing Member



ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS II-C, LP By: Energy Capital Partners GP II, LP Its: General Partner By: Energy Capital Partners II, LLC Its: General Partner By: /s/ Andrew D. Singer Name: Andrew D. Singer Title: Managing Member
EQUIPOWER RESOURCES CORP. By: /s/ Curt Morgan Name: Curt Morgan Title: President and CEO	BRAYTON POINT HOLDINGS, LLC By: /s/ Curt Morgan Name: Curt Morgan Title: President and CEO



ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED: DYNEGY RESOURCE III, LLC By: /s/ Robert C. Flexon Name: Robert C. Flexon Title: President and Chief Executive Officer DYNEGY RESOURCE III-A, LLC by: /s/ Robert C. Flexon Name: Robert C. Flexon Title: President and Chief Executive Officer DYNEGY INC. By: /s/ Robert C. Flexon Name: Robert C. Flexon Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

DYNEGY RESOURCE II, LLC

By: /s/ Robert C. Flexon

Name: Robert C. Flexon

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

cc: Michael Rogan, Esq.

David Kurzweil, Esq.

Paul Kukish, Esq.

ATTACHMENT A

1. Brayton Point Holdings, LLC New Hedges:

a. Sell up to an aggregate of 250 MW MassHub power around the clock January –February of 2015.

2. EquiPower Resources Corp. New Hedges:

a. Sell up to an aggregate of 100 MW PECO off-peak / Tetco M3 spark spread January – February of 2015.

b. Buy up to an aggregate of 100 MW NIHub / Kincaid node power basis January – February of 2015.

c. Sell up to an aggregate of 250 MW MassHub/AGT or Iroquois Zone 2 peak or around the clock spark spread January – February 2015.

d. Buy up to an aggregate of 400 MW MassHub/CT peak or around the clock power basis January –February 2015.

e. Sell up to an aggregate of 1.5 contracts/day of Algonquin/Tetco M3 gas basis for January-February 2015.

f. Buy up to 250,000 mmBtus physical natural gas for delivery to New England plants January-February 2015.

DYN-2014.12.31_10K-EX2.8

Exhibit 2.8

EXECUTION VERSION

February 4, 2015

Via facsimile 713 507-6806

Dynegy Resources III, LLC.

Dynegy Resources II, LLC

601 Travis Street

Houston, TX 77002

Attn: Catherine Callaway, Esq.


RE:	Revised Attachment A to the Amendment to Brayton Point and EquiPower Agreements

Reference is hereby made to that certain letter agreement by and among Energy Capital Partners GP II, LP, Energy Capital Partners II, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-A, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-B, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-D, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-C (Cayman), L.P., Energy Capital Partners II-C, LP, Energy Capital Partners II-C (Direct IP), LP, Energy Capital Partners II (EquiPower Co-Invest), LP, EquiPower Resources Corp., Brayton Point Holdings, LLC, Dynegy Resource III, LLC, Dynegy Resource III-A, LLC, Dynegy Resource II, LLC, and Dynegy Inc. dated as of November 25, 2014 the “Letter Agreement”). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Letter Agreement.

The parties hereto agree to amend the Letter Agreement to replace and substitute, in its entirety, Attachment A of the Letter Agreement with the revised Attachment A appended hereto. All other terms and conditions of the Letter Agreement shall remain unmodified and shall continue in full force and effect.

By signing below, each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees to the foregoing.

[Signature Pages Follow]

Exhibit 2.8

SINCERELY:



ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS II, LP By: Energy Capital Partners GP II, LP Its: General Partner By: Energy Capital Partners II, LLC Its: General Partner By: /s/ Andrew D. Singer Name: Andrew D. Singer Title: Managing Member	ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS II-A, LP By: Energy Capital Partners GP II, LP Its: General Partner By: Energy Capital Partners II, LLC Its: General Partner By: /s/ Andrew D. Singer Name: Andrew D. Singer Title: Managing Member
ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS II-B, LP By: Energy Capital Partners GP II, LP Its: General Partner By: Energy Capital Partners II, LLC Its: General Partner By: /s/ Andrew D. Singer Name: Andrew D. Singer Title: Managing Member	ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS II-C (CAYMAN), L.P. By: Energy Capital Partners GP II, LP Its: Managing General Partner By: Energy Capital Partners II, LLC Its: General Partner By: /s/ Andrew D. Singer Name: Andrew D. Singer Title: Managing Member
ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS II-D, LP By: Energy Capital Partners GP II, LP Its: General Partner By: Energy Capital Partners II, LLC Its: General Partner By: /s/ Andrew D. Singer Name: Andrew D. Singer Title: Managing Member	ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS GP II, LP By: Energy Capital Partners II, LLC Its: General Partner By: /s/ Andrew D. Singer Name: Andrew D. Singer Title: Managing Member
ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS II-C (Direct IP), LP By: Energy Capital Partners GP II, LP Its: General Partner By: Energy Capital Partners II, LLC Its: General Partner By: /s/ Andrew D. Singer Name: Andrew D. Singer Title: Managing Member	ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS II (EquiPower Co-Invest), LP By: Energy Capital Partners GP II, LP Its: General Partner By: Energy Capital Partners II, LLC Its: General Partner By: /s/ Andrew D. Singer Name: Andrew D. Singer Title: Managing Member

Exhibit 2.8



ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS II-C, LP By: Energy Capital Partners GP II, LP Its: General Partner By: Energy Capital Partners II, LLC Its: General Partner By: /s/ Andrew D. Singer Name: Andrew D. Singer Title: Managing Member
EQUIPOWER RESOURCES CORP. By: /s/ Curt Morgan Name: Curt Morgan Title: President and CEO	BRAYTON POINT HOLDINGS, LLC By: /s/ Curt Morgan Name: Curt Morgan Title: President and CEO

Exhibit 2.8



ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED: DYNEGY RESOURCE III, LLC By: /s/ Robert C. Flexon Name: Robert C. Flexon Title: President and Chief Executive Officer DYNEGY RESOURCE III-A, LLC by: /s/ Robert C. Flexon Name: Robert C. Flexon Title: President and Chief Executive Officer DYNEGY INC. By: /s/ Robert C. Flexon Name: Robert C. Flexon Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

DYNEGY RESOURCE II, LLC

By: /s/ Robert C. Flexon

Name: Robert C. Flexon

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

cc: Michael Rogan, Esq.

David Kurzweil, Esq.

Paul Kukish, Esq.

Exhibit 2.8

ATTACHMENT A

1. Brayton Point Holdings, LLC New Hedges:

a. Sell up to an aggregate of 250 MW MassHub power around the clock January –February of 2015.

b. Sell up to an aggregate of 450 MW MassHub power around the clock March – December of 2015.

2. EquiPower Resources Corp. New Hedges:

a. Sell up to an aggregate of 100 MW PECO off-peak / Tetco M3 spark spread January – February of 2015.

b. Buy up to an aggregate of 100 MW NIHub / Kincaid node power basis January – February of 2015.

c. Sell up to an aggregate of 250 MW MassHub/AGT or Iroquois Zone 2 peak or around the clock spark spread January – February 2015.

d. Buy up to an aggregate of 400 MW MassHub/CT peak or around the clock power basis January –February 2015.

e. Sell up to an aggregate of 1.5 contracts/day of Algonquin/Tetco M3 gas basis for January-February 2015.

f. Buy up to 250,000 mmBtus physical natural gas for delivery to New England plants January-February 2015.

g. Sell up to an aggregate of 250 MW MassHub/Iroquois Zone 2 peak or around the clock spark spread March - December of 2015.

h. Sell up to an aggregate of 750 MW MassHub/AGT peak or around the clock spark spread March - December of 2015.

i. Sell up to an aggregate of 2.5 contracts/day of the Algonquin/Tetco M3 gas basis for March - December of 2015.

j. Sell up to an aggregate of 50 MW PECO off-peak/Tetco M3 spark spread March - December of 2015.

k. Sell up to an aggregate of 500 MW NIHub or Kincaid node peak, off-peak, or around the clock power March – December of 2015.

l. Buy up to an aggregate of 500 MW NIHub / Kincaid node peak, off-peak, or around the clock power basis March – December of 2015.

DYN-2014.12.31_10K-EX21.1

Exhibit 21.1

Significant Subsidiaries of Dynegy Inc

As of December 31, 2014



SUBSIDIARY		STATE OR COUNTRY OF INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION
1.	Dynegy Gas Investments, LLC	Delaware
2.	Illinova Corporation	Illinois
3.	Dynegy Finance I, Inc.	Delaware
4.	Dynegy Finance II, Inc.	Delaware

DYN-2014.12.31_10K-EX23.1

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:


(1)	Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-184590) pertaining to the 2012 Long Term Incentive Plan of Dynegy Inc.


(2)	Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-191540) of Dynegy Inc., and


(3)	Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-199179) of Dynegy Inc.

of our reports dated February 25, 2015, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Dynegy Inc. and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Dynegy Inc., included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Dynegy Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2014.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Houston, Texas

February 25, 2015

DYN-2014.12.31_10K-EX31.1

Exhibit 31.1

SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION

I, Robert C. Flexon, certify that:


1.	I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Dynegy Inc.;


2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;


3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;


4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:


(a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;


(b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;


(c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and


(d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and


5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):


(a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and


(b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.



Date:	February 25, 2015	By:	/s/ ROBERT C. FLEXON
			Robert C. Flexon President and Chief Executive Officer

DYN-2014.12.31_10K-EX31.2

Exhibit 31.2

SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION

I, Clint C. Freeland, certify that:


1.	I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Dynegy Inc.;


2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;


3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;


4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:


(a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;


(b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;


(c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and


(d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and


5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):


(a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and


(b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.



Date:	February 25, 2015	By:	/s/ CLINT C. FREELAND
			Clint C. Freeland Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

DYN-2014.12.31_10K-EX32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

(ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002)

In connection with the report of Dynegy Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Robert C. Flexon, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certify as of the date hereof, solely for the purposes of Title 18, Chapter 63, Section 1350 of the United States Code, that to the best of my knowledge:


(1)	the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and


(2)	the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company at the dates and for the periods indicated.



Date:	February 25, 2015	By:	/s/ ROBERT C. FLEXON
			Robert C. Flexon President and Chief Executive Officer

DYN-2014.12.31_10K-EX32.2

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

(ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002)

In connection with the report of Dynegy Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Clint C. Freeland, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify as of the date hereof, solely for the purposes of Title 18, Chapter 63, Section 1350 of the United States Code, that to the best of my knowledge:


(1)	the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and


(2)	the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company at the dates and for the periods indicated.



Date:	February 25, 2015	By:	/s/ CLINT C. FREELAND
			Clint C. Freeland Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

dyn-20141231.xml
Attachment: XBRL INSTANCE DOCUMENT

dyn-20141231.xsd
Attachment: XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION SCHEMA DOCUMENT

dyn-20141231_cal.xml
Attachment: XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION CALCULATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT

dyn-20141231_def.xml
Attachment: XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION DEFINITION LINKBASE DOCUMENT

dyn-20141231_lab.xml
Attachment: XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION LABEL LINKBASE DOCUMENT

dyn-20141231_pre.xml
Attachment: XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION PRESENTATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT